New-SA-Cover-2009-8.

5x11:Layout 2

1/6/09

9:41 AM

Page 1

Shock Absorber
Technologies

New-SA-Cover-2009-8.5x11:Layout 2

1/6/09

9:41 AM

Page 2

Solutions in
Energy Absorption
and Vibration Isolation

Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP

4/13/11

9:54 AM

Page i

Table of Contents
Product Selection
General

Company Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
New Technologies and Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Energy Absorption Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Sizing Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Quick Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-16
Shock Absorber Products

OEM/XT

OEMXT/OEM Series (Adjustable Shock Absorbers)
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-18
Adjustment Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Ordering Information / Application Worksheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
OEMXT Technical Data and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-34

TK/STH

TK/STH Series (Non-Adjustable Shock Absorbers)
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-36
Ordering Information / Application Worksheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
TK/STH Technical Data, Accessories and Sizing Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-42

PM/PRO

PM/PRO Series (Non-Adjustable Shock Absorbers)
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-44
Ordering Information / Application Worksheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
PM(XT) Technical Data, Accessories and Sizing Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-60
PRO Technical Data, Accessories and Sizing Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-68

HD/HDA

HD/HDA Series (Heavy Duty Shock Absorbers)
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-70
Adjustment Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Ordering Information / Application Worksheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
HD/HDA Technical Data, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73-87

HI

HI Series (Heavy Industry Buffers)
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Ordering Information / Application Worksheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
HI Technical Data, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92

JT

Jarret Series
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Visco-elastic Technology Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
BC1N, BC5 and LR Technical Data/Application Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-102

Rate Control Products

ADA/DA

Rate Controls
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-104
Adjustment Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-106
Ordering Information / Application Worksheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
ADA Technical Data, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108-111
DA Technical Data, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114

Vibration Isolation Products

WR

Wire Rope Isolators
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-116
Ordering Information / Application Worksheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117-118
WR Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119-146

CR

Compact Wire Rope Isolators
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147-148
Ordering Information / Application Worksheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149-150
CR Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151-162

Engineered Products

HERM

HERM (High Energy Rope Mounts)
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163-164
Ordering Information / Application Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165-166
HERM Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167-180
WEAR™ Pipe Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Wire Mesh Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
www.enidine.com

Email: industrialsales@enidine.com

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

Fax: 1-716-662-0406

i

com Tel. With a team of professionals in engineering. Product ranges include shock absorbers. Japan. Enidine Incorporated now has close to 600 employees located throughout the globe in the United States. greater performance and improved ease of use. gas springs. or contact us via e-mail at techsales@enidine. Aerospace. Marine and Rail markets. France. Founded in 1966. 1 www. feel free to speak with one of our technical representatives toll-free at 1-800-852-8508. Enidine Incorporated continues to strengthen its presence within marketplace. wire rope isolators. Defense. Products/Engineering/Technical Support Enidine continually strives to provide the widest selection of shock absorbers and rate control products in the global marketplace. Global Manufacturing and Sales Facilities offer our customers: • • • • • Highly Trained Distribution Network State-of-the Art Engineering Capabilities Custom Solution Development Customer Service Specialists Multiple Open Communication Channels If you are unsure whether one of our standard products meets your requirements. computer science. “Enidine is widely recognized as the preferred source for energy absorption and vibration isolation products.com. heavy industry buffers and emergency stops. rate controls.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:54 AM Page 1 Company Overview Enidine Incorporated Overview Company Overview With its world headquarters located in Orchard Park.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. Germany. air springs.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . we bring our customers the most cost effective products with more features. engineering excellence and technical support to meet even the toughest energy absorption application requirements. With facilities strategically located throughout the world and in partnership with our vast global network of distributors. Enidine offers a unique combination of product selection.” From Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) to aftermarket applications. manufacturing. New York. USA. China and Korea. Through constant evaluation and testing. production and marketing our employees provide our customers the very best in service and application solutions.enidine. ENIDINE Incorporated is a world leader in the design and manufacture of standard and custom energy absorption and vibration isolation product solutions within the Industrial.

enidine. This saves time and lets us optimize the best solution using real performance criteria. Contact us today for assistance with all of your application needs. • Global operations in United States. These custom application solutions have proven to be critical to our customers’ success. • Operating with lean manufacturing and cellular production. Call us at 1. website full of application information. Enidine engineers can assist in developing special finishes. Japan and Korea.com and let us get started today. • A comprehensive. New product designs get to market fast because they can be fully developed in virtual environments before a prototype is ever built. sizing examples and information to assist in selecting the product that’s right for you. technical data. France. 69). Our experienced engineering team has designed custom solutions for a wide variety of challenging applications. components. they are an integral part of our business. Enidine produces higher quality custom and standard products with greater efficiency and within shorter lead times. Let Enidine engineers do the same for you. including automated warehousing systems and shock absorbers for hostile industrial environments such as glass manufacturing.852.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 2 .com Email: industrialsales@enidine. among others.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:54 AM Page 2 New Technologies and Enhancements Research and Development New Products and Services NEW Technology Enidine engineers continue to monitor and influence trends in the motion control industry. China.com Our global customer service and technical sales departments are available to assist you find the solution that’s right for your application needs. using the latest engineering tools: • Solid Modeling • 3-D CAD Drawings • 3-D Soluable Support Technology • Finite Element Analysis • Complete Product Verification Testing Facility Custom designs are not an exception at Enidine. 53) and our new HD Series shock Absorbers (pg. hybrid technologies and new designs to ensure a “best-fit” product solution customized to your exact specifications. A talented engineering staff works to design and maintain the most efficient energy absorption product lines available today. allowing us to remain at the forefront of new energy absorption product development such as our new Xtreme Series shock absorbers (pg. Our website also features a searchable worldwide distributor lookup to help facilitate fast.800. Germany. www. Should your requirements fit outside of our standard product range.8508 or e-mail us at industrialsales@enidine. • An authorized Global Distribution Network is trained regularly by ENIDINE staff on new products and services ensuring they are better able to serve you. Global Service and Support Enidine offers its customers a global network of customer service staff technical sales personnel that are available to assist you with all of your application needs. Tel. localized service.

Therefore. Therefore. This eliminates machinery damage. tolerances and fits are easier to maintain. 2. longer life. production rates can be increased. 3. Most often they are not capable of absorbing energy generated by the system. often the results are increased noise. Rubber bumpers and springs initially provide low resisting force which increases with the stroke. springs. However. Higher Operating Speeds – Machines can be operated at higher speeds because shock absorbers control or gently stop moving objects. causing shock loading and vibration. Rubber bumpers and springs. damage to machinery/products. while increasing machine life. are moderated or eliminated so the quality of production is improved. A mechanical device that produces forces diametrically opposed to the direction of motion must be used to bring a moving object to rest. These products work by converting kinetic energy to thermal energy. 4. although very inexpensive. reliable and controlled deceleration. reduces downtime and maintenance costs. have an undesirable recoil effect. Safer Machinery Operation – Shock absorbers protect machinery and equipment operators by offering predictable. The amount of energy is dependent upon weight and velocity. The automotive style employs the deflective beam and washer method of orificing. This stored energy is returned to the load. In addition. Improved Production Quality – Harmful side effects of motion. Competitive Advantage – Machines become more valuable because of increased productivity. lower maintenance costs and safer operation. The remaining energy is transferred to the system. vibration and damaging impacts. predictable deceleration. motion applied to the piston of a hydraulic shock absorber pressurizes the fluid and forces it to flow through restricting orifices. while the damping force in the industrial type varies in proportion to the square of the piston velocity.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. At the same time. A variety of products are commonly used to solve these problems. Cylinder cushions are limited in their range of operation. Shock absorbers provide controlled. producing rebound and the potential for damage to the load or machinery. Most of the energy absorbed by these at impact is actually stored.enidine. They can also be designed to meet specified safety standards. Rubber Bumper Metal Spring Enidine Shock Absorber All moving objects possess kinetic energy. multi-orifice and metering pin configurations. Typical products used include rubber bumpers. safety and machine reliability are decreased.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:54 AM Page 3 Theory of Energy Absorption Enidine Incorporated Overview Theory of Energy Absorption As companies strive to increase productivity by operating machinery at higher speeds. they vary greatly in effectiveness and operation. causing the fluid to heat rapidly. 5. 3 www. cushions have a relatively short stroke and operate at low pressures resulting in very low energy absorption. Industrial Shock Absorbers It is important to understand the differences that exist between the standard automotive-style shock absorber and the industrial shock absorber. the damping force of the automotive type is independent of the stroke position while the damping force associated with the industrial type can be designed either dependent or independent of stroke position. The automotive type maintains a damping force which varies in direct proportion to the velocity of the piston. when required. More specifically. cylinder cushions and shock absorbers. and excessive vibration. The following illustrations compare how the most common products perform: The advantages of using shock absorbers include: 1. By design. The thermal energy is then transferred to the cylinder body and harmlessly dissipated to the atmosphere.com Tel. Automotive vs. Longer Machine Life – The use of shock absorbers significantly reduces shock and vibration to machinery. such as noise. Industrial shock absorbers utilize single orifice.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .

Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP

4/13/11

9:54 AM

Page 4

Theory of Energy Absorption
Enidine Incorporated
Overview
Shock Absorber Performance When Weight
or Impact Velocity Vary
When conditions change from the original calculated data or
actual input, a shock absorber’s performance can be greatly
affected, causing failure or degradation of performance.
Variations in input conditions after a shock absorber has been
installed can cause internal damage, or at the very least, can
result in unwanted damping performance. Variations in weight
or impact velocity can be seen by examining the following
energy curves:

This is explained by observing the structural design of
the automotive type and the lower strength of materials
commonly used. These materials can withstand the lower
pressures commonly found in this type. The industrial
shock absorber uses higher strength materials, enabling
it to function at higher damping forces.

Adjustment Techniques

Varying Impact Weight: Increasing the impact weight
(impact velocity remains unchanged), without reorificing
or readjustment will result in increased damping force at
the end of the stroke. Figure 1 depicts this undesirable
bottoming peak force. This force is then transferred to the
mounting structure and impacting load.

Damping Force
Min.
Max.

A properly adjusted shock absorber
safely dissipates energy, reducing
damaging shock loads and noise levels.
For optimum adjustment setting see
useable adjustment setting graphs.
Watching and “listening” to a shock
absorber as it functions aids in
proper adjustment.

Theory of Energy Absorption

Equally as important, automotive-style shock absorbers are
designed to absorb only a specific amount of input energy.
This means that, for any given geometric size of automotive
shock absorber, it will have a limited amount of absorption
capability compared to the industrial type.

To correctly adjust a shock absorber, set the adjustment knob at
zero (0) prior to system engagement. Cycle the mechanism and
observe deceleration of the system.
If damping appears too soft (unit strokes with no visual
deceleration and bangs at end of stroke), move indicator to
next largest number. Adjustments must be made in gradual
increments to avoid internal damage to the unit (e.g., adjust
from 0 to 1, not 0 to 4).

Figure 1

Increase adjustment setting until smooth deceleration or
control is achieved and negligible noise is heard when the
system starts either to decelerate or comes to rest.
When abrupt deceleration occurs at the beginning of the stroke
(banging at impact), the adjustment setting must be moved to a
lower number to allow smooth deceleration.
If the shock absorber adjustment knob is set at the high end of
the adjustment scale and abrupt deceleration occurs at the end
of the stroke, a larger unit may be required.

Varying Impact Velocity: Increasing impact velocity
(weight remains the same) results in a radical change
in the resultant shock force. Shock absorbers are velocity
conscious products; therefore, the critical relationship to
impact velocity must be carefully monitored. Figure 2 depicts
the substantial change in shock force that occurs when the
velocity is increased. Variations from original design data
or errors in original data may cause damage to mounting
structures and systems, or result in shock absorber failure
if the shock force limits are exceeded.

Figure 2

www.enidine.com

Email: industrialsales@enidine.com

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

Fax: 1-716-662-0406

4

Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP

4/13/11

9:54 AM

Page 5

Shock Absorber Sizing Examples
Typical Shock Absorber Applications
Shock Absorber Sizing Examples

Overview
SHOCK ABSORBER SIZING

RATE CONTROL SIZING

Follow the next six steps to manually size Enidine shock absorbers:
STEP 1: Identify the following parameters. These must be known for all energy
absorption calculations. Variations or additional information may be required in
some cases.
A. Weight of the load to be stopped (lbs.)(Kg).
B. Velocity of the load upon impact with the shock absorber (in./sec.)(m/s).
C. External (propelling) forces acting on the load (lbs.)(N), if any.
D. Cyclic frequency at which the shock absorber will operate.
E. Orientation of the application’s motion (i.e. horizontal, vertical up,
vertical down, inclined, rotary horizontal, rotary vertical up, rotary
vertical down).
NOTE: For rotary applications, it is necessary to determine both the radius of
gyration (K) and the mass moment of inertia (I). Both of these terms locate the mass
of a rotating object with respect to the pivot point. It is also necessary to determine
the angular velocity (ω) and the torque (T).
STEP 2: Calculate the kinetic energy of the moving object.
W x V2
I 2
2
EK =
(linear) or EK = 2 ω (rotary) or EK = 1 MV (metric)
772
2
(Note: 772 = 2 x acceleration due to gravity)
Utilizing the Product Locators for Shock Absorbers located at the beginning of
each product family section, select a model, either adjustable or
non-adjustable, with a greater energy per cycle capacity than the value
just calculated.
STEP 3: Calculate the work energy input from any external (propelling) forces
acting on the load, using the stroke of the model selected in Step 2.
T
EW = FD x S (linear) or EW = R x S (rotary)
S
Caution: The propelling force must not exceed the maximum propelling force
listed for the model chosen. If the propelling force is too high, select a larger
model and recalculate the work energy.
STEP 4: Calculate the total energy per cycle E T = E K + E W
The model selected must have at least this much energy capacity. If not, select a
model with greater energy capacity and return to Step 3.
STEP 5: Calculate the energy that must be absorbed per hour. Even though the
shock absorber can absorb the energy in a single impact, it may not be able to
dissipate the heat generated if the cycle rate is too high.
E TC = E T x C
The model selected must have an energy per hour capacity greater than this
calculated figure. If it is not greater, there are two options:
1. Choose another model that has more energy per hour capacity (because of
larger diameter or stroke). Keep in mind that if the stroke changes, you must
return to Step 3.
2. Use an Air/Oil Tank. The increased surface area of the tank and piping will
increase the energy per hour capacity by 20 percent.
STEP 6: If you have selected an HP, PM, SPM, TK, or PRO Series model, refer to
the sizing graph(s) in the appropriate series section to determine the required
damping constant. If the point cannot be found in the sizing graph, you must
select a larger model or choose a different series. Note that if the stroke
changes, you must return to Step 3.
If you have selected an adjustable model (OEM, HP or HDA series), refer to the
Useable Adjustment Setting Range graph for the chosen model. The impact
velocity must fall within the limits shown on the graph.

5

www.enidine.com

Email: industrialsales@enidine.com

Follow the next five steps to manually size
Enidine rate controls:
STEP 1: Identify the following parameters.
These must be known for all rate control
calculations. Variations or additional
information may be required in some cases.
A. Weight of the load to be controlled (lbs.)(Kg)
B. Desired velocity of the load (in/sec.)(m/s)
C. External (propelling) force acting on the
load (lbs.)(N), if any.
D. Cyclic frequency at which the rate control
will operate.
E. Orientation of the application’s motion
(i.e. horizontal, vertical up, vertical down,
inclined, rotary horizontal, rotary vertical
up, rotary vertical down.)
F. Damping direction (i.e., tension [T],
compression [C] or both [T and C].
G. Required stroke (in.)(mm)
NOTE: For rotary applications, please
submit the application worksheet on
page 104 to Enidine for sizing.
STEP 2: Calculate the propelling force at
the rate control in each direction damping is
required. (See sizing examples on page 6-12).
CAUTION: The propelling force in each
direction must not exceed the maximum
propelling force listed for the chosen model.
If the propelling force is too high, select a
larger model.
STEP 3: Calculate the total energy per cycle
ET = EW (tension) + EW (compression)
EW = FD x S
STEP 4: Calculate the total energy per hour
E TC = E T x C
The model selected must have an
energy per hour capacity greater than this
calculated figure. If not, choose a model with
a higher energy per hour capacity.
Compare the damping direction, stroke,
propelling force, and total energy per hour
to the values listed in the Rate Controls
Engineering Data Charts (pages 105-110).
STEP 5: If you have selected a rate control,
refer to the sizing graphs in the Rate Controls
section to determine the required damping
constant.
If you have selected an adjustable model
(ADA), refer to the Useable Adjustment Setting
Range graph for the chosen model. The desired
velocity must fall within the
limits shown on the graph.

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

Fax: 1-716-662-0406

Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP

4/13/11

9:54 AM

Page 6

Shock Absorber Sizing Examples
Typical Shock Absorber Applications
SYMBOLS
a
A
B
C
d
D
EK
ET

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

ETC=
EW =
FD =
FP =
H =
Hp =
I =
K
L
P
RS
S
t
T
V
W

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Acceleration (in./sec.2)(mls2)
Width (in.)(m)
Thickness (in.)(m)
Number of cycles per hour
Cylinder bore diameter (in.)(mm)
Distance (in.)(m)
Kinetic energy (in-lbs.)(Nm)
Total energy per cycle
(in-lbs./c)(Nm/c), E K + E W
Total energy to be absorbed per
hour (in-lbs./hr)(Nm/hr)
Work or drive energy (in-lbs.)(Nm)
Propelling force (lbs.)(N)
Shock force (lbs.)(N)
Height (in.)(m)
Motor rating (hp)(kw)
Mass moment of inertia
(in-lbs./sec2)(Kgm2)
Radius of gyration (in.)(m)
Length (in.)(m)
Operating pressure (psi)(bar)
Mounting distance from pivot point (in.)(m)
Stroke of shock absorber (in.)(m)
Time (sec.)
Torque (in-lbs.)(Nm)
Impact velocity (in./sec.)(m/s)
Weight (lbs.)(Kg)

α
θ
µ
Ø
ω

=
=
=
=
=

Angle of incline (degrees)
Start point from true vertical 0˚ (degrees)
Coefficient of friction
Angle of rotation (degrees)
Angular velocity (radians/sec)

USEFUL FORMULAS
1. To Determine Shock Force
ET
FP =
S x .85
For PRO and PM Series only, use
ET
FP =
S x .50
2. To Determine Impact Velocity
A. If there is no acceleration (V is constant)
V=D
(e.g., load being
t
pushed by hydraulic cylinder
or motor driven.)
V=2xD
B. If there is acceleration.
t
(e.g., load being
pushed by air cylinder)
3. To Determine Propelling Force
Generated by Electric Motor
FD = 19,800 x Hp
V

FD = 3 000 x Hp
V
(metric)

4. To Determine Propelling Force of
Pneumatic or Hydraulic Cylinders
FD = .7854 x d 2 x P FD = 0,07854 x d 2 x P
(metric)
5. Free Fall Applications
A. Find Velocity for a Free Falling Weight:
V = √772ox H V = √19,6 x H (metric)
B. Kinetic Energy of Free Falling Weight:
EK = W x H
6. Deceleration and G Load
A. To Determine Approximate G Load with a
Given Stroke
G = FP - FD G = FP - FD (metric)
W
kg x 9,81
B. To Determine the Approximate Stroke with
a Given G Load (Conventional Damping
Only)
EK
S=
GW .85 - .15 FD

*For PRO/PM and TK Models:
S=

EK
GW .5 - .5 FD

Shock Absorber Sizing Examples

Overview

NOTE: Constants are printed in bold.

The following examples are shown using Imperial formulas and units of measure.

Shock Absorbers
EXAMPLE 1:
Vertical Free Falling Weight

W

H

STEP 1: Application Data
(W) Weight = 3,400 lbs.
(H) Height
= 20 in.
(C) Cycles/Hr = 2

STEP 3: Calculate work energy
EW = W x S
EW = 3,400 x 6
EW = 20,400 in-lbs.

STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy
EK = W x H
EK = 3,400 x 20 = 68,000 in-lbs.

STEP 4: Calculate total
energy per cycle
ET = EK + EW
E T = 68,000 + 20,400
E T = 88,400 in-lbs./c

Assume Model OEM 4.0M x 6 is
adequate (Page 31).

STEP 5: Calculate total
energy per hour
E TC = E T x C
E TC = 88,400 x 2
E TC = 176,800 in-lbs./hr
STEP 6: Calculate impact velocity
and confirm selection
V
V
V

= √772ox H
= √772ox 20
= 124 in./sec.

Model OEM 4.0M x 6 is adequate.

EXAMPLE 2:
Vertical Moving Load with
Propelling Force Downward

W

STEP 1: Application Data
(W) Weight = 3,400 lbs.
(V) Velocity = 80 in./sec.
(d) Cylinder bore dia. = 4 in.
(P) Pressure = 70 psi
(C) Cycles/Hr = 200
STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy
3,400
WWW 2
xV =
x 802
EK =
772
772
EK = 28,187 in-lbs.
Assume Model OEM 4.0M x 4 is
adequate (Page 31).

www.enidine.com

Email: industrialsales@enidine.com

STEP 3: Calculate work energy
FD = [.7854 x d2 x P] + W
FD = [.7854 x 42 x 70] + 3,400
FD = 4,280 lbs.
E W = FD x S
E W = 4,280 x 4
E W = 17,120 in-lbs.

STEP 5: Calculate total
energy per hour
E TC = ET x C
E TC = 45,307 x 200
E TC = 9,061,400 in-lbs./hr
Model OEM 4.0M x 4 is adequate.

STEP 4: Calculate total
energy per cycle
E T = EK + EW
E T = 28,187 + 17,120
E T = 45,307 in-lbs./c

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

Fax: 1-716-662-0406

6

. EW = FD X S EW = 558 x 5 EW = 2.7854 x 62 x 70] – 3. (V) Velocity = 60 in.0M x 2 is adequate (Page 29). STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle ET = EK + EW E T = 28. (Hp) Motor horsepower = 1.800 x Hp – W V 19.977 x 200 E TC = 6. STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour E TC = ET x C E TC = 30./c STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour E TC = ET x C E TC = 2.0M x 5 is adequate (Page 31).790 in-lbs. 7 www.818.300 in-lbs.390 in-lbs.300 in-lbs.400 FD = 558 lbs.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:54 AM Page 7 Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Typical Shock Absorber Applications Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Overview EXAMPLE 3: Vertical Moving Load with Propelling Force Upward STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 3.0M x 2 is adequate./hr CASE B: DOWN STEP 3: Calculate work energy FD = 19.7854 x d2 x P] – W FD = 2 x [./hr STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = EK = 9.093 in-lbs./c Model OEMXT 2. E W = FD X S E W = 295 x 2 E W = 590 in-lbs.950 lbs.800 x 1.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .400 lbs.800 x 1.5 – 200 FD = 60 FD = 295 lbs.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. Assume Model OEMXT 2.093 x 200 E TC = 1. (V) Velocity = 60 in.5 Hp (C) Cycles/Hr = 100 STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy EK = W x V2 = 200 x 60 2 772 772 E = 933 in-lbs./c STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour E TC = ET x C E TC = 1. K W CASE A: UP STEP 3: Calculate work energy FD = 19. Assume Model OEM 1./hr Model OEM 1. Model OEMXT 2.g. (e.com Tel.093 in-lbs.0M x 2 is adequate (Page 29).390 E T = 2./sec.600 in-lbs.25 x 2 is adequate.enidine.187 + 2.523 in-lbs. (P) Operating pressure = 70 psi (C) Cycles/Hr = 200 STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy 3./sec. Load Moving Force Up) EXAMPLE 5: Horizontal Moving Load W STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 1. = 6 in. Assume Model OEM 3./sec.400 in-lbs. (V) Velocity = 80 in.195.977 in-lbs.400 WWW x V2 = x 802 EK = 772 772 EK = 28.0M x 5 is adequate.25 x 2 is adequate (Page 24).800 x Hp + W V FD = 19.323 x 100 E TC = 232. Assume Model OEMXT 2. STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = EK + EW E T = 933 + 590 E T = 1. STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = EK + EW E T= 933 + 1. STEP 3: Calculate work energy FD = 2 x [.187 in-lbs.323 in-lbs. STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour E TC = ET x C E TC = 9. E W = FD x S E W = 695 x 2 E W = 1.5 + 200 60 FD = 695 lbs.0M x 2 is adequate. (C) Cycles/Hr = 200 STEP 3: Calculate work energy: N/A STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy WW EK = x V2 772 1950 EK = x 602 772 EK = 9.523 x 100 E TC = 152./c W EXAMPLE 4: Vertical Moving Load with Propelling Force from Motor STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 200 lbs. (d) 2 Cylinders bore dia./hr Model OEM 3.790 E T = 30.

/c EXAMPLE 8: Free Moving Load Down an Inclined Plane STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 550 lbs. (V) Velocity = 60 in.950 EK = x 60 2 772 EK = 9. STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour E TC = E T x C E TC = 11. Motor Driven STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 2. = 3 in.: 1-800-852-8508 STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour E TC = ET x C E TC = 5. E W = FD x S E W = 495 x 2 E W = 990 in-lbs. E W = FD x S E W = 275 x 3 E W = 825 in-lbs.200 x 60 2 EK = 772 EK = 10. (Hp) Motor horsepower = 1.800ox Hp FD = V 19./c Assume Model OEMXT 2.249 in-lbs.0M x 2 is adequate.093 in-lbs.7854 x d 2 x P FD = . Model OEMXT 1.259 in-lbs W Assume Model OEMXT 2.5M x 3 is adequate (Page 27). Fax: 1-716-662-0406 8 . Assume Model OEMXT 1.5 FD = 275 lbs.083 in-lbs. (P) Operating pressure = 70 psi (C) Cycles/Hr = 200 W STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy WW EK = x V2 772 1.225 in-lbs.083 x 200 E TC = 2./sec.249 x 120 E TC = 1./sec.259 + 990 E T = 11. STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle ET = EK + EW E T = 10.com STEP 3: Calculate work energy FD = W x Sin α FD = 550 x . E W = FD x S E W = 495 x 2 E W = 99O in-lbs.5 Hp (C) Cycles/Hr = 120 STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy WW x V2 EK = 772 2.600 in-lbs.225 x 250 E TC = 1. (H) Height = 8 in. STEP 3: Calculate work energy FD = .093 + 990 E T = 10.880 in-lbs. (α) Angle of incline = 30 (C) Cycles/Hr = 250 ˚ W H α www.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:54 AM Page 8 Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Typical Shock Absorber Applications EXAMPLE 6: Horizontal Moving Load with Propelling Force STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 1.0M x 2 is adequate.016.com STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy EK = W x H EK = 550 x 8 EK = 4.250 in-lbs.400 in-lbs. Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Overview STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour E TC = ET x C E TC = 10./c Tel.800ox 1. (V) Velocity = 60 in.enidine./sec.0M x 2 is adequate (Page 29)./hr STEP 6: Calculate impact velocity and confirm selection V = √772xx H V = √772xx 8 = 79 in. Email: industrialsales@enidine.950 lbs./hr Model OEMXT 2.5 FD = 60 FD = 495 lbs./hr Model OEMXT 2. STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle ET = EK + EW E T = 9.400 + 825 E T = 5.0M x 2 is adequate (Page 29).200 lbs. STEP 3: Calculate work energy 19. STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = E K + EW E T = 4.349. EXAMPLE 7: Horizontal Moving Load.5M x 3 is adequate. (d) Cylinder bore dia.7854 x 3 2 x 70 FD = 495 lbs.306.

5 2 EK = 216 in-lbs. E W = FD X S E W = 53 X . (A) Width = 40 in.1047 = 10 x .2 2 EK = IIx ω 2 1. Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .5 in-lbs.5 = 50 in.875 = 217 in-lbs.5 = 218. C=1 STEP 6: Calculate impact velocity and confirm selection V = RS x ω = 8.289 x √4 x A2 + B2 K = .M K Rs ω STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy I = W x K2 386 200 I = x 152 386 I = 117 in-lbs.com Tel./sec.07 in.12 I = W x K2 386 STEP 3: Calculate work energy FD = T RS 100 FD = 20 W B T.5 x 250 = 54.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:54 AM Page 9 Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Typical Shock Absorber Applications Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Overview STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 200 lbs.625 in-lbs. 2 2 I = W x K2 EK = (57 + 18) x 1. (ω) Angular velocity = 1. EXAMPLE 11: Horizontal Moving Load. (T) Torque = 1. FD = 5 lbs. (C) Cycles/Hr = 120 EXAMPLE 9: Horizontal Rotating Mass T.52 K = 23.5 rad.047 = 41 in-lbs.2 386 W1 I = x K2 Load Step 2: Calculate kinetic energy Load 386 To convert RPM to rad.200 in-lbs. the mass moment of inertia of the table and the mass moment of inertia of the load on the table must be calculated.1047 2 (I EK = Table + ILoad) x ω = 1./sec.. (C) Cycles/Hr = 250 T./sec. Rotational speed = 10 RPM (T) Torque = 2. W EXAMPLE 10: Horizontal Rotating Door STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 50 lbs.5 in. STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour E TC = ET X C E TC = 159 X 120 E TC = 19.200 = 248 lbs.5M is adequate (Page 40)./c STEP 3 Calculate work energy FD = T RS FD = 1. (W1) Installed load = 110 lbs.122 386 I = 69 in-lbs. From PM Sizing Graph.1047 386 ω = RPM x .M K W1 d 9 STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour E TC = ET x C = 218. 386 2 Assume Model PM 50 is adequate (Page 46). (ω) Angular velocity = 2./c STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour: not applicable. Rotary table dia. (RS) Mounting radius = 8./c In this case.52 117 x 2 EK = 132 in-lbs. = 20 in. STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = EK + EW E T = 132 + 27 E T = 159 in-lbs.86 in.5 is adequate (Page 21). Assume Model OEM ./sec.072 = 57 in-lbs.5 = 2.5 in-lbs. STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = E K + E W = 41 + 217 = 258 in-lbs. multiply ILoad = 110 x 82 = 18 in-lbs.080 in-lbs.289 x √4 x 402 +. (RS) Mounting radius = 20 in.047 = 9 in.2 by . K Table =Table Radius x .5 rad.047 rad./sec./hr STEP 6: Calculate impact velocity and confirm selection V = RS x ω = 20 x 2.: 1-800-852-8508 STEP 3: Calculate work energy FD = T = 2. Assume Model STH .86 x 1. (K Load) Radius of gyration = 8 in.065 in-lbs.065 20 FD = 53 lbs.5 E W = 27 in-lbs.86 E W = FD x S = 248 x .M A Rs ω STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy K = . RS 8. EK = Model STH . (B) Thickness = .707 K Table =10 x . (C) Cycles/Hr = 1 (ω) Direction www. (T) Torque = 100 in-lbs. (RS) Mounting radius = 20 in.com Email: industrialsales@enidine./sec./sec. Model PM 50-3 is adequate./sec. EW = FD x S = 5 x . ITable = W x K2 Table 386 ITable = 440 x 7./hr I = 50 x 23. Model OEM .enidine. (K) Radius of gyration = 15 in.5M is adequate. STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 440 lbs./sec.2 2 EK = I x ω 2 2 EK = 69 x 2. Rotary Table Motor Driven with Additional Load Installed Rs STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = EK + EW = 216 + 2./sec.5 is adequate.707 = 7.

(θ) Starting point of load from true vertical = 30 (Ø) Angle of rotation at impact = 150 (K Load) Radius of gyration = 24 in. (C) Cycles/Hr = 1 ˚ L W ω T.0 is adequate (Page 21).5M x 2 is adequate.89 I = 5W x K2 = 540 x 13.77)] FD = and confirm selection 16 V = RSx ω = 16 x 2 = 32 in. (ω) Angular velocity = 2 rad.100 – (110 x 24 x .com STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy K = . E T = EK + E W = 328 + 320. EXAMPLE 13: Vertical Motor Driven Rotating Arm with Attached Load CASE B–Load Opposing Gravity STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 110 lbs.383 in-lbs. Assume Model OEM 1. Assume Model OEM 1.289 x √4 x 242 + 2./sec.8 x 1 = 320. (ω) Angular velocity = 3.8 E T = 648.enidine.100 + (110 x 24 x .M B ø Rs www.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. (T) Torque = 250 in-lbs.5 = 1.653 in-lbs. FD = T + (W x K x Sin (θθ+ Ø)) RS FD = 250 + (540 x 13. STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = E K + E W = 1.653 + 730 = 2./c STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour: not applicable./sec./sec. C=1 STEP 6: Calculate impact velocity and confirm selection V = RS x ω = 20 x 3. Model OEM 1.7 in-lbs. STEP 4: Calculate total Needed for higher calculated energy per cycle propelling force./sec. (T) Torque = 3./sec.8 lbs.8 in-lbs. STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = EK + EW = 328 + 67 E T = 394. (B) Thickness = 2. (C) Cycles/Hr = 1 ˚ θ Rs ω T. E W= FD x S = 320. 2 2 Assume Model OEM 1.5M x 2 is adequate (Page 27). (RS) Mounting radius = 16 in.M STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 110 lbs. V = RS x ω = 16 x 2 = 32 in./c ˚ STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy I = 1W0 x K2 = 110 x 242 386 386 I = 164 in-lbs-sec2 2 EK = I x ω 2 EK = 164 x 22 2 EK = 328 in-lbs. Model LROEM 1. (C) Cycles/Hr = 1 Rs CASE A STEP 3: Calculate work energy STEP 5: Calculate total energy [T + (W x K x Sin (θ + Ø))] per hour: not applicable. (L) Length = 24 in.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 10 . (T) Torque = 3.5 = 70 in.100 in-lbs. C=1 STEP 6: Calculate impact velocityand confirm selection.8 in-lbs.52 = 13. E W= FD x S = 365 x 2 = 730 in-lbs./c Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Overview EXAMPLE 12: Vertical Motor Driven Rotating Arm with Attached Load CASE A–Load Aided by Gravity STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour: not applicable.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 10 Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Typical Shock Absorber Applications ˚ θ K W ω ø T.2 2 2 EK = I x ω = 270 x 3. FD = 320.0 is adequate.89 386 386 I = 270 in-lbs.5 in.0 is adequate (Page 21). (ω) Angular velocity = 2 rad. STEP 3: Calculate work energy Model OEM 1.89 x Sin (20º + 50º)) 20 FD = 365 lbs./sec.77)] FD = 16 EW= FD x S = 67 x 1 = 67 in-lbs. EXAMPLE 14: Vertical Rotating Beam θ STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 540 lbs. (θ) Starting point of load from true vertical = 20 (Ø) Angle of rotation at impact = 30 (K Load) Radius of gyration = 24 in.5 rad.289 x √4 x L2 + B2 K = . (RS) Mounting radius = 16 in.0 is adequate./sec. C=1 FD = RS STEP 6: Calculate impact velocity [3. (θ) Starting point of load from true vertical = 20 (Ø) Angle of rotation at impact = 50° (RS) Mounting radius = 20 in.100 in-lbs. Tel. CASE B STEP 3: Calculate work energy [T – (W x K x Sin (θ – Ø))] FD = RS [3.M W ø K ˚ STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy I = 1W0 x K2 = 110 x 242 386 386 I = 164 in-lbs-sec2 2 EK = I x ω 2 EK = 164 x 22 2 EK = 328 in-lbs.

6 x 1 = 264.6 lbs.232 in-lbs. 19. (C) Cycle/Hr = 1 STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy K = . STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = E K + E W = 1./sec.587. (Ι) Known Intertia = 885 in-lbs/sec.475 in-lbs.0M x 2 is adequate. (θ) Starting point from true vertical = 60 (Ø) Angle of rotation at impact = 30° (RS) Mounting radius = 10 in. STEP 6: Calculate impact velocity and confirm selection ω = ((2 x EK)/I) 0.475 + (2. per hour: not applicable.68 2 in. STEP 4: Calculate total I = 1W0 x K2 = 2.6 E T = 2./sec.6 in-lbs/cyc. C=1 E TC = E T x C E TC = 1.464 in-lbs. ˚ EXAMPLE 16: Vertical Rotation with Known Intertia Aided by Gravity θ W STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 220.5 lbs .M ø STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 220.15M x 1 is adequate (Page 24).com Tel. STEP 6: Calculate impact velocity and confirm selection STEP 3: Calculate work energy V = RS x ω = 30 x 2 = 60 in. (C) Cycles/Hr = 1 ˚ ø Rs STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy H = C/G x [Cos(θ) – Cos(Ø+θ)] H = 12 x [Cos(60˚) – Cos(30º+60º)] EK = W x H EK = 220. (B) Thickness = 1 in./sec. energy per cycle 386 386 I = 6.289 x √4 x 60 2 + 12 = 34.2 E T = EK + EW = 12.323 in-lbs.309.6 in-lbs. (ω) Angular Velocity = 2 rad/sec.5 ω = ((2 x 1.587.800 x Hp T = ω T = 19.750 in-lbs.15M x 1 is adequate (Page 24).6 lbs.M B ø Rs STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 2.395 lbs.000 x 34.25 = 2. C=1 E TC = E T x C E TC = 2.0M x 2 is adequate (Page 31).6 x 1 E TC = 1. Model OEM 3. E W= FD x S = 539.790 2 6.68 in. STEP 3: Calculate work energy FD = (W x C/G x Sin (θθ+ Ø))/RS FD = (220.6 in-lbs.: 1-800-852-8508 Model OEM 1./sec.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 11 Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Typical Shock Absorber Applications Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Overview EXAMPLE 15: Vertical Rotating Lid θ A W ω T.232 x 2 2 I x ω = 17. ˚ STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour: not applicable.5 = 1.2 (C/G) Center-of-Gravity = 12 in.7 = 17 in.323 + 264.960 in-lbs/hr. (θ) Starting point from true vertical = 60 (Ø) Angle of rotation at impact = 30° (RS) Mounting radius = 10 in.395 x 2 = 4.5 x 12 x Sin (60º + 30º))/10 FD = 264. 2 FD = T + (W x K x Sin (θ + Ø)) RS FD = 2.6 E T = 1.790 in-lbs. FD = 539.2 (C/G) Center-of-Gravity = 12 in. Email: industrialsales@enidine. (A) Width = 60 in.enidine./c EK = = 2 2 STEP 5: Calculate total energy EK = 12.7 V = RS x ω = 10 x 1. Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . E W= FD x S = 264. (Hp) Motor horsepower = . STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour: not applicable. (T) Torque = 2. (ω) Angular velocity = 2 rad.000 x 34.800 x .587.5 x 6 EK = 1. (C) Cycles/Hr = 100 Rs 11 www. (Ι) Known Intertia = 885 in-lbs/sec.6 in-lbs/cyc.000 lbs.6 x 1 = 539. C=1 Assume Model OEM 3.770 + 539.770 in-lbs.254 in-lbs.6 in-lbs/hr.5 lbs ./sec.68 x Sin (30 + 60 )) 30 FD = 2.464 + 4. EXAMPLE 17: Vertical Rotation with Known Intertia Aided by Gravity (w/Torque) θ W T.com ˚ STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy EK = (Ι x ω2)/2 EK = (885 x 22)/2 EK = 1.5 x 12 x Sin (60º+30º)]/10 velocity and confirm selection V = RS x ω = 10 x 2 = 20 in.289 x √4 x A2 + B 2 K = . STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = E K + E W = 1.309. STEP 3: Calculate work energy STEP 6: Calculate impact FD = [T – (W x C/G x Sin (θθ+ Ø)]/RS FD = [2.6 x 1 E TC = 230.323)/885) 0.750 – (220. Model OEM 1.25 Hp (θ) Starting point of load from true vertical = 30° (Ø) Angle of rotation at impact = 60° (RS) Mounting radius = 30 in. EW = FD x S = 2.

STEP 3: Calculate work energy STEP 6: Calculate impact FD = [T – (W x C/G x Sin (θθ– Ø)]/RS FD = [2.62 = 76.780.com Model OEM 1. (B) Thickness = 2 in.5 lbs .2 (C/G) Center-of-Gravity = 12 in. (RS) Mounting radius = 10 in. (ω) Angular Velocity = 2 rad/sec. Assume Model OEM 1. (C) Cycles/Hr = 100 ˚ EXAMPLE 19: Vertical Roation Pinned at Center (w/Torque) STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 220.4 E T = 1. (A) Length = 40 in. (T) Torque = 2. (θ) Starting point from true vertical = 120 (Ø) Angle of rotation at impact = 30° (RS) Mounting radius = 10 in. ø W STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy EK = (Ι x ω2)/2 EK = (885 x 22)/2 EK = 1. (ω) Angular velocity = 2 rad. Model OEM 1./cycle STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour E TC = E T x C E TC = 428.com STEP 5: Calculate total energy per hour: not applicable. STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = E K + E W = 1. Fax: 1-716-662-0406 12 .750/10 FD = 275 lbs. E W= FD x S = 10.0 is adequate (Page 21).750 – (220.289 x (402 + 22)0.5 = 11./sec. FD = 10. STEP 6: Calculate impact velocity and confirm selection V = RS x ω = 10 x 2 = 20 in.5 lbs./sec.5/386) x 11. (T) Torque = 2. (C) Cycles/Hr = 100 A W www.750 in-lbs. Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Overview STEP 3: Calculate work energy FD = T/RS FD = 2.6 in.8 in-lbs.9 x 22)/2 E K = 153.880 in-lbs.4 lbs. E W= FD x S = 275 x 1 = 275 in-lbs.040 in-lbs/hr./sec.9 in-lb/sec2 E K = (Ι x ω2)/2 E K = (76.M STEP 1: Application Data (W) Weight = 220.770 + 10.15M x 1 is adequate (Page 24).Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 12 Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Typical Shock Absorber Applications EXAMPLE 18: Vertical Rotation with Known Intertia Aided by Gravity (w/Torque) θ Rs T.0 is adequate.8 + 275 E T = 428.4 in-lbs.750 in-lbs.5 K = .5 x 12 x Sin (120º–30º)]/10 velocity and confirm selection V = RS x ω = 10 x 2 = 20 in.8 x 100 E TC = 42. (Ι) Known Intertia = 885 in-lbs/sec.M Email: industrialsales@enidine.4 x 1 = 10.4 in-lbs/cyc.enidine./hr. Tel. STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy K = .780.289 x (A2 + B2)0. C=1 E TC = E T x C E TC = 1. T.770 in-lbs.4 x 100 E TC = 178.: 1-800-852-8508 STEP 4: Calculate total energy per cycle E T = E K + E W = 153. I = (W/386) x K2 I = (220.8 in-lbs.

Distance Xmax in./sec.2 WA + WB Per Buffer lbs. Distance Xmin in. Trolley Velocity in. Weight of Trolley lbs. Crane B Weight of Trolley Velocity of Trolley Total Weight of Crane Distance X Propelling Force Crane lbs.com Crane B (WB) VB Crane A (WA) Trolley VA Application 3 Crane B against Crane C Velocity: Vr = VB + VC 2 Impact weight per buffer: WD = WB • WC WB + WC Crane C (WC) VC Crane B (WB) Trolley VB Application 4 Crane C against Solid Stop with Buffer Velocity: Vr = VC 2 Impact weight per buffer: WD = WC Email: industrialsales@enidine. Distance Y Load Span Z Distance Xmin Propelling Force Crane Load Rail X Per Buffer Crane C Please note: Unless instructed otherwise. Distance Ymax in./sec. Distance Xmin in.com VC Crane C (WC ) Tel. and • 100% propelling force FD 13 Front View Per Buffer www. Distance Ymin in.: 1-800-852-8508 Trolley Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . Propelling Force Trolley lbs.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 13 Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Typical Shock Absorber and Crane Applications Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Overview Crane A Propelling Force Crane lbs. Weight of Crane lbs. Application 1 Crane A against Solid Stop Velocity: Impact weight per buffer: WD = W 2 in. Distance Ymin in./sec. Distance Ymax in. Crane Velocity in./sec. Crane Velocity in. Weight of Crane lbs. Propelling Force Trolley lbs. Vr = VA + VB Distance Ymax in. Distance Ymin in. Enidine will always calculate with: • 100% velocity v. Crane A (WA) Trolley Application 2 Crane A against Crane B Velocity: WD = WA • WB . Impact weight per buffer: Crane Velocity in./sec. Weight of Trolley lbs. Trolley Velocity in. VA Vr = VA Distance Xmax Propelling Force Trolley Rail Y Plan Views in. Distance Xmax in. Trolley Velocity in. ./sec. Weight of Trolley lbs. Weight of Crane lbs. lbs.enidine.

Crane Velocity: VCrane = 60 in.200 lbs.275 lbs.)2 772 EK = 1./sec.275 lbs. Weight of Trolley: Calculation Example for Harbor Cranes as Application 1 99. = 369. Total Weight of Crane: 837. Selecting for required 40-inch stroke: HD 4./sec.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 14 . maximum shock force ca./sec.940 in. • 3.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. • (160 in. + (99. Bridge Weight per Rail = crane weighttotal .940 in. Trolley Impact Distance: x = 3.200 lbs. 2 WDmax = Bridge Weight per Rail + Trolley Weight in Impact Position Given Values Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Overview Determination of the Maximum Impact Weight WDmax per Buffer WDmax = 369. The slung load can swing freely.) 3.540 in.trolley weight 2 Bridge Weight per Rail = 837. Trolley Velocity: VTrolley = 160 in. Vr = VA Application 1 EK = WD • Vr2 772 Determine Size of Shock Absorber for Trolley EK = 49. Vr = VA Application 1 EK = Kinetic Energy η = Efficiency Determine Size of Shock Absorber for Crane Selecting for required 24-inch stroke: HD 5. WDmax = 458. 104. and is therefore not taken into account in the calculation.200 lbs.404 lbs.137. EK= WDmax 2 772 • Vr EK = 458. = Fs = EK s•η www.404 lbs. Required Stroke: 24 in.540 in.com Tel.767 in-lbs.enidine.)2 772 EK = 2.200 lbs.0 x 24.644. • (60 in.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 14 Shock Absorber Sizing Examples Typical Shock Absorber and Crane Applications Please note that this example is not based on any particular standard.750 lbs.376 lbs. maximum shock force ca.600 lbs. 48.750 lbs.600 lbs. Required Stroke: 40 in.635 in-lbs.0 x 40. Span: z = 3. ./sec.99. 2 WD = 49.786 lbs = Fs = EK s•η WD = Trolley Weight per Shock Absorber WD = 99.

00 2.00 1.400 3.00 4.200.100.50 0.000 2.000 110.00 1.25 x 1 OEM 1.475.00 Key for Damping Type: D – Dashpot C – Conventional 9 50 20 25 50 50 90 90 100 180 235 235 250 485 485 585 800 800 1.120.000 1.50 1.250 2.28 0.000 1.000 622. = 25.00 1.00 2.00 1.475.000 178.00 1.750 3.000 670.00 5.0 (B) LROEM 1.4mm OEM 0.750 6.000 50.28 0.300.400 3.000 284.63 0.25 x 1 LROEM 1. Catalog No.000 D D D SC D SC SC P D SC SC P SC SC P D SC P P SC SC P P SC D SC SC P P SC D SC D SC D SC D SC P – Progressive SC – Self-compensating P – Progressive SC – Self-compensating www.00 1.000 50.25 0.500 11.0M x 2 OEM 3.300. (Model) (S) Stroke (in.41 0.00 2.25 x 2 LROEMXT 3 ⁄4 x 1 OEMXT 3 ⁄4 x 1 LROEMXT 1.00 2.730.000 3.000 875.475.120.25 0.800 16.00 1./hour Type 1 in.000 20.000 3.50 6.200 33.000 900.600.000 31.00 2.000 D D D D D D D D C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 29 29 29 29 31 29 29 31 31 29 29 31 31 31 31 31 31 TK 6 TK 8 TK 21 PMX 8 TK 10M PMX 10 PM 15 PRO 15 STH .11 Nm 0.000 2.750 2.000 115.000 102.400.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 15 Shock Absorber and Rate Controls Quick Selection Guide Typical Selections Technical Data Quick Selection Guide Use this Enidine Product Quick Selection Guide to quickly locate potential shock absorber models most suited for your requirements.5M x 2 PMXT 2150 (S) (ET) (ETC) Stroke Max.750 7.000 800.120.50 0.000 1.5M x 1 PMXT 2100 STH 1.000 34.5M x 1 OEMXT 1.000 2.000 670.000 39.000 300.50 0.000 20.000 35.000 20.300.700 1.15 X 2 OEM 1.000 1.00 Enidine Non-Adjustable Shock Absorbers (ET) (ETC) Max.000 65.0 (B) OEM 1.750 2.0M x 2 OEMXT 11⁄ 8 x 4 OEMXT 2.000 300.000 300.000 136.000 3.400.000 3.5M x 3 LROEMXT 11⁄ 8 x 1 LROEMXT 11⁄ 8 x 2 OEMXT 11⁄ 8 x 2 LROEMXT 2.700 1. (Model) 1 in.00 2.4mm 1 in. Max.0M PMXT 1575 STH 1.000 622.500 6.00 2.25M SPM 25 PM 25 PRO 25 SPM 50 PM 50 PRO 50 STH .00 6.0M x 2 PMXT 2050 STH 1.00 2.400 1.480 36.400 50.000 475.400 1.000 1.00 2.120.50 0.000 3.730.000 808.00 2.000 986.000 2.000 774.-lbs.0M x 8 OEM 4.50 4.000.200.000 900.-lbs.56 1.38 0.000 60.00 8.25 0.750 2.15 X 1 OEM 1.000 1.75 2.15M (B) OEM .500 4.775.000 1.5M x 2 OEMXT 1.000 10.500 7.00 2. Enidine Adjustable Shock Absorbers Catalog No.enidine.000 622.500 10.25 0.000 250.500 7.00 4.000 16. = .0M x 6 OEM 3.00 3.000 1. 38 38 39 46 39 46 46 61 40 46 46 61 46 46 61 40 46 61 63 49 49 63 63 53 40 50 50 63 63 53 40 53 40 53 40 53 40 53 .400 3.-lb.00 1.000 300.000 400.5 (B) OEM 1.25 0.com Tel.000 3.000 875.000 284.000 670.000 260.000./cycle in.700 3.775.00 2.000 21.0M x 10 Key for Damping Type: D – Dashpot C – Conventional 15 0.000 40.25 (B) LROEM .400 1.35 (B) LROEM .200.400.00 2.00 2.00 1.000 1./cycle in.000 622.000 800.00 6.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 Page No.000 168.0M x 4 OEM 4.88 0.0M x 6 OEM 4.400.000 986.00 1.000 475.25 (B) OEM .00 1.15 X 1 LROEM 1.730. Damping (in.88 0.000 110.500 11.00 10.15 X 2 LROEM 1.000 780.38 0.120.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.000 1.000 8.750.00 3.000.35 (B) OEM .000 390.150 2. Damping in.750 3.00 6.000 250.000 2.863 42.750 3.00 2.0M x 2 OEM 3.000 20.0M x 4 OEM 4. Max.000 60.-lb.400 1.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.770.00 2.000 3.00 2.00 2.5M PM 100 PRO 100 PRO 110 PM 120 PM 125 PRO 120 PRO 125 PMXT 1525 STH .400 3.00 3.5 (B) LROEM .000 774.00 1.400.200.50 1.-lbs.25 x 2 LROEM 1.475.50 0.5 OEM 4.000 2.000 808.290.775.000 18.63 0.000 1.) in./hour Type Page No.000 20.00 6.00 3.00 2.000 13.000 170.5M x 1 LROEMXT 3 ⁄4 x 2 OEMXT 3 ⁄4 x 2 LROEMXT 1.00 1.000 40.-lbs.000 5.000 8.00 1.) 1 in.5 OEMXT 11⁄ 8 x 6 OEMXT 2. Models are organized in order of smallest to largest energy capacity per cycle within their respective product families.000 670.000 20.00 1.11 Nm 50 50 50 50 150 150 250 250 650 650 1.00 4.75M PM 220 PM 225 PRO 220 PRO 225 PMXT 1550 STH 1.00 0.000 24.400 10.000 1. = 25.000 178.475.000 2.700 1.000 670.500 7.000 68.00 2.700 3.0M x 3.0M x 6.1M (B) OEM . = .200.00 2.0M x 2 OEMXT 2.38 0.000 1.000 2.0M x 5 OEM 3.260.41 0.000 3.5M x 2 OEMXT 3 ⁄4 x 3 OEMXT 1.25 0.

500 134.000 1.150.0 x (Stroke) HD 5.00 450 450 ADA 510 4.327.000 540.500 2.000 115 DA 75 x 2 2.500. = .000 3. – – – – P – Progressive SC – Self-compensating 95 96 97 97 (S) (Fp) (ETC) Stroke Max.500.400.00 2.000 327.800. P.746 Damping Page Type No.com Tel. Models are organized in order of smallest to largest energy capacity per cycle within their respective product families.500 2.00 2.000 112 ADA 735 14.000 113 ADA 760 24.0 x (Stroke) HD 6.00 2.-lb.00 5.000 Damping Page Type No.00 2.800.00 2.500 2. SC C C.000 111 ADA 710 4.000 116 TB 100 x 4 4.000 240.00 2.500 2.900.000 113 ADA 745 18.000 113 ADA 750 20.100.500 2.500 2.4mm 0.com 111 Enidine Non-Adjustable Rate Controls Jarret Shock Absorbers BC1N BC5 XLR LR 650.000 Catalog No. Page (in.00 2.00 5.00 5.-lbs.000 5.-lbs.0 x (Stroke) HD 3.500 2.000 40.-lb. P./Max. Page (in.500 2.000 111 ADA 515 6.000 112 ADA 730 12. C.00 2.000 123.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 16 Shock Absorber and Rate Controls Quick Selection Guide Typical Selections Technical Data Enidine Adjustable Rate Controls Enidine Heavy Duty Shock Absorbers Catalog No.000 283.500 1. Max.000 113 ADA 775 30.000 212.) Propelling Force in.500.-lbs.-lb.400.000 111 ADA 705 2.000 10.125.612 8.500 800 6.000 4.200. (Model) C.250.400.00 450 375 850.000 83.000. P.11 Nm DA 50 x 2 2.500 900 5.100./Max.400 4.000 5.-lb.600. 1 in.050. SC C C.500 2.500 1.400.500 2.625.000 185. SC C.000 4.-lbs. SC 91 91 92 92 Key for Damping Type: D – Dashpot C – Conventional (S) Stroke (in.300./hour No.000 221. P. SC C.000 10.5 x (Stroke) HD 4.000 600.500.000 885.700.500 1.100.000 116 Key for Damping Type: D – Dashpot C – Conventional www.000 414.000 5.000 120.5-3 4-7 6-31.500 2./hour No.000. SC C. Email: industrialsales@enidine.500 700 6.000 112 ADA 715 6. Max.500 1. SC C./cycle 1 in.000 2.0 x (Stroke) HDA 3.000 4. 1 in.000 4.00 2.000 113 ADA 755 22.000 111 ADA 520 8. (Model) (S) Stroke (in.00 2.0 x (Stroke) (S) Stroke (in.850.400.500 2.000 677. P.000 P – Progressive SC – Self-compensating Catalog No. (Model) HD 1.000 53. = 25.enidine.000 4.000 2.000 113 ADA 770 28.0 x (Stroke) HDA 5.200. P.000 3.4mm Tension lbs.500 1./cycle 1 in. P.00 450 200 1.000 3.000 1.000 113 ADA 765 26.0 x (Stroke) HD 3.000 7.500 1.000 116 DA 75 x 10 10.00 2.500 1.00 2.500 3.000 2.00 10. P.301.000 5.00 5.: 1-800-852-8508 P – Progressive SC – Self-compensating Fax: 1-716-662-0406 16 .00 2.000 111 ADA 525 10.500 2.00 2./cycle 1 in. = 25.00 5. = 25.) 1 in.0 x (Stroke) HDA 6.500 1.500 2.000 115 DA 75 x 6 6. in. SC C.500 2.00 450 300 1.000 112. 1 in.000 1.-lb.-lbs. in. SC C.612 1.00 2./Max.000 112 ADA 740 16. SC C ADA 505 2.00 450 125 1. (Model) (S) (Fp) (ETC) Stroke Max.000 680.300.450. P.000 115 DA 50 x 6 6.000 116 DA 75 x 8 8. = . in.0 x (Stroke) HDA 4.) Propelling Force in.11 Nm 27.000 113 ADA 780 32.000 112 ADA 720 8. P.500 1.600.600.000 885. = . P. = .300. = .000 112 ADA 725 10.000 115 DA 75 x 4 4.00 2.4mm HI 100 x (Stroke) HI 120 x (Stroke) HI 130 x (Stroke) HI 150 x (Stroke) 2-32 4-40 10-32 5-40 Key for Damping Type: D – Dashpot C – Conventional (ET) Min.5 16-51 (ET) Min. 1 in.00 2.00 10.000 1. Compression lbs.700.000 1.100.900.000 116 TB 100 x 6 6. Compression lbs.500 2.00 2.) 1 in.400.000 2.000 5. Quick Selection Guide Use this Enidine Product Quick Selection Guide to quickly locate potential shock absorber models most suited for your requirements.800.000 115 DA 50 x 4 4. (Model) Catalog No.200 4. SC C C.00 2.327.000 4.11 Nm 885.910 1.) 1 in. = 25.700 4.500 3.500 2.11 Nm Damping Page Type No.000 113 73-74 75-76 77-78 77-78 79-80 81-82 81-82 83-84 83-84 85-86 85-86 P – Progressive SC – Self-compensating Enidine Heavy Industry Shock Absorbers Catalog No.00 2.000 548.500 2.11 Nm 88.4mm Tension lbs.000 115 DA 50 x 8 8.000. = 25.000 5.150.5 x (Stroke) HD 2.4mm 2-24 10-56 2-56 2-12 2-48 2-48 2-10 4-40 4-12 4-48 4-12 Key for Damping Type: D – Dashpot C – Conventional (ET) Min.200.

The Enidine OEMXT Series provides a low profile adjustment knob offered in imperial or metric thread configurations with stroke lengths of 1 to 6 inches. • Fully field repairable units are available in mid-bore and larger bore product ranges. resulting in the lowest reaction forces in the industry. the damping force can be changed to accommodate a wide range of conditions.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 17 OEM Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers XT OEM Series Adjustable Series Overview OEM Large Series OEM Xtreme Mid-bore Series OEM Small Bore Platinum Series Enidine Adjustable Hydraulic Series shock absorbers offer the most flexible solutions to energy absorption application requirements when input parameters vary or are not clearly defined. Features and Benefits • Adjustable design lets you “fine-tune” your desired damping and lock the numbered adjustment setting. long-life operation.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .com Tel. • Custom orificed non-adjustable units (CBOEM) can be engineered to meet specific application requirements. Enidine offers the broadest range of adjustable shock absorbers and mounting accessories in the marketplace today. • Internal orifice design provides deceleration with the most efficient damping characteristics. • Operational parameters can be expanded through the use of Enidine’s Low Range and High Performance products. and propelling forces as high as 4. By simply turning an adjustment knob. Low Range (LROEMXT) Series products are also available to control velocities as low as 3 in. • ISO quality standards result in reliable. • A select variety of surface finishes maintains original quality appearance and provides the longest corrosion resistance protection./sec.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. 17 www. For drop-in competitive interchange. OEMXT and OEM Large Series shock absorbers are fully field repairable.enidine.000 lbs. • Threaded cylinders provide mounting flexibility and increased surface area for improved heat dissipation. • Incorporated optional fluids and seal packages can expand the standard operating temperature range from (15°F to 180°F) to (–30°F to 210°F).

The closed cellular foam accumulator compensates for fluid displaced by the piston rod during compression and extension. while minimum damping force is achieved by turning the adjustment knob to zero (0). economical design. the total orifice area of the shock absorber is reduced. should input conditions change. opening the valve that permits rapid piston rod return to the original extended position.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 18 . depending on rotation direction. When force is applied to the piston rod.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 18 OEM XT Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEM Series Overview Enidine Adjustable Single Orifice Shock Absorbers Adjustable Series Piston Rod Foam Accumulator Check Ring Bearing Coil Spring Piston Head Adjustment Knob Constant orifice area damping (dashpot) provides the largest shock force at the beginning of the stroke when impact velocity is highest. the compressed coil spring moves to reposition the piston head. Without the fluid displacement volume provided by the foam accumulator. thus increasing the damping force of the shock absorber. Maximum damping force is achieved by turning the adjustment knob to eight (8). The cam. By closing the orifice holes.com Cylinder Oil Turning the adjustment knob rotates the adjustment cam within the shock absorber. This standard design is the most efficient. creating internal pressure allowing smooth. The adjustable shock absorber enables the user to change the damping force of the unit. Tel. the closed system would be hydraulically locked. The internal structure of an adjustable single orifice shock absorber is shown above. meaning it allows the most energy to be absorbed in a given Piston Head stroke.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. The check ring replaces the check ball and the adjustment feature uses an adjustment pin instead of an adjustment ball. This type of orifice design results in . while still maintaining a conventional-type damping curve. Low velocity range (LR) series configurations are available for controlling velocities that fall below the standard adjustable range. Turning the adjustment knob causes the adjustment ball to increase or decrease the clearance (orifice area) between the ball and its seat. Oil is forced out of the high pressure shock tube chamber through the orifice. These shock absorbers provide high-energy absorption in a small. the check ball unseats. www. Enidine Adjustable Multiple Orifice Shock Absorbers Coil Spring Check Ring Adjustment Cam Piston Rod Adjustment Knob Orifice Holes Bearing Adjustment Pin Conventional damping allows linear deceleration by providing a Shock Tube constant shock force over the entire stroke. moves the adjustment pin in the shock tube. closing or opening the orifice holes. The damping force of the shock absorber can be changed by turning the adjustment knob. controlled deceleration of the moving load. This type of damping is also available in adjustable Foam Accumulator shock absorbers. in turn.enidine. Maximum damping force is achieved by turning the adjustment knob to eight (8). This type of damping is also available in adjustable shock absorbers. the check ball is seated and the valve remains closed. while providing the lowest shock force. When the load is removed. Cylinder Oil Shock Tube Orifice The damping force of an Enidine single orifice shock absorber can be changed by turning the adjustment knob. The adjustable multiple orifice shock absorber is similar to the principles described earlier. while minimum damping force is achieved by turning the adjustment knob to zero (0).

Impact Velocity: 40 in.1M .25 x 1 1.15M . Intersection Point: Adjustment Setting 3 3. 3.0 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .0M 360° adjustment with setscrew locking OEM 0.enidine. Adjustments exceeding this maximum suggested setting could overload the shock absorber.: 1-800-852-8508 360° adjustment with setscrew locking (LR)OEM 1.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. Position 8 provides maximum damping force.0M (LR)OEMXT Large OEMXT 3. Useable Adjustment: Setting Range 0 to 3 Position 0 provides minimum damping force.0 Platinum (LR)OEM Small Series 180° adjustment with setscrew locking 180° adjustment with setscrew locking (LR)OEM 0.5M and (LR)OEMXT 2./sec.0M – OEM 4. Useable Adjustment: Setting Range 0 to 5 Example: (LR)OEMXT 11⁄8 x 2 3. Locate the intersection point of the application’s impact velocity and the selected model graph line.0M 360° adjustment with setscrew locking Platinum OEM Small Series (LR)OEMXT 3/4 and (LR)OEMXT 1 1/8 (LR)OEMXT 1. 2. 2. The useable adjustment setting range is from the 0 setting to the maximum adjustment setting as determined in step 2. the useable range of adjustment settings for the application can be determined: Example: OEM 1.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 19 OEM Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers XT OEM Series Adjustable Series Adjustment Techniques After properly sizing the shock absorber.OEM .com Tel. Impact Velocity: 20 in. 1.5M and OEMXT 2. Intersection Point: Adjustment Setting 5 2. The intersection is the maximum adjustment setting to be used. OEMXT Large Useable Adjustment Setting Range 180° adjustment with setscrew locking./sec. 1.5 19 www. OEMXT 3/4 and OEMXT 1 1/8 OEMXT 1. 360° adjustment with setscrew locking.(LR)OEM .5 OEM 1.

enidine.) Upon Enidine’s receipt of this worksheet./max.com RATE CONTROL APPLICATION (All Data Taken at Rate Control) Number of Rate Controls to Control the Load ____________________________ Control Direction:  Tension (T)  Compression (C) Required Stroke: __________(in.1M. Pressure ______(psi)(bar) Rod Dia. Stroke Time ______________(sec. .): _____________________________________________ (lbs. HP (Adjustable) • LROEM (Low range adjustable) • CBOEM (Non-adjustable) • AOEM/LRAOEM (Adjustable and low range adjustable air/oil return) • CBAOEM (Non-adjustable air/oil return) Application Data B OEM 1.25. (For custom design projects.0 only) • “CM” (Clevis Mount) • “CMS” (Clevis Mount with Spring) Adjustable Series 10 Required for Engineered CBOEM and CBAOEM models only: • Vertical or Horizontal motion • Weight • Impact velocity • Propelling force (if any) • Other (temperature or other environmental conditions) • Cycles per hour Shock Absorber Accessories Example 2 Example 1 10 Select quantity LROEM 13/4-12 Lock Ring (P/N F8E2940049) Select catalog or part number 5 Select quantity UC 2940 Urethane Striker Cap (P/N C92940079) Select catalog or part number Application Worksheet APPLICATION DESCRIPTIONATA FAX NO.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 20 .  Horizontal Fax.)(mm)  Motor _____________ (hp)(kW) Torque _____________(in-lbs. ________________________________________________________°F (°C) Environmental Considerations: _____________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ (All Data Taken at Shock Absorber) Number of Shock Absorbers to Stop Load Impact Velocity (min. Pressure ______(psi)(bar) Rod Dia./sec.)(m/sec) Tel. or visit www.0 Select piston rod type: • “___” (No button) • “B” (Button model.______(in. (See catalog back cover for Enidine locations. OEM 0.com for a list of Enidine distributors.)(mm) Est.)(N)  Air Cyl: Bore ______ (in.)(mm) Max.______ (in.)____________________________ (in.) Estimated Velocity at the Rate Control __________________(in.: DATE: ATTN: COMPANY: Motion Direction (Check One): The Enidine Application Worksheet makes shock absorber sizing and selection easier. .)(Nm) Ambient Temp. you will receive a detailed analysis of your application and product recommendations.5 and 1./sec./Max.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 20 OEM XT Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEM Series Ordering Information/Application Worksheet Shock Absorbers - Select quantity Select catalog number: • OEM. Enidine representatives will consult with you for specification requirements.) GENERAL INFORMATION CONTACT:  Incline Angle _______ Height _______  Up  Down Weight (Min.enidine.)(mm) G Load Requirements _______________(G)(m/sec2) COMPANY: ADDRESS: FAX: EMAIL: PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED: www.35.)(mm)  Hydraulic Cyl: Bore ______ (in. phone. . or mail worksheet data to Enidine headquarters or your nearest Enidine subsidiary/affiliate or distributor.) Shock Absorber Stroke Requirements: __________________________(in.)(Kg) Cycle Rate ____________________________________________________ (cycles/hour) Additional Propelling Force (If Known) __________________________ (lbs.)(mm) Max.com  Rotary Horizontal SHOCK ABSORBER APPLICATION DEPT/TITLE: TEL:  Up  Down  Rotary Vertical  Vertical Email: industrialsales@enidine.)(m/sec.

0) 0.7 (7.40 (10.0 (13.0) A1 in.5M (B) OEM 1. Buttons cannot be added to non-button models or removed from button models OEM . (mm) 1.0M (B) OEM 1.0) 1.0 (8.2) 0.35M (B) LROEM .00 (25.0) (0.50 (12.7 (7.35M (B) OEM .3-4.28 (7.43 (11.2) 4.30) (74.8 (3.0) 6.30) (28.08-1.4) 2.50) (28.8) .5 (B) .0) 3.0 (B) 1.5) 2.8 (17.0 1 /2-20 UNF (M14 x 1. (mm) M10 x 1.08-1.8) 3. in.61 (91.0) .1) 4.-lbs.0) . Propelling Force lbs.0) 12-130 50 (0.30) (74.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .55 (14.0M (B) 1.63 (16.7) (FP) Max.4 3. Catalog No. 21 www.0) Catalog No.8) 2.34 (8.0) .88 (23.36 (110.0) 0. 3. see pages 22-23.96 (100.08-1.1M  (LR)OEM 1.6) (4. (mm) – – . For mounting accessories.5) .02 (0.000 (34 000) 300.000 (70 000) (70 000) D in.7) 0.5) 1.0) .9) .0 (4.15M (B) (LR)OEM (LR)OEM (LR)OEM (LR)OEM (LR)OEM (LR)OEM (LR)OEM (LR)OEM (LR)OEM .0MF (B) Optimal Velocity (ET ) Range Max.5 (2.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.34 (8.16 (4.3 (5. (mm) .25 (B) LROEM .50 (12.2) 0.7) (15.25 (57.81) (71.0) 3-50 650 (0.5) – – .50 (14.62 (142.0) 12-130 150 (0.8) 3.-lbs.38 (10.56 (14.0) (13.13 (3.25 (B) OEM .000 (12 400) 168.000 (34 000) 284.35 (B) .000 (20 000) 178./Model OEM .56 (14.0) (27.0) .5) 1-12 UNF (M27 x 3.3) .5) 1.7) .0) .44 (87. (mm) . (mm) – – .0) (25. a smaller model should be specified.0 (4.4) E1 in.1M (B) OEM .0) 3. (mm) 0. (N) 80 (350) 80 (350) 80 (350) 100 (440) 120 (530) 200 (890) 150 (670) 250 (1 120) 300 (1 330) (1 330) 450 (2 016) (2 016) WF in.22 (81.25 (B) .08-1.7) .8) 2.2 (9.000 (32 000) 622.30) (74.57 (14.25M (B) OEM .7) C in.0 (26.000 (4 400) (4 400) 1.0) ./hour (Nm/h) 110.0) 1.3-3.30) (6.0) G in. (mm) 0.7 (7.6) 0.0) 3-50 250 (0.63 (67.50 (12.5 (B) LROEM . All shock absorbers will function satisfactorily at 5% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.7) (142.0) 0.0 (B) LROEM 1.3-3.0) 0.0) (14.0) Model Weight (mass) oz (g) 1 (28) 2 (56) 2 (56) 2 (56) 3 (85) 3 (85) 5 (141) 5 (141) 10 (285) (285) 10 (285) (285) WL in.8 (3.000 (19 000) 178.0M.0 Series Technical Data ØD Standard Adjustable Series ØG WF C WL H J F Adjustment Knob A ØD ØE1* ØG WL WF J C H Adjustment Knob F A A1* *Note: A1 and E1 apply to button models.5) 9 /16-18 UNF (M16 x 1.6) (FD) Max. Reaction Force lbs.6) .7) 4.0) 12-130 650 (0. in.5) 1.35 (B) OEM .7) .4) 2.5M (B) LROEM .2) .0MF (B) LROEM 1.35 (110.7) Notes: 1.5) 0.0) 3-50 50 (0.30) (17.35M (B) .4) 3.0) A in./Model OEM 0.8 (12.13 (3./sec.25M (B) LROEM .2) .50 (12. (mm) 2.38 (10.7) .8) 2.2) 0.0) (22.3) .enidine. in.0) (23.38 (10.000 (4 400) (4 400) F in.0) (M25 x 1.6) 0.30) (6.25 (6.25M (B) .18 (4.7) (12.0 (4.0) H in.0 M12 x 1.0) 3-50 150 (0.35 (B) LROEM .30) (6.5) 1.95 (49.09 (104.0) (104.000 (70 000) (70 000) 622.87 (22./cycle (m/s) (Nm/cycle) 12-130 50 (0.50 (12.34 (8.0) J in.1M (B) OEM .5) 0. (mm) .7) 0.5) 5. (mm) 2.4) 3. (N) 1.8 (3.50 (12.5) 1.62 (15.0) 12-130 50 (0.50 (12.0) Compressed lbs.5) 3 /4-16 UNF (M20 x 1.00 (25.com Tel.31 (84.2 (9.4) (6.0) Nominal Coil Spring Force Extended lbs.000 (32 000) 284.59 (91.30) (6.30) (74.12 (3.50 (12.7) 0.2) . 2.3-3.0 (B) OEM 1.000 (20 000) 300.6) 3.7) 3.22 (81. (N) 0.43 (10.2) .0) 12-180 250 (0.6) 5. (mm) – – – – – – .88 (98.0) 6.19 (4.44 (11.81 (71.5M (B) 1.9) 3.9) .44 (11. (B) indicates button model of shock absorber.0) (13. If less than 5%.5 (B) OEM .0) (25.44 (12.43 (10. (N) 275 (1 220) 200 (890) 200 (890) 200 (890) 450 (2 000) 450 (2 000) 775 (3 500) 775 (3 500) 1.30) (17.15M (B) OEM .0) (130.1M to OEM 1.3-3.50 (12.12 (130.68 (18.3-3.67 (17.5) 1.3-3.0) 3.5) (ETC) Max.38 (9.44 (11.0 (27.0) 0.0) (0.0MF (B) (S) Stroke in.08-1.0) (26.0) .0 (13.0M (B) LROEM 1.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 21 OEM Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEM Small Bore Series OEM 0.

0) (M27 X 3) Email: industrialsales@enidine. (mm) . (mm) (mm) M10 x 1 1.13 (32.0) 0.31 (8./ Model Part Number Model (Ref) ∅ UF M10 x 1 U16363189 OEM 0.20 (12.18  UF 1-12 UF M20 x 1.45 – (4.00 (25.25M (LR)OEM . (mm) 0.25 (B) (LR)OEM .0) (12. 2.0) 1.35(B) (LR)OEM .63 (16.6) (4.0) .5 (15) (15) – – (22.: 1-800-852-8508 J H I J in.13 (3.0) . (mm) 0.50 (M10 x 1) (38.0 (38) 1.63 (17.5) F in.69 (19.0) .20 UNF 1.0MF (B) Stop Collar (SC) Imperial ØCD Part Number ∅ SC M10 x 1 M98921058 M98921171 M95588058 M930289171 M93935057 M930281171 M94950199 M99018199 M92646057 M930282171 M92587057 M930283171 M930284171 ∅ SC M12 x 1 HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) Metric Catalog No.0) 1 /2 . (g) JH in.0) .08 (27.72 (19.20 ∅ SC M14 x 1.0) 1.1M  (LR)OEM 1.0M (B) (LR)OEM 1.0) 3 /4 .5 1 CA Model (Ref) OEM 0.enidine.15M (B) JN 1/2 .0) 0.25) .5 ∅ UF 1-12 ∅ UF M25 x 1.0) .19 .18 (4.0) CA in.0 (63) – – (32.4) (LR)OEM 1.0) E D C E Ø.12 (4.33 Ø(8.4) (25.0) .0) 8.0) 0.22 (5.38 (35.35M (LR)OEM .0) (12.1M(B) ∅ UF M12 x 1 U15588189 OEM .35 (B) (LR)OEM .0) – – – . (mm) 0.31 Ø(8.5) (35.25 (5.19 .0) 9 /16 .5M (B) (LR)OEM 1.5) (48.35M (B) (LR)OEM .7) 1.0) 1.35 (B) (LR)OEM . (mm) WL in.0) .18 Ø(4.0) 1-12 UNF 2.6) .0 (B) 1. in.5 (14) 1.22 Ø(5.22 Ø(5.0) Ø.0) – Notes: 1.20 UF M10 x 1  UF M16 x 1.5 JN 1-12 JN M27 x 3 JN M25 x 1.32 (15.0) Tel.20 ∅ UF M14 x 1.51 (13.5M (LR)OEM 1.1M (B) OEM 0.18 (4.38 (30.3) 0.1M (B) JN M12 x 1 J25588035 OEM . (mm) 1.1 (3) 0.5 (11) 0.3 (9) 0.5 ∅ UF 3/4 .75 (19.00 (35.6) 0.0) 1.0) 0. in.0 Series Jam Nut (JN) JB JH Part Number Model (Ref) JN M10 x 1 J24421035 OEM 0.18 ∅ SC M16 x 1. (mm) ./ Model JA in.5 JN 9/16 .0(B) (LR)OEM 1.20 (15. (mm) .5  UF M27 x 3 Ø.0) .5) – (5) 0.00 (25.75) (11.31 (16.25 (B) (LR)OEM .16 ∅ UF M20x 1.68 (17. in.47 (12.5) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 22 .15M(B) ∅ UF 1/2 .0) .62 (16.00 (30.0) .5 ∅ UF M27 x 3 U13935095 U13935143 U19018095 U19018143 U120275095 U1202646143 U19599095 U12584143 U12587143 (LR)OEM .00 (M25 x 5) (48. *Do not use with urethane striker cap. (mm) 0.0) .0M www. (mm) .75 1.5) (45.75 (19.00 (M20 x 1.5 ∅ UF 9/16 .5 (B) JB in.0) 0.62 . (mm) – – – – – – 1.59 (15.5(B) (LR)OEM .5 UF 9/16 .50 (M14 x 1.25 (6.5 ∅ SC 1-12 x 1 ∅ SC M27 x 3 ∅ SC M25 x 1.18 ∅ UF M16 x 1.0) D in.25M (B) (LR)OEM .62 (16.18 (4.5) 1.0) 1.31 (8.20 A B in.28 (8.19 .50 (35.0) CD in. (mm) 0.16 (4.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 22 Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEM Small Bore Series OEM Accessories OEM 0.0) .00 (25.00 – 1.25 1.50 (38.0) Weight (mass) oz.com H .8) (38.20 JN M14 x 1.5 J13935034 J23935035 J14950034 J230844167 J12646034 J22646035 J11976034 J22587035 J23004035 (LR)OEM .4) 1.0) – Adjustable Series JA Catalog No. contact Enidine.00 (25.5 ∅ SC 9/16 .0 (18) 2.25) .98 (25.5 JN 3/4 .75) (11.15M (B) (LR)OEM .25(B) (LR)OEM .56 (16.94 (24.98 (25.5) A A B F F B Ø.4) – – G K in.0M (B) (50.47 (12.5) – (5) 0.0) 0.5) ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.5) (45.2) .24 (6.0) 0.0) (LR)OEM 1.16 ∅ SC M20 x 1.50 1.12 (25.0 ) .0) E in.6 (5) 0.24 (6.50 (6.0MF (B) Weight (mass) oz.00 (25.0) M12 x 1 1.49 – .25 (6.59 (15.5) D G Catalog No. (mm) (mm) (mm) 0./Model CA WL WF ØCD HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) ∅ SC /2 .5 (B) (LR)OEM .0) 0.5 ∅ SC 3/4 .20 (12.50 (LR)OEM 1.30 (37.01 (20.88 (19.0) .75 (19. (mm) – – – – – – (19.7) 1.0) 1.0) (32.0) 0.0 (B) (LR)OEM 1.0) 1.com Ø.0) (15.5) K I Ø.50 – .0) 1.4) 1.1 (2) 0.18 JN M16 x 1.0) (35.25 (6.63 (14.0) 0.45 1.0) – (5) – . Universal Retaining Flange (Small Bore) (UF) UF 1/2 .5) C C in.0 (215) WF in. (g) 0.49 – .0) G in.0) 1.50 (M12 x 1) (38.18 UNF 1.50 (35.31 (6.5) 1.0) (8.81 (M16 x 1.0) (37.16 UNF 2. contact Enidine.0) . ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.0MF (LR)OEM 1.12 (4.16 JN M20 x 1.1 (2) 0. .

: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .3 Notes: 1.51 (13) .25M (LR)OEM .0) (25.000/-.0) A in.enidine.16 UNF (M20 x 1.63 (16) .65 (16) ./Model ∅ OEM 1.5) 3 /4 .50 SLA 20 MF SLA 1-12 x 1 SLA 25 MF SLA 27 MC SLA 71133 SLA 34756 SLA 71134 SLA 34757 SLA 33847 SLA 33262 SLA 33848 SLA 33263 SLA 33296 (LR)OEM .005/-.0 6.25 (6.0 6. (mm) .35 (LR)OEM .43 (11) . (mm) S in. ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.000/-.5) 9 /16 . Clevis Mount ØN ØS ØQ ØM V X W L Catalog No.0 CMS (S) L Stroke in.005/-.0) .15M SLA /2 .25 . contact Enidine.4) .141 +.39 (0.0) . in.5 +0. (mm) . (mm) .16 x .2) S in.2) (73.55 (14) .8 3. 23 www.13/0 +0.13 .com Tel.4 31. (mm) .71 (18) .71 (20) .25 13.28) . (mm) .28 (0.38 (10.43 (11) .28) Notes: 1.71 (18) .38 SLA 14MC SLA 9/16 .5) 2.28 (0.98 (25) 1.63 (16) .71 (18) .35M (LR)OEM .0) .25 (32) (32) WL in.80 (30) (30) STROKE A B C in.010 3.31 (8) .50 SLA 16 MF SLA 3/4 . (mm) 11 (11) 13 (13) .20 (5) . (mm) Q in.0 Series Accessories Adjustable Series Side Load Adaptor (SLA) ØS JAM NUT E C ØD WF WL Catalog No.2) 1. in.010/-.20 UNF (M14 x 1.000 +.010 +.35 .50 (38) (38) B in. (mm) . (mm) M10 x 1 M12 x 1 /2 .2 9.7) 1.1M SLA 12MF SLA 33299 OEM .000 ∅ OEM 1.28) (0.0M CMS 25 162.13/0 0/-0.64 (41. Maximum sideload angle is 30°.59 (15) (15) E in.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.0M 1 Stroke in. contact Enidine.63 (15) .85 (21. 2.9) 1.4) 1.55 (39.28 (7.88 (22) 1.251 +.18 x .38 M in.28) .18 UNF (M16 x 1.20 x .7) .9 6.375 .79 (20) .5M (LR)OEM 1.88 (73.0 (25.37 (34.25 (LR)OEM .5 (LR)OEM . (mm) .5 (12. 2.0) .5) 1-12 UNF (M25 x 1.0MF (LR)OEM 1.58 6.25 1./Model Part Number Model (Ref) SLA 10MF SLA 33457 OEM 0.000 +. (mm) .5 (12. (mm) .000 Weight V W X (mass) oz.28 (32. in. (mm) (mm) 1. (mm) (mm) (mm) (g) in.0 (LR)OEM 1.010/-.63 (17) . in.47 (12) .31 (8) .1 N P in.28 (7.3) 1.1M  OEM 1.55 (14) 1. Part Numbers in page color are non-standard lead time items.42 (36) (36) WF in. (mm) .38 (10. Maximum sideload angle is 30°.94 (24) 1.0) .24 (6) .28 (7.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:55 AM Page 23 OEM Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEM Small Bore Series OEM 0.4 394 +.02 9.5) (M27 x 3) 1 D in.

0) 20.0) Nominal Coil Spring Force Extended lbs.55 (14.10 (28.000 (111 400) D in. (mm) 5.0 (89.0) (195.3) .5) .5) F in. 3.0) 12-130 1.0) .63 (16.08-2.10 (28. (mm) .0) 7.0) 8.0 (89.000 (111 400) 986./ Model Part Number UC 8609 C98609079 Model (Ref) (LR)OEM 1.0) 1. Propelling Force lbs./sec.0) 2.8-2.0 (31. Reaction Force lbs.00 (25.3) WF in.0) 3-80 1.25 Series Standard C ØE ØE1* ØG H WF Adjustable Series ØD URETHANE CAP OPTIONAL J WL F A A1* *Note: A1 and E1 apply to urethane striker cap accessory.5) 8.15M x 2 ∅ LROEM 1.0) Compressed lbs.39 (10.15 x 1 ∅ OEM 1. For mounting accessories.500 (11 120) 2.15M x 1 1.74 (222.400 (0.30) (195.5) 1 1/4 .20 (30.00 (50. If less than 5%.15 x 1 1.0) (385.400 (0.700 (0.12 (30.000 (75 700) 875.5) 1.30) (195.0) .15 x 2 ∅ OEM 1.25 x 1 ∅ OEM 1.55 (14.0) 20.3) .500 (11 120) 2. ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.12 UNF (M36 x 1.0) (195.5) 1 3/8 .20 (30. (mm) 1.5) .0) E in.0) 1. (mm) .63 (16.000 (98 962) 875.500 (11 120) 2.0 (89. (N) 2.15M x 1 to OEM 1.0) 1.92 (150.0) 5.15/1.13 (29.0) Notes: 1.0) H in.0) 3-80 3.5 (56.00 (25.38 (9.25M x 1 ∅ LROEM 1.54 (217. Catalog No. (mm) 6.13 (29. (mm) 1.54 (217. (mm) 1.0) 20.0) 12-130 3.10 (28.0) 3.000 (91 000) 986.400 (0.3-3.3-3.-lbs.0) .12 (155.5) 8.0) 20.20 (30. 2. (mm) .63 (16.25M x 1 ∅ OEM 1.0) 20.0 (31.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 24 .0 (31.3-3.0) 20.15M x 2 ∅ OEM 1.0) 12.21 (5.5 (56.500 (11 120) 2.5) 1.0) 1.0) Optimal Velocity (ET) Range Max.25 x 2 ∅ OEM 1. (N) 12.21 (5.0 (89.00 (25.0) 1.0) 1.5) 1 3/8 .15M x 2 1.20 (30.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 24 Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEM Small Bore Series OEM Technical Data OEM 1.700 (0.0) (385.0) 12-130 3.12 (30.2 (6) A www.25 x 2 ∅ LROEM 1.0) 7. (N) 500 (2 220) 750 (3 335) 500 (2 220) 750 (3 335) 500 (2 220) 750 (3 335) 500 (2 220) 750 (3 335) J in.0) (FD) Max.25M x 1 1.0) .000 (91 000) 808.com Tel.0) A1 in.0) 1.0) 1.0) 20.0) 7.0) 12.00 (50.13 (29.30) (385.00 (50.0) 2.43 (138.12 (155.38 (9.0) .700 (0.21 (5.0) 7.12 UNF (M33 x 1. All shock absorbers will function satisfactorily at 5% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.25 x 1 1. (mm) ./cycle (m/s) (Nm/cycle) 12-130 1. in.38 (9.5) E in.5) .0) 1.-lbs.0) G in.enidine.55 (14.0) A in./hour (Nm/h) 670.700 (0. a smaller model should be specified.5) 1.0) 1.0) 3-80 3.500 (11 120) (ETC) Max.000 (75 700) 670.0) 5. (g) 0. Urethane Striker Cap (USC) ØE Catalog No./Model ∅ (LR)OEM ∅ (LR)OEM ∅ (LR)OEM ∅ (LR)OEM ∅ (LR)OEM ∅ (LR)OEM ∅ (LR)OEM ∅ (LR)OEM 1.13 (29.81 (97.8-2.25M x 2 Catalog No.15 x 2 ∅ LROEM 1. in.8-2. (mm) 1.15  (LR)OEM 1.500 (11 120) 2.0 (31. (mm) 3.15 x 2 1.63 (16.5) Weight (mass) oz.0) C in.000 (98 962) 808. (mm) 1 1/4 .0 (89.0 (89.0) 6.30) (385.20 (30.74 (222.400 (0.0) 8.21 (5.3-3.10 (28.0) 2.15M x 1 ∅ OEM 1.0) 5.0 (89.25 x 1 ∅ LROEM 1.500 (11 120) 2. in.0) Weight (mass) oz (g) 17 (482) 17 (482) 25 (708) 25 (708) 20 (567) 20 (567) 26 (737) 26 (737) WL in.0) 1.5) (FP) Max./Model ∅ OEM 1.0) . contact Enidine. (mm) . (N) 20.15 x 1 ∅ LROEM 1. 4.0) 1.25 A in. see pages 25-26.15M x 1 ∅ LROEM 1. (mm) 1.0) 2.00 (50.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.25 (33. Urethane striker caps are available as accessories for models OEM 1.0) 3-80 1.25 x 2 1.25M x 2 (S) Stroke in.00 (25.0 (89.43 (138.38 (9.12 UNF (M33 x 1. (mm) 1.500 (11 120) 2.3) .0) 12.12 UNF (M36 x 1.5 (56.81 (97.5 (56.92 (150.25M x 2 ∅ LROEM 1.25M x 2.25 (33.0) E1 in.55 (14.

0) – – ∅ SC M36 x 1.12 JN M33 x 1.13 #10 1.0 (215) 7.12 Part Number Model (Ref) N121049129 (LR)OEM 1. (mm) 1.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .00 1.22 .63 2.9 (26) JH Stop Collar (SC) Imperial ØCD CA HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) WL WF Metric CA CD WF WL Catalog No.0) (15. (g) 7.63 (41.25M (63.8) (38.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/21/11 9:15 AM Page 25 OEM Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEM Small Bore Series OEM 1.5 M95568181 HP 110 2. SA SB Size (mass) in.50 1.25 2.15 2. *Do not use with urethane striker cap.5 N121049141 (LR)OEM 1.4) 0. in.38 1.00 Bolt Wt. in.5 JN 1 3/8 .63 RE in.3) (58.5) (28.22 .6) (M5) (30) Tel.25M . (mm) . (mm) 1. Model (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) M921049057 OEM 1.00 1.50 – – ∅ SC 1 1/4 .12 N121293129 (LR)OEM 1.3) JB in.0) (32.3) (50. in.com 1.13 #10 FH RE 25 www. (g) JH in.56 M930288171 HP 110 MC (50. contact Enidine.5 JA JB Part Number Model (Ref) J18609034 J28609035 J13164034 J23164035 OEM 1.0) ∅ SC M25 x 1.8) (38.0 (215) Notes: 1. in. in.15M (5.73 (44.5) (9.12 M921049058 OEM 1.0 (5. in./ Model JN 1 1/4 .12 JN M36 x 1.15 RF M33 x 1. oz.56 M931291171 HP 110 MF Weight (mass) oz.5 x 1.5) (41.5) (38.50 1.88 (47./ Model RF 1 1/4 .75 1.0) (15.69 – – ∅ SC 1 3/8 .0) ∅ SC M25 x 2 x 1.25 (LR)OEM 1.5) (43.8) (44. in.5) (9.0) 1. (mm) 2.25 (6.25 Series Accessories Adjustable Series Jam Nut (JN) Catalog No. (mm) (mm) (mm) (g) 1.5) (28.50 (38.0 FC FH RD in.50 – – ∅ SC 1-12HP x 1.25 (6.56 (50.8) (44.8 (23) 0.1) – – ∅ SC M33 x 1.25M JA in. 2.5) (41.38 1./ Part Number Model (Ref) in.enidine.4) . ØCD CA HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) Rectangular Flange (RF) ØFC SA LOCK SLOT SB RD Catalog No. ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. (mm) (mm) (mm) .25 RF M36 x 1.0 (210) – 8.0) Weight (mass) oz.5 N121293129 (LR)OEM 1.15M OEM 1.15 (LR)OEM 1.6) (M5) (30) RF 1 3/8 .15 © OEM 1.0) 1.75 1.15M (63.5 M921293057 OEM 1.0) (32.12 M930285171 OEM 1.

33 .50 .38 . (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 1.75 2. (mm) (g) .33 . (mm) FC in.9) .7) (+0.33 . contact Enidine. Flange Foot Mount ØFC FD FG FE FK FJ FB FA Model (Ref) Y in.25 x 1 CM(S) 1.44 1.44 1.010 1.500 +.0 oz.25 0. in.000/-.02) (6.6) 9.005/-.50 .5) (12.3) (0/-0.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 26 Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEM Small Bore Series OEM Accessories OEM 1.44 1.7) (12.0) (725) .90 0.1) (22.6) (31.0 oz.7) (+0.500 .251 .2) (M5) (100g) (70. (mm) .15  OEM 1.88 #10 4.6) (31.7) (22.75 0.75 0.4) (22.500 0/-0.33 .000 +.7) (12.7) (6.500 .4) M in. “S” designates model is supplied with spring.3) (0/-0.000/-.25M (56.005/-.3 (0/-0. in.0 (50) ∅ (LR)OEM 1.50 0.0 6.15 x 2 CM(S) 2.6 (10.15 2.13/0) (0/-0.02) .13/0) (+0.9 (10.com Z + STROKE Y + STROKE Email: industrialsales@enidine.500 +.44 +.000 +.3) . (mm) .251 (6.1) (22.4) 6.9) .1) (22.23 1. ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.50 . (mm) .07 (230./Model ∅ (LR)OEM 1.13/0) (0/-0.23 (6.3) (0/-0.88 +.15 x 1 CM(S) 1.005/-. (mm) (kg) FD FE FG FJ in. (70.3) (5.02) (12. in.500 (12.25 0.7) (6.23 (6.0) (861) Notes: 1.3) 1.02) (12.02) .25 x 2 CM(S) 2.0) (60.6 (10.8) FM M36 x 1.3) (6. (mm) FB in.23 (6.6) 9.23 .25 2.23 .90 0. (mm) Z in.5 2F21293306 (LR)OEM 1.0) (861) .23 1.1) (22.3) (5.02) (12.23 (6.005/-. in.0) (44.44 1.000/-.3 (6.005/-.4) (22.000 +.9) Weight CR (mass) oz.5) (12. (mm) .50 0.3) (5.3 0/-0.000/-.0) (60.005/-.000 +. (mm) T V W X in.010 (+0.13/0) (+0. in.88 (38.0) (725) .500 S in.com Bolt Size Weight in.88 (6. Model Part Number FM 1 1/4 .251 .7) (22. in.0) (8.38 FM 1 3/8 .5 2F21049306 (LR)OEM 1.15M (56.13/0) (0/-0.000/-.251 P in.2) (M5) (100g) Tel.0) (8. lbs.3) (6.88 (38.010 +. (mm) (mm) Catalog No.000 (25) ∅ (LR)OEM 1.3) 1.13/0) (+0.88 #10 4.13/0) (+0.02) (6.000/-.7) (+0.7) (12.13/0) (0/-0. (mm) .23 .7) .9) .8) Catalog No/.75 FM M33 x 1.7) .010 +. in.251 N in.25 Series SPRING OPTIONAL ØS ØU ØN ØM CR X W P Adjustable Series Clevis Mount V Q L (S) Stroke L in.02) (6.3) .0 (25) ∅ (LR)OEM 1.010 (6. (mm) FA in.6 (10.07 (230.251 .3) (6.010 +.500 Q in.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 26 .3) (38.23 1.000 +. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) FK in.3) . in. (mm) 2F21049305 (LR)OEM 1.25 2.12 www.25 2.0 (50) (163. 2.251 +0.251 (12.44 (163.enidine.13/0 +0.3) (38.12 2F21293305 (LR)OEM 1.0) (44.3) (5.23 1.50 .13/0 .23 .0) (8.0) (8. 2.

63 5. 4.475.5 A mm 144 195 246 A1 mm 162 213 264 B mm 58 58 58 D mm 13 13 13 E mm 38 38 38 E1 mm 44 44 44 F mm 92 118 143 K mm 32 45 57 K1 mm 32 45 57 WF mm 40.5 M42 x 1.5 850 167 000 LROEMXT 1. in.enidine.50 0.7 201 000 20 000 29 85 2 890 2. 1.75 F in.5M x 1 Imperial Catalog No.750 1.12 UN 1 3/4 .63 4.5M x 2 50.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 27 OEM Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers XT OEMXT Mid-Bore Series Technical Data OEMXT 3/4 & OEMXT 1.59 1. 1.3-3.3 850 OEMXT 1. Imperial Catalog No.68 7. Reaction Force lbs. 2.1 C in.500 11 15 1.7 LROEMXT 3/4 x 1 1 3-55 3.5M x 2 50.500 7 15 650 3.82 0.91 0.91 0.59 1./Model OEMXT 3/4 x 1 Optimal Velocity Range in.5 1 300 Metric Catalog No.7 OEMXT 3/4 x 3 3 12-140 11.-lbs.12 UN 1 3/4 .68 A1 in./hour 1./cycle 3.08-1.3 425 126 000 OEMXT 1.com Tel.50 E in.500 1.75 1.500 1.50 1.50 0.38 8. Nm/hour 126 000 (FP) Max.5 M42 x 1.3-3. 1 Nominal Coil Spring Force Extended N 48 Compressed N 68 (FD) Max. 3.5M x 1 25.500 7 18 650 4.500 2.50 1. 5.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .25 2.75 C mm M42 x 1.25 D in.25 2. 650 Weight lbs./Model (LR)OEMXT 1.7 OEMXT 3/4 x 2 2 12-140 7.12 UN A in.5 40.6 Mass Kg 1. 0.2 20 000 29 68 2 890 1.000 4.82 0.82 WF in. 0.50 E1 in.7 167 000 20 000 48 85 6 660 1.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.000 4.5M x 2 (LR)OEMXT 1. 1 3/4 . Propelling Force lbs.75 0. Nm/cycle 425 (ETC) Max.120. 6.500 Nominal Coil Spring Force Extended lbs.63 K in.38 B in.0 0.500 1.500 3.0 0.7 LROEMXT /4 x 2 2 3-55 7.-lbs. 2.0 0.000 4.0 Optimal Velocity Range mm/sec.5M Series Standard A1* Adjustable Series A F K1 ØB 4X WL ØD ØE1* ØE 2X WF C C ADJUSTMENT KNOB *Note: A1 and E1 apply to urethane striker cap accessory./sec.08-1. 11 Compressed lbs. 0.75 0. Reaction Force N 20 000 LROEMXT 1.91 K1 in.5 40.59 WL in. 1.500 11 18 1. 15 (FD) Max.000 (FP) Max.2 3 (S) Stroke mm 25.38 10.475.5 WL mm 19 19 19 www./Model (LR)OEMXT 3/4 x 1 (LR)OEMXT 3/4 x 2 (LR)OEMXT 3/4 x 3 Metric Catalog No.3-3. 0.775.000 4. in.75 1.5 (ET) Max. 0.0 0. Propelling Force N 2 890 20 000 48 68 6 660 1./Model OEMXT 1.750 (ETC) Max.5M x 3 27 (S) Stroke in.5M x 3 75. 12-140 (ET) Max.120.68 9.5M x 1 (LR)OEMXT 1.

0) (14. “S” designates model is supplied with spring.501 .00 1.70) (19.00 1.84 (50) (250.750 (199.84 ∅ OEMXT 1.1) www.87 .00 2.0) (25.01 W in.5M (60.020/-.56 3.9) (22.87 (25.9) (14. in.0) (9. 5 (M8) (370)g Fax: 1-716-662-0406 28 .5) (26. (mm) FB in.0) (+0.000/-.4) (51.0) (+0.60) (12. (mm) M in.5/-0) +.38 1.000 (12. (mm) (Kg) /16 12.010 (9.0) (26.70) (19.501 .376 . (mm) FA in.750 (9.5M x 1 CM(S) (25) 3 ∅ (LR)OEMXT /4 x 2 CM(S) ∅ (LR)OEMXT 1.4) (25.00 2.95) (+0.505 .000 +.000 (22.505 .0 oz.60) (12.000 +.5 2F2940 (LR)OEM 1.0) (26.000/-.56 3./ Model Part Number Model (Ref) FB FA Z + STROKE Y in.00 1.01 .Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 28 OEM XT Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEMXT Mid-Bore Series Accessories OEMXT 3/4 & (LR)OEMXT 1. (mm) 1.010 (+0.0 11.25/0) (0/-0.50 Bolt Weight Size (mass) in. 2.0 ∅ (LR)OEMXT 1.0) +.75 3.3) .020/-.0) (25.010/-. lbs.0) (+0.376 .16 1.5M x 2 CM(S) V Z L Q L in.505 +.56 4.com Tel.00 1. (mm) S in.000 +.3) (1. in.6) (55.010/-.5/-0) +.3) CR in.7) .000/-.4) (51.010/-.4) (51.4) 1. (mm) Weight (mass) lbs.5M x 3 CM(S) (75) (300.3) (1.01 (25.00 .75 FM M42 x 1. (mm) Catalog No. (mm) (+0.8 (14.: 1-800-852-8508 0.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.010/-.25/0) Z in.0) 3 W ØS P ∅ OEMXT /4 x 3 CM(S) 3. (mm) Z in.5 +.38 0.0) (+0. (mm) U V in.000 +. (Kg) . (mm) (mm) 7. (mm) FM 1 3/4-12 2FE2940 (LR)OEM 3/4 2.5) (9. in. (mm) FC in.25/0) (0/-0.010/-.000 +.7) (29.0) 2.00 (25.70) (19.3) (76. (mm) FD FE FG FJ in.0) (25.5M Series Clevis Mount LOCK RING Adjustable Series ØN SPRING OPTIONAL ØM ØT U CR (S) Stroke in.25/0) (0/-0.0) (12.60) (12.06 3. (mm) N in.5/-0) Notes: 1.010/-.59) 1. contact Enidine. (mm) P in (mm) Q in.9) (22.3) (1.000 (12.000 +.376 .0) (12.0 9.501 . ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.2) (8.00 1.00 (25.00 1.enidine.16 0.84 .0) (26.0) ./Model 3 ∅ (LR)OEMXT /4 x 1 CM(S) 1.00 2.3 +.25/0) (+0. in. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) FK in.020/-.750 1.87 .7) (19.34 2.25/0) 1. (mm) T in. Flange Foot Mount LOCK RING ADJUSTMENT KNOB ØFC FD FG FE FK Y + STROKE FJ Catalog No.0) .4) (25.010 (+0.00 1.9) (95.3) .

00 1.12 UN OEMXT 1 1/8 x 4 2 1/2 -12 UN OEMXT 1 1/8 x 6 2 1/2 -12 UN A in.0 0.03 WF in.000 2. in.1 51 000 75 155 6 660 3.000 2.75 0.500 26 35 4.03 1.500 16 36 1.90 17.5 61. Propelling Force N 51 000 115 155 17 760 2. 7.59 18./Model Stroke in.000 3.400.000 11.5 OEMXT 1 1/8 x 2 2 12-140 20.75 0.97 A1 in.000 11.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .0 0.00 3.08-1.0 0.38 E1 in.50 K in.00 1. (FD) Max.35 1 130 226 000 OEMXT 2.75 2.5 4 520 362 000 51 000 70 160 6 660 4.00 1. Nominal Coil Spring Force Extended lbs.0M x 1 25. Optimal Velocity Range in.50 9.00 A mm 175 226 328 456 A1 mm 192 243 345 473 B mm 77 77 77 77 D mm 19 19 19 19 E mm 50 50 50 57 E1 mm 57 57 57 57 F mm 114 140 191 241 K mm 26 26 26 26 K1 mm 26 26 26 26 WF mm 61.0 LROEMXT 2.000.-lbs.5 2 260 271 000 1 Extended N Compressed N (FD) Max. ∅ (LR)OEMXT 1 1/8 x 1 1 3-30 10.0 OEMXT 2./hour (FP) Max.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.75 0.5 61.75 2.35 2 260 271 000 51 000 75 155 17 760 3.25 2.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 29 OEM Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers XT OEMXT Mid-Bore Series Technical Data OEMXT 1-1/8 & OEMXT 2.75 E in. Imperial Catalog No. Nm/cycle (ETC) Max.0M x2 50.8 OEMXT 1 1/8 x 6 6 12-140 60.4 Note: Δ = Non-standard lead time items.00 2./Model C in.730.90 12.200.000 7.00 2. 4. 1.-lbs.400.0 Note: Δ = Non-standard lead time items.500 10.3-3.6 OEMXT 2. ∅ (LR)OEMXT 1 1/8 x 1 2 1/2 .0M x 4 M64 x 2.500 17 35 1.03 1. 2.03 1.5 WL mm 25 25 25 25 Metric Catalog No.55 9.enidine.12 UN (LR)OEMXT 1 1/8 x 2 2 1/2 . 2. contact Enidine. in.0M x 4 100.9 OEMXT 1 1/8 x 4 4 12-140 40.000 11. 2. 0. Reaction Force lbs. Weight lbs.62 B in.0M Series Standard A1* Adjustable Series A F K K1 ØB 4X WL ØD ØE1* ØE 2X WF C C ADJUSTMENT KNOB *Note: A1 and E1 apply to urethane striker cap accessory.0 0.75 WL in.000 11. Propelling Force lbs.0M x 6 M64 x 2.6 Nominal Coil Spring Force LROEMXT 2. Nm/hour (FP) Max.0 OEMXT 2.000 2.0 0.03 1.5 61.90 8.500 17 35 4.0M x 2 M64 x 2.3-3.50 5./Model C mm ∅ (LR)OEMXT 2.25 2.3-3. Imperial (S) Catalog No.00 3.0M x 1 M64 x 2.000 3.com Tel.500 14. 1.50 7.00 2. Reaction Force N Mass Kg ∅ (LR)OEMXT 2. 1.00 3. 3. 29 www.000 4.0M x 6 150.25 2.500 20 64 1./cycle (ETC) Max.1 Metric Catalog No. (ET) Max.9 OEMXT 2.03 1.55 13.08-1./sec.5 6 780 421 000 51 000 90 284 6 660 6.0M x 2 50.9 (LR)OEMXT 1 /8 x 2 2 3-30 20.75 2.00 D in.03 1.03 K1 in. (ET) Max. contact Enidine./Model (S) Stroke mm Optimal Velocity Range mm/sec.500 7.000 11. 6.38 F in. Compressed lbs.

63 1.7) (16.3) Q S in.000 +.0) .7) (306.000/-./Model W ØS P V Z L M in.000 +.0) (+0.0 21. (mm) .0) (44. (mm) 1.75 0. Notes (mm) (kg) 3 /8 2.07) (31. in.0) 1.0) (+0.1) (38.7) (+0.90 . in.25/0) (+0. (mm) N in.0M x 6 CM(S) (150) (537.0) (38.010 . (mm) T in. 2.0) (38.69 in.50 (16.90 11.0) (5.5/0.3) ∅ OEMXT 1 1/ 8 x 4 CM(S) 4.0) (38.88 (43.90 13.7) (+0.07) (31.0M 2FE3010 2F3010 FB FA Z + STROKE Y in.4) Bolt Weight Size (mass) in.50 (16.06 +.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 30 OEM XT Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEMXT Mid-Bore Series Accessories Accessories OEMXT 1-1/8 & OEMXT 2.88 .com Email: industrialsales@enidine.07) (31.12 FM M64 x 2 Part Number Model (Ref) (LR)OEM 1 1/8 (LR)OEM 2.010/-.010/-.88 1. (mm) .0) (124.0) (+0.06 +.50 1. in.250 .000 +.0 .7 (23.40 1.000/-. in.41 3. “S” designates model is supplied with spring.0) (23.0) (7.751 +.enidine.630 2.08) 2 Notes: 1.250 .010/-. (mm) Weight CR (mass) lbs. in.25/0) (0/-0.0) +. ∅ = Non-standard lead time items. (mm) (mm) Catalog No. in.000 (38. lbs.40 1.50 1.0) (36. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 5.07) (19.50 1.0M x 6 ‘Z’ dimension is 68.88 1.000/-.0M x 2 CM (S) (50) (19.630 2.0 12.010 (19.5/0.0M Series Clevis Mount LOCK RING Adjustable Series ØN SPRING OPTIONAL ØM ØT U CR (S) L Stroke in.0M x 4 CM(S) (100) (408.0) (+0.010/-.39) (38.2) (22.020/-.5/0.50 1.0) (36.25/0) (+0.0) (10.50 V W in.6) FA FB FC FD FE FG FJ FK in.010/-. in.3 mm www.3 1 M10 (1.07) (19.751 ∅ (LR)OEMXT 1 1/ 8 x 2 CM(S) 2. in.0) .07) (19. (mm) P in. in.751 1.06 +.000 ∅ OEMXT 2.000 1.13 ∅ OEMXT 2.4 16.250 16.0) (26.3 (38.0) (73. in.63 4.00 (76.010/-.0) (26.0) ∅ OEMXT 1 1/ 8 x 6 CM(S) 6.0) (26. Flange Foot Mount LOCK RING ADJUSTMENT KNOB ØFC FD FG FE FJ FK Y + STROKE Catalog No.4) (89.0) (73.56 (39.0) Notes: 1.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 30 .0) 1.0) (23.30) .25/0) (0/-0.88 1.0) (73.50 (16.44 0.com Tel. contact Enidine.630 2.06 +.06 +.25/0) (+0.0) (36. (mm) .000 ∅ (LR)OEMXT 2.000 .630 1./ Model FM 2 1/2 .0) (38. OEM 1 1/8 x 6 ‘Z’ dimension is 2.38 0.751 1.5) (11.000 +.751 +. (mm) 3.020/-. 2.751 1.08) (38.010 (19.0) (6.25/0) (0/-0. OEM 2. (mm) U in.40 Z in.3) .2) Z in.020/-. (mm) (Kg) Q in. (mm) (mm) 1.

0M x 10 (S) Stroke in.000 (2 712 000) (FP) Max.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 31 OEM Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEM Mid-Bore Series Technical Data OEM 3.6) 33.0M x 4 OEM 4.0M x 6.78 (71) 2.290.000 (67 000) 15.000 (67 000) 15. in.5.0 (15.0 (200) 10.00 (203) 10.50 (88) 3.enidine.000 (7 300) 34.75 (69) 2. see pages 32.25 (58) 2.5 (7.06 (179) 8.3) 12-170 (0. Catalog No. (N) 45 (200) 45 (200) 45 (200) 75 (330) 65 (290) 65 (290) 70 (310) 80 (355) 80 (355) (FD) Max.000 (2 102 000) 21.3-4.0 (10.3-4.32 (313) 16.800 (21 000) 4.3-4.38 (35) 1. (mm) 2.3-4.800 (21 000) Weight (mass) lbs.3) 12-170 (0.88 (22) 0.0 (13.13 (80) 4. (mm) 9.3-4./Model OEM 3.1) 24.0 (100) 6.20 (767) B in.32 (516) 25. in.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .0 (33.00 (153) 7. (mm) 3.00 (254) 12.000 (15 400) 170.000 (67 000) 25.3-4.0 (20.0M x 3.0M x 10 A in.50 (88) E1 in.0) 40.00 (305) 14. OEM 4.300.53 (140) 7.0M x 8 ∅ OEM 4.3) 12-170 (0.0M x 2 OEM 3.3) (ET) Max.3) 12-170 (0.0M x 10 models not recommended when mounting horizontally.600. (mm) 2.38 (35) 1. (mm) 3.000 (111 000) 25.0 (18.00 (406) H in.00 (127) 5.88 (22) 0.88 (22) 1. Catalog No.25 (58) 2.20 (665) 30.88 (98) 3.89 (74) 2.0M Series Standard Adjustable Series ADJUSTMENT KNOB K TYP C J ØE ØE1* H ØB F ØD A A1* *Note: A1 and E1 apply to urethane striker cap accessory.0M x 6.3) 12-170 (0.0 (250) Optimal Velocity Range in.0 (50) 4.00 (127) C in.0M x 5 OEM 3.32 (745) A1 in. a smaller model should be specified.0M x 2 OEM 4.0) 66.77 (70) 3.02 (51 2.700 (12 000) 2. (mm) 5.0 (150) 8.25 (58) 2.700 (12 000) 2. (Kg) 15.000 (111 000) Nominal Coil Spring Force Extended lbs.000 (11 500) 136. All shock absorbers will function satisfactorily at 5% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.0 (125) 6./hour (Nm/h) 3.000 (652 000) 8.000 (1 503 000) 16. If less than 5%.0M x 2 OEM 3.00 (356) 16.260. (N) 2.20 (335) 17.75 (69) 3.00 (102) 5.0M x 5 OEM 3.00 (178) 8.com Tel.00 (203) J in.43 (265) 13.38 (35) E in.0M x 6 OEM 4.0M x 3.5 OEM 4.89 (74) 2.5 OEM 3.20 (436) 21.75 (95) 3.89 (74) K in.75 (69) 2.00 (76) 3.000 (7 700) 102.13 (105) 4.50 (88) 3.25 (58) 2.00 (76) 3. (mm) M85 x 2 M85 x 2 M85 x 2 M85 x 2 M115 x 2 M115 x 2 M115 x 2 M115 x 2 M115 x 2 D in.19 (81) 3.3) 12-170 (0.0 (50) 3.50 (217) 10.000 (372 000) 5.-lbs.000 (19 200) (ETC) Max.770.00 (76) 3. Propelling Force lbs.78 (71) 3.800 (21 000) 4. (mm) 12-170 (0.-lbs.03 (128) 4.72 (323) 15.000 (1 215 000) 13.000 (111 000) 25. (N) 25 (110) 25 (110) 16 (71) 27 (120) 50 (225) 35 (155) 30 (135) 40 (180) 30 (135) Compressed lbs.3-4.75 (95) 3.300.88 (98) 5.89 (74) 2.000 (933 000) 10.72 (399) 19.38 (35) 1. 2.0 (30.700 (12 000) 2.89 (74) 2. 3. (mm) 0.06 (256) 8.0M x 8 OEM 4.3) 12-170 (0.00 (127) 5.0) 20.700 (12 000) 4.000 (111 000) 25.25 (108) 4.88 (22) 0. (mm) 2.20 (538) 26.38 (35) 1. (mm) 2./cycle (m/s) 20.0M x 4 OEM 4. (N) 15.50 (88) 3.5 OEM 3.000.25 (108) Notes: 1. 31 www.2) 44.000 (2 407 000) 24.75 (95) 3.800 (21 000) 4.88 (98) 3.23 (514) 13.88 (98) 3.0) Note: ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.0M x 2 OEM 4.000 (5 700) 65.750. Rear flange mounting of OEM 3.0) 73.53 (90) 4.00 (127) 6.32 (414) 20.3-4. contact Enidine.000 (4 000) 50.000 (67 000) 15.3) 12-170 (0.66 (245) 12. Reaction Force lbs.32 (643) 29.000 (111 000) 25./Model OEM 3./sec.800 (21 000) 4.00 (127) 5.3-4.000 (2 300) 35.000 (3 800) 68. (mm) 2.75 (95) F in.000 (1 808 000) 18. For mounting accessories.9) 30.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.50 (88) 3.0M  OEM 4.0M x 8 and OEM 4.000.78 (71) 2.5 (90) 5. (mm) 10.0M x 6.25 (108) 4.46 (494) 12.28 (109) 5.5 (165) 2.75 (95) 3.0M x 6 ∅ OEM 4.49 (343) 16.49 (419) 20.5 OEM 4.00 (127) 5.0 (9.19 (81) 3.

2) (35.00 (200) (762.84 +.25/0) (0/-0.0) (23.23) 5.5) (127.505 1.000 +.75 +.6 (38.4 (37.00 2.88 1.000 +.4mm. (mm) .000 (125) (479.06 +.500 3.000 (+0.0) (36.00 2.42) 1. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 3.5/0) (15.50 3.0) (50.010 (25.001 1.020/-.000 .00 2.000 +.0 17.5/0) 33.0) (16.0) (57.0) (203.001 1.000 (864.0M x 6 CM(S) ∅ OEM 4. OEM 4.25/0) (+0. dimension FJ is 22.25/0) (0/-0.75 1.010/-. “S” indicates model is supplied with spring.56 (25.000 . in.000 +.1) (38.250 1.010/-.0) 5.5/0) .0) (8.0) (51.010/-.2) (51.0M J in.07 (31.020/-.0) (19.25/0) (+0.3) .6 2 (3 900) 2 Notes: 1.9 1 (1 984) 1 8.88 1.001 1.00 2. (mm) 1.0M x 10M. in.50 1.0M x 8 CM(S) ∅ OEM 4.1) (0/-0.19 2.56 5.500 3.50 3.24) (+0. (mm) 1.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.70) 1.2) +.000 +.06 +. OEM 3.5) (37.65 5.000 (+0.07) (19.0) (402.4 (90.505 1.5) (127.50 1.751 1.010/-.020/-.751 1.001 1.000/-.751 .0) 4.0 ∅ OEM 3.7) (+0.0M x 5 CM(S) 5.50 3.0) (38.000) +.00 1.2) (35.751 .000 (44.84 +.000 (44.90 (26.000 (38.50 5. in.010/-.0M OEM 4.0 30.0 25.0) (38.020/-.000 +. Flange Foot Mount LOCK RING ADJUSTMENT KNOB ØFC FD FG FE FJ Catalog No.010 CR in.00 +.0) +. (mm) U in.8) Bolt Size in.3) 6.1) (36.2) (35.010 +.35 1.35 1. (Kg) N in.63 2.001 (+0.0) 15.3) 1.50 (38.00 (90. (mm) 1/ 2 (M12) 5/ 8 (M16) Weight (mass) lbs.505 1.001 1.0) (79.66) .40 .0) 5.0) 18.5) (103.1) (38. 2.2) (44.50 (190.020/-.0) (19.75 +.5 22.751 1.00 2.2) (51. (mm) (mm) Catalog No.500 3.enidine.25/0) (0/-0.5) (127.42) (25.0M x 4 CM(S) ∅ OEM 4.000/-. in.7) 7.0) (16.0) (23.000/-. in.0) (57.75 +.0 (50) ∅ OEM 3.5) (127.5/0) 1.0) 1.25/0) (0/-0.000/-.57 1.42) (25.0) (44.81 +.505 1.42) (38.3) 1.07) (19.000 . in.90 (16.0) 5.010/-. www.25 (58) 2.com Tel.0) (57.25/0) (0/-0. in.0) (98.3) .1) (+0.0) (165.1) (+0.8) (149.25/0) (+0.00 1.0) (38.0) 2.1) (+0. in.000 (325.505 1.4 (22.010/-.3) 6.50 1.32 6.1) (+0.1) (38.07) (19.010/-./ Model Part Number FM M85 x 2 2F3330 FM M115 x 2 2F3720 Y + STROKE Model (Ref) OEM 3.00 +.630 Weight (mass) lbs.000 .5 CM(S) 3.00 2.751 1.1) (36.59 +.40 (38.020/-.42) (38.0 21.0) (250) .0M OEM 3. 3.0) (139.0M x 2 CM(S) ∅ OEM 4.07) (19.020/-. (mm) 2.010 1.3) 1.630 1.3) (90.00 2.5/0) 1.5) (127.56 (150) (635.1) (38. ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.00 6.0) (57.0) (25.000/-.50 1.52) 2.6 49.0M  OEM 4. (mm) S in. For rear foot mount.001 .1) 2.010 (12.00 2.0) (51.50 .010/-.000/-.0) (19.25/0) +.2) (51.0) (25.0) (16.0) (+0.1) (28.001 (+0.500 3.010/-.35 1.7) (+0.0) (+0.0M x 3. in.25/0) (+0.000/-.000 .25 (+0.010 Z in.7) (+0.0) (51.25 (50) (432. (mm) 1.22) 75.0M Series Clevis Mount OEM LOCK RING ØT SPRING OPTIONAL Adjustable Series ØM ØN U CR P (S) L Stroke in.50 3.0) 1. contact Enidine.0M x 6.7) (13.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 32 . (mm) V in.751 2.5 CM(S) ∅ OEM 4.2) (165.35 1.4 (24.000 +.06 +.0) (38.00 (90.010/-.0M OEM 4.0) (35.250 Q in.0) (+0.010/-. in.0) (23.25/0) +.010 (10.75 +.5/0) 19.010/-.010/-.0) (19.50 .0) (25.25 (38.88 1.42) (38.56 (90.001 +.00 (51.00 2.40 (165) (574.50 1.25/0) (+0.42) (38.0) (98.50 1.5) (16.7) (+0.0 34.000/-.010/-.0) (19.0) (23.0) (26.06 0.250 1.010 +.90 (26.0) (+0.5.25 2.13 0.000/-.0M x 6.0) (51.7mm.82 (74) Z + STROKE FB FA Y Z FA FB FC FD FE FG FJ FK in.000 +.41) 53.53 4.0) (38.88 1.010 2.50 1.50 3.00 2.000 +. 2.3) (38.25/0) (0/-0.000 +.3) (14.1) +.010/-.0M x 8 and 4.0) (38.2) (51./Model ∅ OEM 3.42) (25.250 1.56 (100) (533.25 (25.1 (36.0mm.42) (25.010/-.90 (26.630 27.5 (90) ∅ OEM 3.07) (31. (mm) W in. (mm) .020/-.0M x 10 CM(S) V W ØS Z L M in. Z dimension is 62.25/0) (0/-0.020/-.25/0) (+0.0) (38.010/-.0) (57.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 32 Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEM Mid-Bore Series Accessories OEM 3.0) (98.0) (59. (mm) .37) Notes: 1.000 +.0M x 2 CM(S) 2.13 (81.25/0) (+0. (mm) T in.50 1.07) (31.20) 82.000 1.42) 1.88 1.00 (44.0) (16.5/0) (+0.0) (98.35 42.07 (31.06 +.2) (35.25/0) (0/-0.4) (38.0) 8.40 (38.001 1.4 (34.00 2.00 1.5/0) +.630 23. Notes (kg) 6.06 1.00 (25. Z dimension is 77.44 8.500 3.4) (52.751 Q P in.6 12.0) 10.0) (51.25/0) (+0.5/0) 1.

12 x 2 ∅ SC M2 1/2 .12 M4E3010056 (LR)OEMXT 1 1/8 SF M42 x 1.2) 3.0 (936) 14.63 (143.0M Email: industrialsales@enidine.0) Weight (mass) oz.4) Tel.5 x 1 8K2940 (LR)OEMXT 1.12 1 F8E3010049 (LR)OEMXT 1 /8 LR M42 x 1.0 (1191) 52.0) 1.4) (M8) (140) 3/ 8 2.0 (89.4) .0M SF M85 x 2 M43330056 OEM 3.7) .12 ∅ SC M2 1/2 .75 20.0 (936) 42.5M x 3 1 ØCB Model (Ref) 3 1 1 ØCD CA ∅ SC M64 x 2 x 2 ∅ SC M64 x 2 x 4 ∅ SC M64 x 2 x 6 8K3010 M93010057 8K3011 M93011057 8K3012 M93012057 (LR)OEMXT 2.22 (56. (mm) .22 (56. (g) 12. in.0M LR M115 x 2 F83720049 (LR)OEM 4.0) (M10) (570) 1/ 2 3.0M x 2 OEMXT 2.50 (12.34 (8.88 (98. (mm) .Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 33 OEM Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEM Mid-Bore Accessories Accessories Adjustable Series Stop Collar (SC) (LR)OEM 3/4  (LR)OEM 2. (mm) 1.7) .54 (65. (g) 2.2) 5.0) 3.88 (73.63 (16.6) .4) (M8) (140) 3/ 8 2.54 (65.0) CB in.0) 2.2) 3.0 (76.8) 2.0) 3.0) 2.0) 2.0) 3.00 (76.0) 2.0) (M10) (570) 5/ 16 1.com FC in.41 (10.0) 2.50 (139./Model ØB Part Number Model (Ref) 3 3 F8E2940049 (LR)OEMXT /4 LR 2 /2 .62 (15.0) 1.12 LH B in.0) .0) 2.00 (25.0) 1.0) 2.0 (226) 14.0) 2.0) 2. ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.22 (56.0M LR M85 x 2 F83330049 (LR)OEM 3.0M x 6 CA in.0 (539) 23.25 (57.88 (73.94 (49.0) 5.0 (41.5 F82940049 (LR)OEMXT 1.0) 2.75 (19.7) .94 (49.66 (93.6) .00 (50. (mm) 2.0) 1.75 20.0) 4.00 24.0M x 4 OEMXT 2.0 (397) Square Flange (SF) LOCK SLOT ØFC FH SB SA 33 www.00 (76.5) 3.44 (87.50 (12.0) 3.0 (41. (mm) 2. (g) (mm) (mm) 5/ 16 1.00 (76.4) .5 M42940056 (LR)OEMXT 1.2) (M13) (680) 5/ 8 4.41 (10.38 56.0) 3. (mm) 1.0M Catalog No.50 (90.4) Weight (mass) oz.enidine.0 (397) 19.25 (57.54 (65.0 (111.00 (76.00 (126. * Do not use with urethane striker cap.12 M4E2940056 (LR)OEMXT 3/4 SF 2 1/2 .0) 2.44 (62.0M LR 1 /4 .12* 8KE2940 (LR)OEMXT /4 ∅ SC 2 1/2 .94 (49.0) CD in.53 (13.7) .12 x 6 8KE3012 OEMXT 1 /8 x 6 ∅ SC M42 x 1.22 (56. Lock Ring (LR) Catalog No.5M LR M64 x 2 F83010049 (LR)OEMXT 2.6) 5./Model Part Number ∅ SC 1 3/4 .0 (85) 3.5M x 1 ∅ SC M42 x 1.34 (8.0) 3.0 (1475) Notes: 1.88 (22.50 (12. 2.62 (15.65 (16.38 (9.47 &4 (63. (mm) 2.8) 2. in.12 x 2 8KE3010 (LR)OEMXT 1 /8 x 2 ∅ SC 2 /2 .5) .0) 2.0 (652) 33.0 (89.0 (114) 8.5) .54 (65.5 x 2 8K2941 (LR)OEMXT 1.50 (89.0 (57) 3.00 (101.00 (76.94 (49.0 (340) 23.7) 1 LH in.63 5.94 (49.50 (90.0) 4.5) . contact Enidine.94 (75.38 (9.0 (652) 33.5) FH in.3) (M16) (1 590) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .6) .63 5.0) 2.38 (9.: 1-800-852-8508 SA in.0) 3.5M x 2 ∅ SC M42 x 1.0M SF M115 x 2 M43720056 OEM 4.com Catalog No.00 (50.5M SF M64 x 2 M43010056 (LR)OEMXT 2.54 (65. (mm) .5 x 3 8K2942 OEMXT 1.0 (85) 4.7) Weight SB Bolt Size (mass) oz.50 (114.0) 3.7) ./ Model Part Number Model (Ref) SF 1 3/4 .

∅ = Non-standard lead time items.7) (36.32 (8.6) (12.0) Weight (mass) oz. (mm) (g) T in.5 M52940053 (LR)OEMXT 1.0) 3. (mm) F in. contact Enidine.0 (85) 6.34 (8.0 and Lock Ring.50 2. (mm) (mm) 3.95 (75) ±. (mm) 1.63 5 ⁄16 9. (mm) (mm) (mm) (g) 3.00 .1) .Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 34 Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers OEM Mid-Bore Accessories OEM Accessories Rectangular Flange (RF) Catalog No. oz.63 5 ⁄16 Adjustable Series LOCK SLOT ØFC 9.75 4.4) (M8) (260) .9) 1. (mm) C in.50 (12.42 3.0 (170) Notes: For complete shock absorber dimension with urethane striker cap. in.5) .94 .8 (23) 0.50 (89) 2.1) (101.2) ./ Model Part Number UC 2940 C92940079 (LR)OEMXT 3/4 UC 3010 C93010079 (LR)OEMXT 1 /8 UC 2940 C92940079 (LR)OEMXT 1.25 1.7) (60.34 (8. (mm) .0M A in.75 (95.5M UC 3010 C93010079 (LR)OEMXT 2. in.03 2.25 1.75 (44.5) .5 (298) Notes: 1.00 (76.00 .2) (57. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 3 OEMXT /4 1 OEMXT 1 /8 . Rectangular Flange for OEM 3/4 and 1.5) 2.25 (16.20 UNC A Catalog No. (mm) D in.1) 1.24 UNF x 3/ 4 DEEP /8 6. in.8 (23) 3.6) (76. (mm) (mm) (mm) .50 2.7) .38 3.5) (19. Model (mm) ØF 2X ØG C www. in. (mm) E in.00 5.88 .0 (13.5.0) 3.95 (24.38 (9.00 3.47 (37.9) .5 (638) 39.97 (24. in. ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.38 (108) (63) (25.25 2.7) (60.25 1.75 (44.4) 1.2) (57.1) .9) .4) 2.32 (8./ Model Part Number Model (Ref) RF 1 /4 -12 M5E2940053 (LR)OEMXT /4 RF M42 x 1.0) (101.com Tel.6) 2.5) 2.1) (88.38 RE in.25 (83) (49.31 (7.34 .95 (24.75 (70) 3. (mm) Bolt Wt.5) (76.7) . SA SB Size (mass) in. F Urethane Striker Cap (UC) ØE Catalog No. Locking set screw feature provided as standard. refer to engineering data.3) (22.25 (57.2) (41. Email: industrialsales@enidine.0M 3 SA SB RD FC FH RD in.6) (127. Kit includes 2 Stop Bars. in. in.2) (57.00 2.5) Model (Ref) 1 A E1 in. contact Enidine.00 2. 2.1 (173) 10.enidine.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 34 .22 (31.25 (57. (g) 0.63 (41.75 (69.34 3 . Square Flange for 1 1/ 8 and 2.0M UC 3720 C93720079 OEM 4. in.5 (14) 0.1) Weight Bolt Size (mass) in.com 3 3 OEMXT /4 1 1 ∅ SCF 1 /4 -12 M98640300 ∅ SCF 2 /2 -12 M98650300 OEMXT 1 /8 B in.4) (M8) (260) . in.0 (8. 2.4) (9.53 4.00 1⁄2 37.5) (76. Stop Collar With Flange (SCF) ØA B 2X ØE D 1 /4 .0) (26.0) 1. (mm) 5 / 16 .97 (24.6) (12.20 (56) 2.002 /16 (8) 5 /16 (8) 5 Weight (mass) oz.2) (M13) (1 040) FH RE Stop Bar Kit A B Kit Part Number D ∅ T58706300 C 2X T ∅ T52940300 ∅ T58650300 ∅ T53010300 E A B C D E F Model (Ref) in.2) (41.47 1.6) .5M RF M85 x 2 M53330053 OEM 3.63 1.4) (6. oz. (g) 20./ Part Number Model (Ref) in.8 (1 238) Notes: 1. pages 27-31.0 (8. (mm) G Bolt Size in.63 1.24 UNF x 3/ 4 DEEP 5 3 3 / 16 / 8 . in.0M UC 3330 C93330079 OEM 3.5 (14) 0.4) 4.

com Tel. • Tamperproof design ensures repeatable performance. • Threaded cylinders provide mounting flexibility and increase surface area for improved heat dissipation. These custom-orificed shock absorbers are designed to meet exact application requirements.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . • ISO quality standards result in reliable.enidine. The TK Series is a versatile.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP TK 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 35 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers TK. The Enidine STH Series offers the highest energy absorption capacity relative to its size. • A select variety of surface finishes maintains original quality appearance and provides the longest corrosion resistance protection. 35 www. providing flexibility in mounting configurations. STH Micro-Bore Series Non-Adjustable Series Overview TK 10 Series TK 21 Series TK 6 Series E NIDINE non-adjustable micro-bore hydraulic shock absorbers can accommodate varying energy conditions. reliable deceleration and vibration control for light loads.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. Features and Benefits • Extensive non-adjustable product line offers flexibility in both size and energy absorption capacity to fulfill a wide range of application requirements. Non-adjustable models are designed to absorb maximum energy within a compact envelope size. cycle after cycle. STH Series shock absorbers are available in fully threaded cylinder bodies. miniature design which provides effective. • Incorporating optional fluids and seal packages can expand the standard operating temperature range from (15°F to 180°F) to (–30°F to 210°F). Models can accommodate a wide range of operating conditions. This family of tamperproof shock absorbers provides consistent performance. long-life operation. • Special materials and finishes can be designed to meet specific customer requirements.

the closed system would be hydraulically locked.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 36 . Without the fluid displacement volume provided by the foam accumulator. When a force is applied to the piston rod. the check ball is seated and the valve remains closed. These shock absorbers provide high-energy absorption in a small. STH Micro-Bore Series TK Overview Non-Adjustable Series Enidine Non-Adjustable Single-Orifice Shock Absorbers Cylinder Piston Rod Check Ball Piston Head Bearing Foam Accumulator Orifice Coil Spring Piston Stop Plug Constant orifice area damping (dashpot) provides the largest shock force at the beginning of the stroke when impact velocity is highest. the check ball unseats. economical design. opening the valve that permits rapid return of the piston head rod to the original extended position.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 36 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers TK. Single-orifice shock absorbers provide constant orifice area (dashpot) damping. compensating for fluid displaced by the piston rod during compression. Oil is forced through the orifice. controlled deceleration of the moving load. creating internal pressure allowing smooth. When the load is removed. Tel. The internal structure of a single orifice shock absorber is shown above.enidine. the compressed coil spring moves to reposition the piston head.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. www.com The closed cellular foam accumulator is compressed by the oil during the stroke.

(in.)(mm) Est. Enidine representatives will consult with you for specification requirements.enidine. you will receive a detailed analysis of your application and product recommendations.  Horizontal Fax.)(mm) Max.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP TK 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 37 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers TK.)(mm)  Hydraulic Cyl: Bore ______ (in.) Shock Absorber Stroke Requirements: __________________________(in. Pressure ______(psi)(bar) Rod Dia. Stroke Time:______________(sec.) Estimated Velocity at the Rate Control: _________________(in./sec.)(mm) G Load Requirements :_______________(G)(m/sec2) COMPANY: ADDRESS: RATE CONTROL APPLICATION FAX: ___________________________ Control Direction:  Tension (T)  Compression (C) Required Stroke: __________(in.)(m/sec) PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED: www.)(mm) Max./Max.) GENERAL INFORMATION Angle _______ Height _______ Up  Rotary Horizontal  Rotary Vertical   Down Weight (Min./max.com Tel.__ (in. or mail worksheet data to Enidine headquarters or your nearest Enidine subsidiary/affiliate or distributor.)(mm)  Motor _____________ (hp)(kW) Torque _____________(in-lbs.)(N)  Air Cyl: Bore ______ (in. Pressure ______(psi)(bar) Rod Dia. (For custom design projects. APPLICATION DATA Specify: • Vertical. rotary or horizontal motion • Weight • Impact velocity • Propelling force (if any) • Other (temperature or other environmental conditions) • Cycles per hour Accessories Example 1 10 Select quantity Example 2 UF 3/4-16 Universal Mounting Flange (P/N U120275095) 5 Select quantity Select catalog/part number UC 8609 Urethane Striker Cap (P/N C98609079) Select catalog/part number Application Worksheet FAX NO.: _______________________________________________________°F (°C) Environmental Considerations: _____________________________________________ SHOCK ABSORBER APPLICATION DEPT/TITLE: (All Data Taken at Shock Absorber) Number Shock Absorbers to Stop Load Impact Velocity (min. STH Ordering Information/Application Worksheet Non-Adjustable Series Shock Absorbers Example 1: Standard Products 10 TK 10 Select quantity Select catalog number Select thread designation from engineering data chart (If applicable) IF .): ___________________________ (in.) Upon Enidine’s receipt of this worksheet.2 B Select damping constant from appropriate sizing graph Select piston rod type • “–” (without button) • “B” (with button) • “CM” (Clevis mount) Example 2: Custom Orifice Products* 10 TK 21 Select quantity Select catalog number *Enidine will specify individual part number for each application.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .com for a list of Enidine distributors.)(Kg) Cycle Rate: ____________________________________________________ (cycles/hour) Additional Propelling Force (If Known): _________________________ (lbs. or visit www.enidine./sec.): _____________________________________________ (lbs. phone. (See catalog back cover for Enidine locations.)(Nm) Ambient Temp.com (All Data Taken at Shock Absorber) Number of Rate Controls to Control the Load: EMAIL: 37  Incline __________________________________________________________________________________ CONTACT: TEL: Up  Vertical   Down Email: industrialsales@enidine.)(m/sec.: APPLICATION DESCRIPTIONTA DATE: ATTN: COMPANY: Motion Direction (Check One): The Enidine Application Worksheet makes shock absorber sizing and selection easier.

(mm) . -3 A in.25 (4.14 (4) TK 8M .0 .14 (29. in.2 (1. lbs. TK 8 Series Non-Adjustable Series Standard C ØD Q ØG H F A C Bore (S) (ET) (ETC) Size Stroke Max.28 (4.0) (5.0) 0.0) 42.2) .0) 9 (1. (mm) . (mm) 1.0 .2 (1.8 (3.863 (3 600) 81 (360) 0. Catalog No. Shock Extended Compressed Force lbs.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 38 .0) 9 (1.5 M8 x 1. contact Enidine. Dash numbers in page color are non-standard lead time items.4) H in. (g) TK 6M .enidine. in.5) .04 (1.com Tel.0) F G in.08 (2.16 (4. -3 TK 8M -1.0) 1.0 ØD in./cycle in.0) 0.0) Notes: 1./hour Model (mm) (mm) (Nm/c) (Nm/h) (FP) Nominal Coil Spring Force Max.8 (3.0) . -2. in. A positive stop is required to prevent the bottoming of the TK 6 and TK 8 shock absorbers. TK 6M/TK 8M IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec) TOTAL ENERGY (Nm/c) TOTAL ENERGY (in-lbs/c) www.08 (2.0) C in. Max. (mm) .04 (1.16 (4. -2.2) .480 (4 800) 81 (360) 0. (mm) M6 x 0./ Model Damping Constant TK 6M -1.0) 31.0) . (mm) (mm) 1.0) (6.5) . (N) (N) (N) Weight (mass) oz.0) .14 (29.25 (25.25 (4.-lbs.0) Q in.20 (25.-lbs.2 (6) Catalog No./ in. 2. lbs.16 (4.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:56 AM Page 38 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers TK Micro-Bore Series TK Technical Data TK 6M.0) 1.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.

13 (5. -3 1. (mm) 3/ 8 . (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) .-lbs. Shock Extended Compressed Propelling Model in.4) M10 x 1.25 (6. Force lbs.12 .0 . in.1) (8.2 (10. Shock Extended Compressed Propelling in. lbs. contact Enidine. in. in.-lbs. in. -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 H F A *Note: A1 and E apply to button models and urethane striker cap accessory.6 (17) TK 10M TOTAL ENERGY (Nm/c) Catalog No.0 (3. H in.7) (8.65 (2.4) 20 (2.33 (8.000 (13 000) 315 (1 400) 0.0) 115. in.1) (28.0) (6.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.enidine.05 (1.0) Q WF WL Stroke (S) in. in. -2. lbs.2) 36. in.4) 50 (6./ Model TK 10M (B) Damping Constant -1 to -9 A in. Max. (mm) (Nm/c) (Nm/h) (N) (N) (N) (N) .2) Note: A positive stop is required to prevent the bottoming of the TK 21 shock absorber./hour Force lbs./cycle in./cycle in.-lbs. (mm) .3) H in.35 1.4) C in./hour Force lbs.25 (1. in.4) Q in.25 (6.4) -9 TK 21M Series Standard C ØG ØD Q IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec) IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) Note: Dash numbers in page color are non-standard lead time items.2) IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) Catalog No. in. (mm) (mm) (mm) . (mm) 1.5) (9. (g) – – ./ Model IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec) TOTAL ENERGY (Nm/c) TOTAL ENERGY (in-lbs/c) 39 www.75 (44.000 (4 100) 160 (700) 0./ Stroke Max. Constant (mm) -1.20 (5.0) Weight (mass) oz.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .0 D F G in.0) G in. (mm) .32 (3.4 (12) TK 21 TK 21 TK 21M A Damping in.50 (54. -2.13 .17 (4. Stroke Max. Max. in. Catalog No.14 M10 x 1.12 1./ Model TK 21 TK 21M 0 (FP) (FD) Nominal Coil Spring Force (S) (ET) (ETC) Max. (FP) (FD) Nominal Coil Spring Force (S) (ET) (ETC) Max. lbs. Max.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP TK 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 39 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers TK Technical Data TK 10M Series Non-Adjustable Series Standard ØD C C Q ØD Q ØG ØE* ØG WL WF H WF H WL F F A A1* *Note: A1 and E apply to button models and urethane striker cap accessory. (mm) . Catalog No.39 -1. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 2.5) 2. Max.com Tel. (mm) (Nm/c) (Nm/h) (N) (N) (N) (N) TK 10M (B) .3 (1.6) A1 C D ØE F in. -3 (35.06 . lbs.9) 1. (mm) .5) (38.0) (4.35 .-lbs.16 0.0) 20 (89) TOTAL ENERGY (in-lbs/c) Weight (mass) oz. Force lbs.32 UNEF M10 x 1. (g) . in.

180 780.0) . (mm) .70 (170.50 (89.800 4.5 M36 x 1.63 (16.09 (180.200 2.00 8.06 (103.100.02 (178.0M x 2 (50.7 oz (218) 1. Catalog No.0) (1 150) (250 000) (65 000) (90) (227) 2. Enidine recommends a positive stop to prevent bottoming of the shock absorber.000 6.5 M36 x 1.0 M22 X 1.31 (8.0 Δ STH 1.0) 1.69 (17.0 20.200. contact Enidine.81 (71.5 M22 x 1. (mm) M14 X 1./cycle in.200.-lbs.00 (51.3) .0) 3.0) 10.0M STH 1.0 Δ STH .5 51.5) .0 51.0) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 40 .63 (16.0) 9. 3.5) 7.0) (500) (147 000) (29 800) (98) (235) 2.0) 2.5 M45 X 1. (mm) . (79) 7.5 D in.0 M14 x 1.0M (25.5M x 1 STH 1.0) 6.6 (726) 1.8) .0) E in.0) WF in.000 14.5M x 2 www.13 (130.000 6.1 (500) 1.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 40 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers STH Small-Bore Series STH Technical Data STH .63 (270.0) (11) (4 420) (2 730) (11) (18) 0. Shock Extended Compressed Model in. 4.5 M45 X 1./hour Force lbs.25M  STH 1.0 Δ STH 1.5 4.5) (65) (44 200) (8 000) (18) (31) 0.5 M30 X 2.5) .0) 8.5M STH .5 M45 x 1.06 (154. (mm) 2.0) 1.38 (9.400 8. a smaller model should be specified.25 (32.13 (27.0 53.0 (1 800) Notes: 1./ Stroke Max.0 Δ STH 1. (mm) – – – – – – – – – – 7.00 20.5) .700 15.5) – – – – Tel.0 Δ STH .0 30. lbs.25 (32.38 (238.75M STH 1. Custom orificed application data needed.22 (5.5M x 2 Series Non-Adjustable Series Custom Orificed Products ØD C WF F A ØD ØE C WF F A1 Nominal Coil Spring Force (FP) (S) (ET) (ETC) Max.25M (6.0) (1 000) (235 000) (29 800) (66) (133) 1.38 (136.0) 5.63 (42.63 (42.0) A1 in.8 oz.300.5) 4.600 20.-lbs.50 (12.38 (9.7) .0 M30 x 2.700 22. (mm) 2. (mm) .400 3.1 (1 400) 4.0 M36 X 1.0) .75 2.5M (12.50 (13./ Model STH .62 (219. Δ = Non-standard lead time items.000 14. (g) 2.0) 1.0M x 2 STH 1.0 Δ STH .0 Δ STH 1.0) . Catalog No. All shock absorbers will function at 5% of their rated energy per cycle.25M STH .19 (4.800 2.75M (19.000 1.0) 1.38 (9.000 615 2.70 (68.000 4.com A in.25 100 39. If less than 5%.5 M36 X 1. 2.3) 6.0) 1.69 (17.0 7.00 4.5 M45 x 1.: 1-800-852-8508 F in. Max.2) – – – – Email: industrialsales@enidine.50 585 390.0) 5.0) (245) (88 400) (19 600) (35) (90) 1.600 12.5M x 2 (50.00 10.com C in.9 (862) 3. in. (mm) (Nm/c) (Nm/h) (N) (N) (N) 0. lbs.0) (2 300) (360 000) (65 000) (56) (227) Model Weight lbs.56 (14.enidine.6) .400 1.88 (20.5) .5M x 1 (25.

8) 0.7) 2.5 J26402035 STH .5 J23164035 STH .06 (27.6) Model (Ref) JN 3/8 . (mm) 3 /8 .2) .25M JN M22 X 1.9 (26) B in.6) (13. in.1 (2.0) (21.9 (26) 0.43 .5 (12) 0.77 (19.0) . (mm) SA in.0) . Maximum sideload angle is 30°.61 (36.61 (36.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . (mm) Weight (mass) oz.2) ./ Model JA JB JH Part Number JA in.5 Series .32 x . (mm) .86 (41.51 (5.6) 1.85 .6) (13. 41 www.2 (3) 0.0) .0) .20 .5 Series Square Flange (SF) LOCK SLOT ØFC Catalog No.0) (4.24 (31. Dash number in page color are non-standard lead time items. (g) 0.32 UNEF M10 X 1 M10 x 1 D E S in.25 (57./Model Part Number Model (Ref) SLA /8 . (mm) .51 (5. (mm) Weight SB Bolt Size (mass) oz.25 (57.7) 0. 2.0) (21.25 (7. (mm) FH in.63 (41.3) 5 /16 (M8) 5 (142) FH SB SA Side Load Adapter (SLA) E C WF ØS ØD WL HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) Catalog No.43 (11) . contact Enidine.0) .13 (3.16 (4. in.51 (13.0) Weight (mass) oz.27 (7.7) 1. in.47 (12) B in.1.2) 1.com Tel.0) .86 (41.32 J14421034 TK 21 JN M10 x 1 J24421035 TK10M/TK21M JN M14 X 1 J24950035 STH . (mm) .27 (6. SF M45 X 1.0) Notes: 1./Model Part Number Model (Ref) F88637049 LR M45 x 1.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP TK 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 41 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers TK. (mm) . in.0) .0) LH Catalog No. (mm) (mm) (mm) .22 (5.59 (15.09 (2.34 (8.44 .5 STH 1.25 SLA 33843 TK 21 SLA 10 MF SLA 33457 TK 10M/TK 21M 3 B Stroke in.0 (75) JB in. (mm) .50 (12. (mm) LH in.85 .5 J23164035 STH 1.50 (12.2) .67 (17.20 .63 (41.5) 2.5 Part Number M48637129 Model (Ref) FC in.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.25 (7.0) (4. (mm) (mm) .6) .0) 1.enidine.5) .43 (11) C in.7) 0.16 (11.0) 1.5M JN M30 X 2 J230583035 STH .38 (9.0) WF WL in. (mm) .8) 0. (g) 2.9 (26) 0.5) 1.0 X 2M Lock Ring (LR) ØB JH in. STH Micro-Bore Series Accessories Non-Adjustable Series TK 10  STH 1.26 (6.5M x 2 Series Jam Nut (JN) Catalog No.0) 1.9) STROKE A A in.47 (12) .0) 1.16 (11.58 (14. (g) (mm) (mm) STH 1.0M JN M36 X 1.1 (2.42 (36.6) .75M JN M36 X 1.6) 1. in.

20 (5) .32 www.5 Series M45 x 1. in.34 . (mm) Model (Ref) TK 10M(B)/TK21M M10 x 1 TK21 3 Email: industrialsales@enidine. in.28 Tel.0) 1. in.7) (60. in. STH Micro-Bore Series STH Accessories TK 10  STH 1.50 (12.: 1-800-852-8508 E F G in. (mm) . (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Bolt Wt.25) (25./ Model RF M45 x 1.com /8 .38 3.32 UNF B C in.6) (12. (mm) (mm) (mm) (g) 5 .enidine. SA SB Size (mass) in.5 (8. (mm) .22 A B F Ø. in.2) (41.33 E D Ø.00 1.00 (6.00 1./ Part Number Model UF M10 x 1 U16363189 UF 3/8 .00 H in.20 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 42 .0) (12.com U19070095 A in. (mm) .22 J G C Catalog No.5M x 2 Series Non-Adjustable Series Rectangular Flange (RF) LOCK SLOT ØFC SA SB RD FH RE Part Number Catalog No. (mm) (mm) 1.47 (38.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 42 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers TK.25 1.25 1.50 2.3) (M8) (142) Universal Retaining Flange (UF) K I Ø.50 .0) .50 J in.5 A in. oz.56 D in. in.5) (25) .50 .5) (76. in.00 2.25 1.24 (6. (mm) (mm) (mm) . in.5) .2) (57.63 /16 9 M58637053 STH 1. (mm) Model (Ref) FC FH RD RE in.

43 www. • Tamperproof design ensures repeatable performance. Models can accommodate a wide range of operating conditions. Email: industrialsales@enidine.com Tel. The PM Series uses a self-compensating design to provide energy absorption in low velocity and high drive force applications.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP PM 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 43 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM. Models can accommodate a wide range of operating conditions with varying masses or propelling forces.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . • Incorporating optional fluids and seal packages can expand the standard operating temperature range from (15°F to 180°F) to (–30°F to 210°F). nickel-plated components and positive stop capabilities. Features and Benefits • Extensive non-adjustable product line offers flexibility in both size and energy absorption capacity to fulfill a wide range of application requirements. Non-adjustable models are designed to absorb maximum energy within a compact envelope size. • Special materials and finishes can be designed to meet specific customer requirements.enidine. long-life operation. This family of tamperproof shock absorbers provides consistent performance. The Platinum PRO Series has unique progressive damping and a multi-orifice design that provides softer stops for medium-to-high impact velocities and fragile loads. • A select variety of surface finishes maintains original quality appearance and provides the longest corrosion resistance protection. The Platinum PRO Series also includes the added benefit of corrosion-resistant.com • ISO quality standards result in reliable. PRO Non-Adjustable Series Overview PMXT 1525/2150 Mid-Bore Series PM 120/225 Small-Bore Series PM 15/100 Small-Bore Series Enidine non-adjustable hydraulic shock absorbers can accommodate varying energy conditions. The Platinum PM Series also includes the added benefit of corrosion-resistant. cycle after cycle. nickel-plated components and positive stop capabilities. • Threaded cylinders provide mounting flexibility and increase surface area for improved heat dissipation.

www. This allows quick repositioning for the next impact. The design of a multi-orifice shock absorber features a double cylinder arrangement with space between the concentric shock tube and cylinder. thus reducing the available orifice area in proportion to the velocity. Curve B shows the shock force vs. This unseats the check ring and permits the oil to flow from the accumulator and across the piston head. so they can operate over a wide range of weights and velocities. into the closed cellular foam accumulator and behind the piston head. stroke curve of a self-compensating shock absorber impacted with a low velocity and high drive force. back into the shock tube. Tel. Self-compensating shock absorbers operate over a wide range of weights and velocities. Curve A shows the shock force vs.enidine. and a series of orifice holes drilled down the length of the shock tube wall. These shock absorbers are well suited for high drive force. This type of damping provides smooth deceleration in applications where energy conditions may change. PRO PM Overview Enidine Non-Adjustable Multiple Orifice Shock Absorbers Non-Adjustable Series Cylinder Piston Rod Check Ring Piston Head Bearing Orifice Hole Location Foam Accumulator Oil Coil Spring Shock Tube Progressive damping provides deceleration with a gradually increasing shock force. During piston movement.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 44 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM. Self-compensating damping maintains acceptable deceleration with conventional type damping characteristics. The initial minimal resistance at impact protects delicate loads and machinery from damage. Progressive damping shock absorbers also have built-in self-compensation.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.com As the piston head moves it closes off orifice holes.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 44 . After the load is removed the coil spring pushes the piston rod outward. low velocity applications. the check ring is seated and oil is forced through the orifices in the shock tube wall. stroke curve of a self-compensating shock absorber impacted with a high velocity and low drive force. Low Pressure multiple orifice shock absorbers can provide progressive or self-compensating damping. and where energy conditions may change. depending on the impact conditions.

enidine.com Tel.)(m/sec) Email: industrialsales@enidine.)(mm) Est./max.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . you will receive a detailed analysis of your application and product recommendations. phone.______(in.) Estimated Velocity at the Rate Control: _________________(in.enidine.) GENERAL INFORMATION CONTACT: Angle _______ Height _______  Up  Down Weight (Min. (For custom design projects.  Horizontal Fax.)(m/sec. Pressure ______(psi)(bar) Rod Dia. or mail worksheet data to Enidine headquarters or your nearest Enidine subsidiary/affiliate or distributor.)(mm) Max.2 B 10 PRO 100 Select quantity Select catalog number Select quantity Select thread designation from engineering data chart (If applicable) Select damping constant from appropriate sizing graph Select piston rod type • “–” (without button) • “B” (with button) • “CM” (Clevis mount) Select catalog number *Enidine will specify individual part number for each application.com for a list of Enidine distributors. (See catalog back cover for Enidine locations.)(mm)  Hydraulic Cyl: Bore ______ (in./sec.: DATE: ATTN: COMPANY: Motion Direction (Check One): The Enidine Application Worksheet makes shock absorber sizing and selection easier.: _______________________________________________________°F (°C) Environmental Considerations: _____________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ (All Data Taken at Shock Absorber) Number Shock Absorbers to Stop Load Impact Velocity (min.)(mm)  Motor _____________ (hp)(kW) Torque _____________(in-lbs.com RATE CONTROL APPLICATION (All Data Taken at Shock Absorber) Number of Rate Controls to Control the Load: ___________________________ Control Direction:  Tension (T)  Compression (C) Required Stroke: __________(in.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP PM 4/13/11 9:57 AM Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM.)(mm) G Load Requirements: _______________(G)(m/sec2) COMPANY: ADDRESS: FAX: EMAIL: PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED: 45  Rotary Horizontal  Incline SHOCK ABSORBER APPLICATION DEPT/TITLE: TEL:  Up  Down  Rotary Vertical  Vertical www.)(Kg) Cycle Rate : ____________________________________________________ (cycles/hour) Additional Propelling Force (If Known): _________________________ (lbs. Enidine representatives will consult with you for specification requirements. Pressure ______(psi)(bar) Rod Dia. Stroke Time:______________(sec.)(mm) Max./Max.): _____________________________________________ (lbs. or visit www.): ___________________________ (in.__ (in.) Upon Enidine’s receipt of this worksheet. rotary or horizontal motion • Weight • Impact velocity • Propelling force (if any) • Other (temperature or other environmental conditions) • Cycles per hour Accessories Example 1 10 Select quantity Example 2 UF 3/4-16 Universal Mounting Flange (P/N U120275095) 5 Select quantity UC 8609 Urethane Striker Cap (P/N C98609079) Select catalog/part number Select catalog/part number Application Worksheet APPLICATION DESCRIPTIONDATA FAX NO.)(N)  Air Cyl: Bore ______ (in.)(Nm) Ambient Temp./sec. PRO Ordering Information/Application Worksheet Shock Absorbers Example 2: Custom Orifice Products Example 1: Standard Products Non-Adjustable Series Page 45 10 PRO 50 IF . APPLICATION DATA Specify: • Vertical.) Shock Absorber Stroke Requirements: __________________________(in.

0) (54.-2.-3 -1.5) .50 (12.0) (6.5 (11.43 (10.000 625 (16.30 (7.-2. (N) 1.7) 4.6) .0 (4.-3 -1.0) .5) (107.7) .19 (4.0) (28 200) (2 000) 0.4) (130.-2.0) . Catalog No.04 (102.63 235 350.88 485 475.0) Compressed lbs.8) 0.4) 0. (N) 45 (200) 80 (350) 50 (220) 200 (890) 200 (890) 360 (1 600) 360 (1 600) 500 (2 200) Model Weight lbs.4) (10.0) .-3 -1.-2.3) .93 (87.6 (2.44 (11.5) 1. (mm) WF in.44 .-2.000 200 (6.10 (2.7) (12.6) .-2.6) .5) C in.1) .28 50 110.32 UNEF M8 x 0.41 90 250. in.64 (16.0) 6. Reaction in.30 (7. (mm) A1 in.0) (12 400) (1 600) 0. (mm) .5 3 /4 .7) 0.45 2.62 (15.0) .34 (8.0) 2.38 (9.000 1.2) 2.19 (4.3) – – – – . (mm) H in.0) (45 200) (3 750) 0.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.3) .5 (16) 1.5 (15.0 (28) 2.25 (47.12 (3.57 (128.0) .5 M27 x 3.30 (7.4 (68) 2.50 (12.0) (70 000) (5 500) Damping Constant -1.50 (12.85 (62.-2.44 .0) .000 360 (7.26 (6.0) 0.44 (11.0 Nominal Coil Spring Force Extended lbs. 2.28 UNEF M12 x 1.50 (12.0 (4.5) .7) (28.-2.0) (FD) Max. (N) 0.13 (3.0) .2 (5.20 UNEF 1 /2 .50 (12.12 (3.7) (12.63 (92.51 (54.-3 -1.20 UNF M14 x 1.04 (1.-2.0) .50 (12. See page 57 for constant damping curves.39 (9.6) .7) 0.-3 -1.0) 6.-3 -1.enidine.000 625 (12.-2.50 .93 (74.16 (4.20 (81.18 UNF M14 x 1.0 (123) 4.0 7 /16 .6 (7.16 UNF M20 x 1.20 (5.75 M8 x 1./cycle in./hour Force lbs.-2.39 (11.-3 -1.3) 5.9) 4.74 (69.50 (12.0) .22 (97.10 (52. Max.-3 -1.3) .-3 -1.7) 2.0) (64.27 (6.00 800 622.27 (6.-3 A in.0 7 /16 . Stroke Max.0 9 /16 .34 (8.5) 1.84 4.-3 -1.4) (3.07 5.50 180 300.8) .10 (2.25 (6.-lbs.-3 -1.9) .9) 3.18 UNF M14 x 1.-2.5 (2.28 UNEF M10 x 1. www. Dash numbers in page color are non-standard lead time items.86 2.0) (12.2) 3.-3 -1.6) .-3 -1.5 (11.0) .83 (46.40 (10.87 (22.04 (1.7) .50 250 400. (mm) G in.0) (5 650) (890) 0.61 (40.-3 -1.25 (82.5) . (mm) J in.0) 2.18 (4.0) .9) .0 (8.-2.0 (13.0) .2) 3.000 850 (22.0 (4.-2. contact Enidine.5 (6.68 (18.-3 -1./ Model PMX 8 (B) PMX 10 (B) PM 15 (B) SPM 25 (B) PM 25 (B) SPM 50 (B) PM 50 (B) PM 100 (B) Catalog No.04 (1.0 9 /16 .Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 46 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM Micro and Small-Bore Series PM Technical Data Standard ØD ØG ØD ØG ØE1* ØE1* H C J J F WL A1* WF C H F A1* ØD ØD ØG ØG H F C J A C WL WF J H Non-Adjustable Series PM 15  PM 100 Series PMX 8  PMX 10 Series F A *Note: A1 and E1 apply to button models and urethane striker cap accessory. Propelling Force lbs.2) 0.18 (4.-2.5 (297) D in.-3 -1. (mm) (Nm/cycle) (Nm/h) (N) 0.0) (12.0) 0.-2.-lbs.7) 3.-3 -1.-3 -1.-3 -1. (mm) WL in. (mm) 1.16 UNF M20 x 1.16 (4.0) (53 700) (3 750) 1.0) 2.10 (2.6) .0) (34 000) (2 800) 0.-2.43 (10.-2.20 UNF M14 x 1.76 (95.4) 3.4 (68) 4.64 (16.6) .7 (3.13 (118.66 5.18 (4.9) .7) (20.0) (90./ Model PMX 8 IF (B) PMX 8 MF (B) PMX 8 MC (B) PMX 10 IF (B) PMX 10 MF (B) PM 15 IF (B) PM 15 MF(B) PM 15 IC (B) SPM 25 IF (B) SPM 25 MF (B) SPM 25 IC (B) SPM 25 MC (B) PM 25 IF (B) PM 25 MF (B) PM 25 IC (B) PM 25 MC (B) SPM 50 IF (B) SPM 50 MC (B) PM 50 IF (B) PM 50 MC (B) PM 100 IF (B) PM 100 MF (B) PM 100 MC (B) (FP) (S) (ET) (ETC) Max.0) (57.-3 -1.0) 1.04 (1.-3 -1.5 1-12 UNF M25 x 1.-2.8 (136) 10.0) .0) 2. (mm) E1 in.50 (12.8) (141.0) 2.5) – – – – .0) (26.2) (72.7) .-2.0 (27.5) 1.9) (99.46 3.4) 3.25 25 50.0) (34 000) (2 800) 0. (mm) F in.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 46 .0) 3.88 (23.6) 1.5) 0.5) .5) .5 1 /2 .1) .0 1 /2 . (Kg) .-2.com Tel.6) .50 . (mm) 3 /8 .6) .68 (18.0 (56) 2.250 (25.-3 -1.2) 2.12 2.000 850 (12.6) 1.8 (30.9) .-2.-2.5 3 /4 .2) 3.9) .000 450 (10.7) Notes: 1.8) 1.

5 SC 1-12 x 1 SC M25 x 1.0) – (25.0) (19./ Model JN 3/8 .00 – 0.28 JN M10 x 1 JN M12 x 1 JN 1/2 .5 (9.0) (215) JB in.5 9 SC /16 .75 (25.30 (37.0) 1.50 0.0) JH in.63 (17.75 – 1.18 JN M14 x 1.7) 1.72 (19.5 Part Number J14421034 J29137185 J29137035 J15588034 J24421035 J25588035 J13935034 J24950035 J14950034 J23935035 J12646034 J22646035 J11976034 J23004035 Email: industrialsales@enidine.16 SC M20 x 1.0) (14) – 1.com CA CB CD in.0) 0.00 – 0.5 (15) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .58 (19.6) Weight (mass) oz.0) 0.1 (2) (2) 0.0) (12.18 (4.94 (24. (mm) 0.00 (38.0 (12.58 (14.5 JN 3/4 . (g) (mm) – .32 SC M8 x 0.09 (4.63 (19.56 (15.0) – (32.3) 0.4) – (21.5) – (38.28 SC M12 x 1 1 SC /2 .0 (12.65 (17.0) (13.6) .1 (3) 0. (mm) .: 1-800-852-8508 WL CA Weight WL (mass) in.28 SC M10 x 1 7 SC /16 .75 – 0. oz.0) .01 (19.5 – (23) – (23) – .32 JN M8 x 0.75 .18 SC M14 x 1 3 SC /4 .0) (3.0) .20 JN M14 x 1 JN 9/16 .0) (14.0) .0) (38) – 1.0) 0.31 (4.16 JN M20 x 1.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP PM 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 47 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM Series Accessories PMX 8  PM 100 Series Non-Adjustable Series Stop Collar (SC) PMX8 (Metric/Imperial) PMX10 (Metric/Imperial) CD HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) ØCD CB CA CA HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) PM15  PM100 (Imperial) PM15(M)  PM100(M) (Metric) WF ØCD CA HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) Catalog No.0) 0.75 – 0.5 JN 1-12 JN M25 x 1.0) – (22.6 (3) 0.0 (15.enidine.0) 1.5 Jam Nut (JN) JA JB JH 47 ØCD www.69 (25.18 (4. (g) 0.12 (4.3 (9) 0.com Part Number M99137057 M99137175 M99137058 M95588057 M98921058 M95588057 M930289171 M93935057 M930281171 M94950199 M930286171 M92646057 M930282171 M92587057 M930284171 Model (Ref) PMX 8 (B) PMX 8 MF (B) PMX 8 MC (B) PMX 10 IF (B) PMX 10 MF (B) PM 15 (B) PM 15 M (B) SPM/PM 25 IF (B) SPM/PM 25 MF (B) SPM/PM 25 IC (B) SPM/PM 25 MF (B) SPM/PM 50 (B) SPM/PM 50 M (B) PM 100 (B) PM 100 MF (B) Catalog No.75 JN M8 x 1 JN 7/16 ./ Model 3 SC /8 . (mm) 0.50 – 1. in.0) (14.0 (12.0) – (16.4) – (18.0) 0.3) (15.0) Model (Ref) PMX 8 (B) PMX 8 MF (B) PMX 8 MC (B) PMX 10 IF (B)/PM 15 (B) PMX 10 MF (B) PM 15 M (B) SPM/PM 25 IF (B) SPM/PM 25 MF (B) SPM/PM 25 IC (B) SPM/PM 25 MC (B) SPM/PM 50 IC (B) SPM/PM 50 MC (B) PM 100 (B) PM 100 MF (B) WF in.0) 1.0) 0.75 SC M8 x 1 1 SC /4 .0) (12.50 (12. (mm) (mm) (mm) 0.0) – (17.0) 0.0) (14.88 (17.7) 1.0) (20) – 2.0) (12.0) (4.1 (2) (2) 0. in.13 (32.0) – (19.0) – (14.0) (63) – 8. (mm) – – – – – – (14.08 (27.7) 1.5 – (11) – .0) 1.20 SC M14 x 1.2) .16 (4.50 (44.63 (19.0) JA in.0) Tel.0) 1.

98 (25.63 (16.71 (18) .75) .7) .4) 1.56 .00 (25.28 (13.0) (32.63 .0) (7.0) .0) .22 Ø(5.55 .5 (12.43 (11) .50 SLA 14 MCS SLA 3/4 .0) .31 (8.2) 1.0) E E D Ø.0) .0) – (15.0) .0) (4.98 (25.00 (48.28 (6.0) D in.75) J in.0) .5) 0.0) .0) (48.0) 2. Maximum sideload angle is 30°.5) 1.28 x .5) Catalog No.0) .00 (25.28 (22.0) 1.18 UNF PM/SPM 25 MC (B) M14 x 1.56 .22 Ø(5.55 (39. (mm) (mm) .63 (13.50 (38.0) .71 1.44 (62.0 ) .0) (7.28 (6.0) .0) .4) .0) .20 UNF PM/SPM 25 MF (B) M14 x 1.5 PM/SPM 25 IC (B) 9/16 .28 1.2) 1.9) 1. (mm) .22 (5.32 UF M10 x 1 UF 7/16 .31 (8.88 (73.0) .18 x .56 . (mm) .0) .7) . contact Enidine. Universal Retaining Flange (UF) UF 3/8 .19 (4.64 (41.28 (8.0) – – – – – I in.55 (39.50 (35.24 .47 (12) . Part numbers in page color are non-standard lead time items.41 (10.31 Ø(8. 2./ Model UF 3/8 .0) (7.0) (7. (mm) .5 3 PM/SPM 50 (B) /4 .62 (39.00 – 1.18 Ø(4.5 3⁄4-16 UNF M20 x 1. contact Enidine.enidine.5) K I Ø.25) .5 3⁄4-16 UNF M20 x 1.0) (7.7) 1.56 (16.62 (16.55 (14) 1.0) .0) K in.00 (25. www.41 .2) 2.0) .5 PM 100 MC M27 X 3 Model (Ref) Ø.18 Ø(4.0) 2.63 .25 (5.5 PM 100 1-12 UNF PM 100/110M M25 x 1.0) (35.31 (8.0) .0) C in.0) (7.41 SLA 12 MF SLA 1/2 .0) Notes: 1.5) (6.16 UF M20x 1.79 (20) 1.5) J G C B in.28 x .0) .5) (25.56 (12.0) . in.25 (6.50 SLA 14 MFS SLA 7/16 .0) E in.33 Ø(8.16 UNF PM/SPM 50 MC (B) M20 x 1.50 (35.2) (73.2) 1.20 (5.25 .0) Ø.5) Notes: 1.0) .67 (17) .50 (35.0) .0) (7.32  UF 1/2 .0) 1.20 UF M10 x 1  UF M14 x 1.0) (7.4) (25.88 SLA 20 MC SLA 3/4 .39 (10.28 (22.28 UNF PMX 15 M (B) M12 x 1 1 PM/SPM 25 IF (B) /2 .43 (11.0) (16.19 (4.5  UF M27 x 3 Ø.31 (8.12 (25. Part numbers in page color are non-standard lead time items.0) G in.18 (30) (30) STROKE C in.0) .0) H in.00 (48.87 (21.5) A A B F F B Ø.55 (14) .0) (10.63 (12.50 (45.com Tel.88 .0) .94 (24) 1.5 M27 x 3 D in.0) .0) .71 (18.71 (18. (mm) 1.32 (5.20 (5.50 (12.5) 0./ Model SLA 7/16 .18 UF M14 x 1.16 x .0) E in.28 .0) 1. (mm) 7⁄16-28 UNEF M10 x 1 7⁄16-28 UNEF M12 x 1 1⁄2-20 UNF 1⁄2-20 UNF M14 x 1 9⁄16-18 UNF M14 x 1.38 (30.25 (6.63 SLA 14 MF SLA 9/16 .50 (15. (mm) .0) 1.63 .0) .00 (25.0) WF WL in. (mm) .5 (12. (mm) 3 PMX 8 /8 .7) .0) 1.5 UF 3/4 .0) (8.28 (15.16 UF M20 x 1.5) Part Number U19070095 U16363189 U15588095 U15588189 U13935095 U14950189 U19018095 U13935143 U120275095 U12646143 U19599095 U13004143 U12587143 H D G A in.00 (35.20 x .43 (11. (mm) .59 (15.51 (13) .5) F in.63 (16) .20 (5.4) B A in.28 (15.28 (15.5) (25.50 (38.0) 1.20 (5.5) .25 (6.20 (0.0) 1.0) .0) (15.0) . (mm) .0) .63 .5) 2.0) .5) (25.51 (16) .28 (6.0) .18 x .5 UF 9/16 .81 (45.75) (4.0) (36.0) .50 (35.71 (18. (mm) 1.28 (15. (mm) .20 x .2) S in.0) .62 (45.0) .5 1-12 UNF M25 x 1.0) (35.32 UNF PMX 10M M10 x 1 PM 15 (B)/PMX 10(B) 7/16 .5 1⁄2-20 UNF M14 x 1 9⁄16-18 UNF M14 x 1.63 (14.0) . (mm) 1.0) .28 UF M12 x 1 UF 1/2 .0) .16 (11.88 (22.56 (12. (mm) – – – – – – .20 UF M14 x 1 UF 9/16 .31 (8.31 (8.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 48 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM Series PM Accessories PMX 8  PM 100 Series E C WF Non-Adjustable Series Side Load Adaptor (SLA) ØS ØD WL HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) Catalog No.38 (35.42 (36.41 SLA 1/2 .5 (12.0) 1.0) 1.63 (16) .45 (10.0) .0) .0) .28 (32.62 (16.00 (25.39 (32.25 (6.50 (12.24 (6.20 x . (mm) .0) 1.0) (10.63 .26 (32) .50 (38) (38) B in.71 (18.02 (20) .25) .62 (16.00 (30. (mm) 0.79 (20) .0) 1. (mm) .5 UF 1-12 UF M25 x 1.19 – .5 UF M27 x 3 .0) 1.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 48 .28 SLA 10 MF SLA 7/16 .02 (26) 1.18  UF 3/4 .63 SLA 14 MC SLA 1/2 .31 (8.0) 1.16 x .0) .0) 1.50 SLA 20 MCS SLA 1-12 x 1 SLA 25 MF SLA 25 MC Part Number SLA 33974 SLA 33457 SLA 33844 SLA 33299 SLA 71146 SLA 33849 SLA 33297 SLA 33850 SLA 33298 SLA 33845 SLA 33306 SLA 33846 SLA 33301 SLA 33851 SLA 33302 SLA 33847 SLA 33262 SLA 33848 SLA 33263 SLA 33296 Model (Ref) PMX 10 PMX 10 MF PM 15 IF PM 15 MF PM 15 IC PM 25 IF PM 25 MF PM 25 IC PM 25 MC SPM 25 IF SPM 25 MF SPM 25 IC SPM 25 MC PM 50 PM 50 M SPM 50 SPM 50 M PM 100 PM 100 MF PM 100 MC A Stroke in. (mm) – – – – – – 1.88 .5) 1.

03 (128.0) 3. Reaction Extended Compressed in.5) F in.000 2. Propelling Force lbs.03 (128.25 (33.000 2.0 20.5 20.63 (16.0) Notes: 1. (mm) 5./ Model PM PM PM PM PM PM PM PM 120 120 125 125 220 220 225 225 IF (B) MF (B) IF (B) MF (B) IF (B) MF (B) IF (B) MF (B) (S) Stroke in.000 2. Catalog No.0) 1.14 (207.5) E in.0) Weight (mass) lbs.5 1 3/8-12 UNF M36 x 1.-3 PM 120MF (B) -1.0 (160.5) . (mm) 0.-lbs. Max.12 (30.0) . (N) 700 (3 100) 700 (3 100) 700 (3 100) 700 (3 100) J in.52 (140.0 (765) WL in.500 12.0) .400 774.52 (140.00 (25.000 2.41 (87.0) .enidine.21 (5.)0 (FD) Max.-2. (mm) .3) .5 1 3/8-12 UNF M36 x 1.com Tel.0 (482) 21.0) 2.0) 0.0) (75 700) (11 120) (56.-3 PM 225 MF (B) -1.13 (29.750 800.0) 1.63 (16.-3 PM 220 IF (B) -1.38 (9.0) 1.20 (30. (mm) .20 (30.-3 PM 125 MF (B) -1.-3 PM 225 IF (B) -1.0) 5. 2.38 (9.-2.0) A in. contact Enidine.0) Catalog No.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.0) 1.3) .00 (50.-2.21 (5. (Kg) 17.0) 1.63 (16.-3 PM 220 MF (B) -1.20 (30.2) 8.63 (16.0) 8.500 7.0) (111 000) (11 120) (31.63 (16.72 (145. Max.5) ./hour Force lbs.5) 1.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP PM 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 49 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM Small-Bore Series Technical Data PM 120  PM 225 Series Non-Adjustable Series Standard ØD ØE C WL WF ØE1* J F A A1* *Note: A1 and E1 apply to button models and urethane striker cap accessory./cycle in.0) Optimal Velocity Range in. lbs.0) 1.-3 (FP) Nominal Coil Spring Force (ET) (ETC) Max.5) 1.13 (29.72 (145.34 (212.5 20.2) 5.0 (652) 27.0 (310.0) 1.-2.0) (89.00 (25.0) 2. 49 www.0) C in.41 (87.21 (5.5 D in.500 12.3) WF in.0) 0.0) E1 in.0) A1 in.0) 1. (mm) 1.0) (89. (mm) 1 1/4-12 UNF M33 x 1.0 20.0 (310.500 7.-lbs.0) 0. (mm) 5. (Nm/cycle) (Nm/h) (N) (N) (N) 1.0) (89.0 (595) 23. (mm) 1.-2.63 (16.5 1 1/4-12 UNF M33 x 1. (mm) 1.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .0 (160.400 670.21 (5.0) (89.0) 5.38 (9.34 (212.12 (30./sec.63 (16.38 (9.0) (91 000) (11 120) (56.20 (30. (mm) 3.5) 1.-2./ Model Damping Constant PM 120 IF (B) -1.0) 2. (mm) 1.3) 8.0) (90 300) (11 120) (31.-2.750 900. lbs.13 (29. (mm) .3) 5.63 (16. Dash numbers in page color are non-standard lead time items.0) 2.-3 PM 125 IF (B) -1.00 (50. See page 57 for constant damping curves.0) 8.13 (29.5) .12 (33.14 (207.3) .-2.

7) (6.0 (100) Part Number Model (Ref) Notes: 1.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 50 .23 (6. (g) 4. (mm) 2.000 +.500 (12.59 (180) 9.70) Notes: 1. (mm) 1.38) .75 (70.005/-.44 (11.005/-.25 FK in.2) .251 (6.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.000/-. 2.25 FA in.90 (22.0) .2) (31.88 (23) .48 (12) .251 (6.50 FG in.500 (12.70) .93 (24) . in.23 (6) ./ Model ∅ PM 120 CM (S) ∅ PM 220 CM (S) ∅ PM 125 CM (S) ∅ PM 225 CM (S) M N P Q L +. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) S in. (mm) . (Kg) 6.38) . (mm) .31 (6.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 50 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM Small-Bore Series PM Accessories PM 120  PM 225 Series Non-Adjustable Series HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) Clevis Mount SPRING OPTIONAL ØS ØU ØM ØN CR V X P Q W L Catalog No.000 +.23 (6) .38 (60.38 FC in.500 (12.44 (11.2) #10 (M5) 4.38) .500 (12.4) .23 (6) . (S) indicates model comes with spring.2) (31.44 (11.77) 1.38) .500 (12.251 (6.25 1. 2. in. (mm) CR in.23 (6) .50 (38) 1.88 (23) . (mm) X in. (mm) .8) 2.2) (M5) (100) 2F21293305 2F21293306 PM 125/225 PM 125/225M 2.44 (11.8) (70. (mm) .010 +.251 (6.59) 1.500 (12.0) (12.86) .70) .0) (60.93 (24) .88 (22) .500 (12.7) . contact Enidine. Shock absorber must be ordered separately from foot mount kit.23 FD in. All foot mount kits include two foot mounts. in.22 (234) 6.251 (6. www.38) . (mm) #10 Kit Weight oz.9 (0.000/-.0 2F21049305 PM 120/220 Y in.88 (22) .75 FB in.0) 2. (mm) Weight (mass) lbs. ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.12 FM M33 x 1.31 (6.70) .38) .50 (38) 1.77 FE in.90) (45.70) .1) .0) .4) (22.3) .38) .70) .23 (5.enidine. (mm) 2.48 (12) .6 (0.7) (22.5 Z + STROKE Y + STROKE FJ FA Z in.73) 1.com Tel.500 (12.59 (167) 9. (mm) .25 (57.22 (230) 1.251 (6./ Model FM 1 1/4 .010 in.2) 1.50 (12.23 (6.25 2F21049306 PM 120/220M (57.3) (5.1) .90 FJ in. (mm) U in.88 (22. Flange Foot Mount ØFC FD FG FE FB FK Catalog No.7 (0.2) .25 (6. (mm) W in.3 (0. (mm) 2.0) .38) .70) .12 FM M36 x 1.90) 1.88 Bolt Size in.251 (6.251 (6.5 FM 1 3/8 .77 (45.50 (38) . (mm) 1.50 (38) 1.2) . (mm) V in.7) .70) . in.

4) . (mm) .0) Weight WL (mass) in.0) (41.50 M930285058 PM 120/220 M (63.com Tel. (mm) 1. (mm) 1. (mm) (mm) 1.5) CD WF in.0) (36. (mm) (g) – 7.3) JB in.0) (210) Jam Nut (JN) Catalog No.enidine.0) 1.5 JN 1 3/8-12 JN M36 x 1./ Model JN 1 1/4-12 JN M33 x 1.73 (47.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP PM 11/7/11 11:05 AM Page 51 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM Series Accessories PM 120 ➞ PM 225 Series Non-Adjustable Series Stop Collar (SC) Imperial ØCD HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) CA Metric WF ØCD HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) Catalog No.9 (27) JH 51 www. oz.9 (27) 0.0 (17.50 (41.69 – (43.0) M921293057 PM 120/220 2.3) 1.0) JH in.50 (41. in.25 (6.50 – (38.25 (6.0 (18. (g) 0.5 SC 1 3/8-12 SC M36 x 1.0) 1.73 (47.4) Weight (mass) oz.50 M930290171 PM 120/220 M (41./ Model SC 1 1/4-12 SC M33 x 1.5 WL CA CA Part Number Model (Ref) in.5 JA JB Part Number J18609034 J28609035 J13164034 J23164034 Model (Ref) PM120/220 PM120/220 M PM125/225 PM125/225 M JA in.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .0) (210) – 7. (mm) M921049057 PM 120/220 2.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.

(mm) 1. (mm) .5) (9.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 52 . (mm) (mm) (mm) . SA SB Size (mass) in.13 #10 1.63 2.38 1.00 Bolt Wt.5) Weight (mass) oz.12 N121293129 PM 125/225 RF M36 x 1. (g) 0.38 1. oz.12 Part Number N121049129 PM 120/220 RF M33 x 1.5 N121049141 PM 120/ 220M (5. 125.8) (44.39 (10.22 .3) (50. (mm) 2.0 FC FH RD in.6) (M5) (30) FH RE www.1 (3) A Rectangular Flange (RF) ØFC SA LOCK SLOT SB RD Catalog No.20 (30.22 .3) (58.0) E1 in./ Model Part Number Model (Ref) UC 8609 C98609079 PM 120.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.enidine.0 (5.5) (9./ Model RF 1 1/4 . 220 & 225 A in.5 N121293129 PM 125/225M Model (Ref) .75 1. (mm) (mm) (mm) (g) 1.00 1.13 #10 1.8) (44.5) (28.63 RE in.com Tel. in.5) (41.6) (M5) (30) RF 1 3/8 .Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 52 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM Series PM Overview PM 120  PM 225 Series Non-Adjustable Series Urethane Striker Cap (USC) ØE Catalog No.5) (28. in. in.5) (41.75 1. in.

775.0) 1.500 (1 865.50 (12.0) 4.38 (60.-2.000 (5 650.50 (191.0) 1.0) 6.75 (19.0 (160.0) 7.750 (60 500) A1* Nominal Coil Spring Force Extended lbs.0) 5.0 (69.0) 0.-3 -1.5) 0.0 (68.-2.750 (60 500) 13.25 (57.-3 -1.0) Catalog No.00 (50.0 (80.55 (345.-3 -1.-3 -1.75 (19.000 (17 800) Damping Constant A in.000 (201 000) 2.50 (140.0) 9.48 (38.3 (3.63 (118.0) 9.0) 8.500 (29 000) 13.-3 -1.0) 1.7) 7.0) 7.0 (285.0) 3.68 (246.5) 1.0) 10.68 (144.0) 2.000 (126 000) 1.7) . (mm) F in.0 (2.0) Compressed lbs.0) Weight (mass) lbs.750 (60 500) 13. (mm) C in. in.000 (421 000) (FP) Max.90 (226.97 (956.0) 1.0) 64.42 (61.000 (17 800) 4.3) 6.500 (29 000) 6.3) 9.-2.000 (271 000) 3.0) 11.-2.enidine.730.0 (IF) 2 1/2-12 UN (MF) M64 x 2.250 (367.0) 2.5) 1.50 (12.63 (92.-3 -1.0) 1.7 (1./ Model PMXT 1525 PMXT 1550 PMXT 1575 PMXT 2050 PMXT 2100 PMXT 2150 (S) Stroke in. (mm) -1.37 (213.0) 16. (mm) WL in. Dash numbers in page color are non-standard lead time items.0) 18.0) 20. Reaction Force lbs.42 (61.500 (6 700) 1.00 (25.0) 2.75 (19.500 (6 700) 1.0) 6.000 (3 729.-2./cycle (Nm/cycle) 3.48 (38./hour (Nm/h) 1.0) 2.475.000 (17 800) 4. 2.3 (4.4 (1.2 (1.500 (29 000) 6.75 (19.42 (61.00 (150.0) 1.00 (100.5 (IF) 13/4-12 UN (MF) M45 x 1.0) 8.5) 2. (mm) WF in.48 (38.70 (43.0) 0.500 (6 700) 4.0) 2.120.75 (44.25 (57.5) 1.0) 3./ Model PMXT 1525 IF PMXT 1525 MF PMXT 1550 IF PMXT 1550 MF PMXT 1575 IF PMXT 1575 MF PMXT 2050 IF PMXT 2050 MF PMXT 2100 IF PMXT 2100 MF PMXT 2150 IF PMXT 2150 MF (ET) Max.63 (143.0) .0) 1.0 (87.37 (264.70 (43.0 (78. (N) 1.75 (19.-2.2) Notes: 1.0) (ETC) Max.0 (IF) 2 1/2-12 UN (MF) M64 x 2.0 (78.0 (155.75 (44.-lbs.5) 2.75 (44.0) 2.0) 0.0) 13.0) 5. (mm) A1 in.37 (162.-2.-3 5. See page 59 for constant damping curves. (Kg) 2.0) 33. (mm) E1 in.-lbs. in. (N) 6. Urethane striker caps are available as accessories for models PM 1525 to PM 2150.0) 18.500 (735. 3.0) 17.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . (mm) D in. 53 www.00 (50.-2.0 .55 (243.0) 35.-3 -1.0) 18.com Tel.75 (19.5) 1.5) 2.5 (IF) 2 1/2-12 UN (MF) M64 x 2.98 (50.7) .0) 16.-3 -1.-3 -1.0 (48.0) 4.000 (1 130.0) 0.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.70 (43.75 (19. (mm) E in.98 (50.50 (12.0) 9.-2.75 (19.0) (IF) 13/4-12 UN (MF) M45 x 1. contact Enidine.400.-2. (mm) 1.50 (241.000 (362 000) 3.0 (29.7) .1) 2.68 (195.0) 10.-3 -1.62 (473.0) 17.0) 12. (N) 15.0 (31.0) .200.0) 7.38 (60.0) 0.000 (167 000) 1.0) 36.-2.0) 6.75 (19.00 (75.0) (FD) Max.5) 2.90 (328.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP PM XT 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 53 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PMXT Mid-Bore Series Technical Data PMXT 1525  PMXT 2150 Series Non-Adjustable Series Standard ØB WL ØE ØE1* ØD C WF F A *Note: A1 and E1 apply to urethane striker cap accessory.-2.0) 50. Propelling Force lbs.5 (IF) 13/4-12 UN (MF) M45 x 1. (N) 11.-3 -1. Catalog No.

(mm) Bolt Size in.376 (9.06 (26) 1.005/-.01 (26) 1.9) .84 (250) 11.50 (12.7) . (mm) FD in.501 (12. 2.00) .70) 1.501 (12.51/-0.com Tel.40 (35) .56 (14.250 (31.000 +.56 PMXT 2000M Series (76.07) .00/-0.07) . contact Enidine. (mm) FJ in.000 +.0) (124. 3. (mm) in.3) .90 (23.00 (25) 1.00 (25) 1.7) . (mm) Z in.88 (73) 2./ Model L in.87 (22) .25) (+0.60) 5.41 (143.630 (16.3 (4.75 (44. (S) indicates model comes with spring.87 (22) 1. (mm) in.56 (14.00) 1./ Model FM 1 3/4 .505 (12.9) PMXXT 2000 Series 3.63) 8.750 (19.3) .2) (8.06 PMXT 1500M Series (60.00 (25.00 (51) 2.69 in.751 (19. (mm) in.13/-0. PM 2150 Z dimension is 2.72) 9.5 FM 2 1/2 .06 (306) 16.50 (38) 1.005/-.70) . (mm) 7.60) .5) (26.56 (14.06 (408) 21.50 (38.0) 1. (g) Notes 3.40 (35) 1.38 1.50 (38) 1.07) . (mm) Kit Weight oz. (mm) in.70) 1.38 (85.501 (12.505 (12.3 lbs.3) . (mm) in. (mm) FB in. (mm) CR in.50 (38) 1.00) (+0.45) 3.50 (38.376 (9.00 (51) 2.50 (38) 1.63 4.34 (95.0) 1.0) (10.13 (537) ∅ PMXT 1525 CM (S) ∅ PMXT 1550 CM (S) ∅ PMXT 1575 CM (S) ∅ PMXT 2050 CM (S) ∅ PMXT 2100 CM (S) ∅ PMXT 2150 CM (S) N P Q Z +.0) .0) 2.6) FC in. All foot mount kits include two foot mounts and lock ring.00) (+0.000 (+0.12 FM M45 x 1.01 (26) 1.00 (25) 1. (mm) Notes: 1.00 (25.50 (38) 1.40 (35) 1.0) 1.75 3. (mm) FG in.50 (38) 1.12 FM M64 x 2 Part Number 2FE2740 2F8637 2FE3010 2F3010 Model (Ref) Y in.0) 3.2 (5.60) .376 (9.2) 5⁄16 M8 3⁄8 M10 12.87 (22) .250 (31.0 (1. (1 050) 3 3 1. (mm) Weight (mass) lbs. ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.88 (73) 1.22) 11.07) .70) .00 (25) 1.020/-.751 (19.00 (25) 1.9) .enidine.5) 1.010 (+0.0) .000/-.4) 1. (mm) FE in.90 (23. (mm) PMXT 1500 Series 2.4) 1.00 (25. (Kg) . Shock absorber must be ordered separately from foot mount kit.70) 1.9) .00 1.6 (1.630 (16.6) .70) .00 (25) 1.84 (199) 9.00 (51) 2.4) 1.13/-0.00/-0.63 (16.88 .00) in.2 (1. (mm) in.000/-.2 (3. (mm) in.0 oz.2) (39.07) .5) . (mm) in.750 (19.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 54 .36) 3.06 (26) 1.751 (19.505 (12.751 (19.750 (19.3 1.0) 3.60) .3) (76. www.00 .38 (9.751 (19. (mm) .0) .16 (29.00) .40) 2.90 (23.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 54 PM XT Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PMXT Mid-Bore Series Accessories PMXT 1525 CM  PMXT 2150 CM Series SPRING OPTIONAL LOCK RING ØT Non-Adjustable Series Clevis Mount ØM ØN U CR P V W ØS Z L Q M Catalog No.01 (26) 1.08) W +.751 (19.010 +.84 (300) 12.50 (38.630 (16.44 (11. 2.07) .com Email: industrialsales@enidine.3 FA in.0) . Flange Foot Mount LOCK RING ØFC 4 MOUNTING HOLES FD FG FE FB FJ Z + STROKE Y + STROKE FA Catalog No.0) . (370) 2.06 (26) Notes: 1.88 (73) 2.16 (55.25) S T U V in.250 (31.

/ Model Part Number UC 2940 C92940079 PMXT 1500 UC 3010 C93010079 PMXT 2000 A in.12 M64 x 2 Part Number F8E2940049 F88637049 F8E3010049 F83010049 Email: industrialsales@enidine.0) (76. (mm) 2.00 (76.5) .0) Weight (mass) oz.0 (1 191) (1 475) Note: 1.88 (72.97 (24.0) 3.com Model (Ref) PMXT 1500 Series PMXT 1500M Series PMXT 2000 Series PMXT 2000M Series B in.5) 2.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP PM XT 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 55 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PMXT Mid-Bore Series Accessories Non-Adjustable Series PMXT 1525  PMXT 2150 Series Stop Collar (SC) ØCD LOCK RING (NOT INCLUDED) Catalog No.47 PMXT 2050M Series (89. (g) 12.94 PMXT 1500M Series (49./Model LR LR LR LR 55 www.0) PMXT 2150 Series 3. (mm) 1. Part numbers in page color are non-standard lead time items.5 SC 2 1/2 .0) PMXT 2150M Series (143.75 (44.95 (24.25 (57.12 SC M45 x 1. (mm) PMXT 1500 Series 1.5) .5 (14) 0.7) Weight (mass) oz.0 (936) 35.38 (9.12 x 2 SC M64 x 2 x 2 SC 2 1/2 .0 (85) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . Urethane Striker Cap (USC) ØE1 Catalog No.66 PMXT 2100M Series (114. (mm) .12 M45 x 1.12 x 6 SC M64 x 2 x 4 SC M64 x 2 x 6 Part Number 8KE2940 8K8637 8KE3010 M93010057 8KE3012 M93011057 M93012057 CA CA Model (Ref) in. (mm) 2.0 (340) 23. (g) 2.0) Model (Ref) E1 in.00 (57.5 2 1/2 .22 (56.: 1-800-852-8508 LH in./ Model SC 1 3/4 .8 (23) A Lock Ring (LR) ØB LH Catalog No.0) PMXT 2050 / 2100 Series 2.0) Weight (mass) oz. contact Enidine.0) CD in. (g) 0.2) 2.0 (75) 3.5) 3. (mm) .38 (12.com 1 3/4 .00 (76.enidine.9) Tel.

2) 3. (mm) M4E2940056 PMXT 1500 Series .2) (41.6) (12.25 (57.62 (15./ Model Part Number RF 1 3/4 .3) (M8) (140) 3 2. in.34 M48637056 PMXT 1500M Series (8.com Bolt SB Size (mass) Wt.50 (12. in.34 . in.4) FH in. (mm) .7) (60.38 3.25 1.63 /16 (57. (mm) Catalog No./ Model SF 1 3/4 .com FC Model (Ref) FH RD RE in. oz.41 M43010056 PMXT 2000M Series (10.50 (85.9) (M10) (570) SA in. (mm) (mm) (mm) SA in.63 /16 5 (41.7) Weight SB Bolt Size (mass) oz.12 RF M45 x 1. (mm) 2.: 1-800-852-8508 9 (260) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 56 .6) M4E3010056 PMXT 2000 Series .00 M58637053 PMXT 1500M Series (8.enidine.5 M5E2940053 PMXT 1500 Series . (g) (mm) (mm) 5 1. in.5 SF 2 1/2 .7) .75 /8 20 (69.50 2.12 SF M45 x 1. in.4) (M8) Tel. (mm) (mm) (mm) (g) 5 2. in.2) Email: industrialsales@enidine.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:57 AM Page 56 PM XT Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PMXT Mid-Bore Series Accessories PMXT 1525 CM  PMXT 2150 CM Series Non-Adjustable Series Square Flange (SF) LOCK SLOT ØFC FH SB SA Catalog No. in.12 SF M64 x 2 FC Part Number Model (Ref) in.1) Rectangular Flange (RF) ØFC SA LOCK SET SB RD FH RE www.5) (76.

(0. 57 www./sec.com Tel.1 m/sec).enidine.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP PM 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 57 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM Series PMX 8  SPM 25 Series IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) Non-Adjustable Series Sizing Curves Note: Minimum impact velocity for PM models is 4 in.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .

(0.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 58 .1 m/sec). www.enidine.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 58 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM Series PM Sizing Curves PM 25  PM 100 Series Non-Adjustable Series Note: Minimum impact velocity for PM models is 4 in./sec.com Tel.

: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .1 m/sec)./sec. (0. 59 www.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.enidine.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP PM XT 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 59 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PMXT Mid-Bore Series Sizing Curves IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) Non-Adjustable Series PM 120/125  PMXT 1550 Series Note: Minimum impact velocity for PM models is 4 in.com Tel.

com Email: industrialsales@enidine.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 60 . (0.com Tel.1 m/sec)./sec. www.enidine.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 60 PM XT Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PMXT Mid-Bore Series Sizing Curves PMXT 1575  PMXT 2150 Series Non-Adjustable Series Note: Minimum impact velocity for PM models is 4 in.

-2.87 (22.22 (107.0) 485 (54.20 UNEF 1 /2 .45 (62.-2.-2.30 (7. (N) (N) (N) (S) Stroke in.20 (81.67 (17) 0.10 3.86 (225) 5.18 UNF M14 x 1.0) .12 .0) 800 (90.9) 4.7) .0) 0.0) 0.71 (18.07 (128.44 (12.7) (12.0) 1.0) .20 UNF M14 x 1.300 (260) 300.0) (27.0) .5) 6.19 (4.0 (13.5 1-12 UNF M25 x 1.39 (10) Notes: 1.-3 -1.50 (12.0) 3.3) 3.0 D (mm) .24 (6) 0.0) 0.84 (97.0 9 /16 .0) 235 (26.63 (143) J (mm) .47 (12.-3 -1.-2.8 (30.50 (12.-2.04 (1.10 .-2.0 (56) 0.39 .) lbs. (mm) (ET) Max.10 (2.-3 -1./ Model PRO PRO PRO PRO PRO PRO PRO PRO PRO 15 15 15 25 25 25 25 50 50 IF (B) MF (B) IC (B) IF (B) MF (B) IC (B) MC (B) IF (B) MC (B) PRO 50 MC x 50 PRO 100 IF (B) PRO 100 MF (B) PRO 100 MC (B) PRO 100 MC x 80 Catalog No.0) .20 (81. in.0) 10./ Model PRO 15 IF (B) PRO 15 MF (B) PRO 15 IC (B) PRO 25 IF (B) PRO 25 MF (B) PRO 25 IC (B) PRO 25 MC (B) PRO 50 IF (B) PRO 50 MC (B) PRO 50 MC x 50 PRO 100 IF (B) PRO 100 MF (B) PRO 100 MC (B) PRO 100 MC x 80 Nominal Coil (FD) Spring Force Max.40 .2) 5.9) .-2.0) 6.0 M25 x 2.0) .0) 50 (220) 2.0) 0.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .79 (20) F (mm) 2.8 (48) 120 (530) 120 (530) 200 (890) 200 (890) 350 (1 550) (1 550) 350 (1 550) 2.39 .5) .16 (4.-2.0) 0.-3 -1.2) 2.53 (242) G (mm) .4 (68) 4.0 (4.13 (130.50 (12.4) 0.5 M27 x 3.38 (9.000 (53 700) 306.7) (12.5 (297) (297) 20 (570) Damping Constant -1.89 (22.4) – – 5.5) (141.9) 3.-2.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.-3 -1./cycle (Nm/cycle) (ETC) Max.0) (23.000 (34 600) 622. in. Shock Force lbs.2) .8) 0.85 4.2) .63 (16. See page 67 for constant damping curves.87 (22) WL (mm) .88 (23.-3 -1.6) – – Weight (mass) oz.-lbs.57 (141.04 (1.6) (4.39 (11.68 (18.-2.0) (90. 2.2) 4. Force lbs. (g) WF (mm) . Catalog No.43 (10.25 (6.000 (34 000) 475.3) 0.-3 -1.000 (70 000) (70 000) 761.84 (97.enidine.6) (102.44 (11. 3.7) .50 (12.7 (3.250 (5 500) (5 500) 1.8 (136) 14 (390) 10.3) 8.5 (20) 2.5 (11.1) 2.000 (86 000) 625 (2 800) 625 (2 800) 850 (3 750) 750 (3 336) 1.0) 4.30 (7.0) 0.0) 1.500 (6 672) 1.50 (12.5) 3.0) 2.8) – – A1 (mm) 2.5) 4.-3 -1. (N) 0.31 (8) E1 (mm) .10 (52.27 .5) 2.39 (9.62 (15.71 (18.7 (21) 6.00 (25.-3 -1.30 (7.7) 0.66 (118. Buttons cannot be added to non-button models or removed from button models.0) 0.9) .18 (4.0) 0.7) 0.0) .44 (11.2) (22.-2.-3 -1.-3 A (mm) 2.7) 0.04 (1.38 (162) 4.0) 2.6) .-3 -1.41 (10.64 (16.0) .6) .12 (3.88 (22.0 1 /2 .38 .39 (10.0) (25.-2.15 (80) 235 (26.5 3 /4 .8) (128.5) 1.5) ./hour (Nm/h) (FP) Max.6) 9.50 (12.76 (95.-lbs.4) 2.0 (8.7) 5.0 (27.16 UNF M20 x 1.-3 -1.50 (12.-3 -1.0) 650 (74.-2.40 (10.com Tel.5) 13.22 (107.16 (4.63 (16.97 (50) 1.4) 90 (10.0) .27 (6.0 (4.6 (7.9) .3) 3.4 (68) 2.9) .0) – – 0.-3 -1.9) 2.9) (13. Extended Compressed Propelling lbs.4) (6.0 (8.7) (15.2) .0) 250.45 3.28 UNEF M12 x 1.000 (28 200) 450 (2 000) 0.-2.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 61 PRO Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PRO Small-Bore Series Technical Data PRO 15  PRO 100 Series Non-Adjustable Series Standard øD øD øG WL WF øE1* øG C H F PRO 100 x 80 Series J WL WF J C H F A A1* C øD øG øE1* WF H WL A1* F PRO 100 x 50 Series C øD øG øE1* WL WF H F A1* *Note: A1 and E1 apply to button models and urethane striker cap accessory.04 (102.6) 0.5 M20 x 1.5) H (mm) .-2.000 (34 000) 300.7) 0. (B) indicates button model of shock absorber.0) 0.85 (72.5 (11. 61 www.19 (335) C (mm) 7 /16 .43 (10.

55 (14) .88 (17.51 (16) .0) (10. Do Not use with button models.63 .41 .0) Model (Ref) PRO 15 (B) PRO 15 MF (B) PRO 25 IC (B) PRO 25 MC (B) PRO 25 IF (B) PRO 25 MF (B) PRO 50 (B) PRO 50 MC (B) PRO 100 (B) PRO 100 MF (B) JB in.0) 0.5 1-12 UNF M25 x 1.31 (8. (mm) 0.75 M930289171 PRO 15 M (B) (19.88 (73.62 (45.44 (62) 2.0) M92587057 PRO 100 (B) 1.0) (36.3 (9) 0.20 x .02 (20) 1.63 (6.5) WL CD in.88 .41 SLA 12 MF SLA 1/2 .5 ØCD HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) Metric CA WF ØCD HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) CA Part Number Model (Ref) in.6 (3) 0.0) .16 x .24 1.0 (12. www.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 62 .63 (17. (mm) (mm) S in.0) .63 (12.71 (18.0) .43 (11. (mm) B in.88 (22.1 (2) 0.18 (30) (30) SLA 14 MF SLA 9/16 .0) (32.4) M94950199 PRO 25 IC (B) 1.39 (32.88 SLA 20 MC SLA 1-12 x 1 SLA 25 MF SLA 27 MC Notes: 1.00 M930286171 PRO 25 MF (B) (25.0) .0) (7.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 62 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PRO Small-Bore Series PRO Accessories PRO 15  PRO 100 Series Non-Adjustable Series Stop Collar (SC) Imperial Catalog No.enidine./ Model SC 7/16 .5 JA JB JH Part Number J15588034 J25588035 J14950034 J23935035 J13935034 J124950035 J12646034 J22646035 J11976034 J23004035 JA in.18 (4.5 JN 1-12 JN M25 x 1.50 (38) (38) .55 SLA 33849 SLA 33297 SLA 33850 SLA 33298 SLA 33851 SLA 33302 SLA 33848 SLA 33263 SLA 33296 PRO 25 IF (B) PRO 25 MF (B) PRO 25 IC (B) PRO 25 MC (B) PRO 50 (B) PRO 50 M (B) PRO 100 (B) PRO 100 MF (B) PRO 100 MC (B) .0) .28 x .5 JN 1/2 .0) 0.63 (16.0) .51 (13) .0) (7.63 . (mm) .28 .16 UNF M20 x 1.4) 1.0 (12. (mm) WL in.71 (18) .7) 0. Part numbers in page color are non-standard lead time items.25 .98 (25.00 M930281171 PRO 25 MC (B) (25.28 (15.3) 1.2) 2. (mm) WF in. oz.4) (14./Model Part Number Model (Ref) Stroke in.20 SC M14 x 1 SC 9/16 .02 (26) 1.41 (10.63 SLA 33844 SLA 33299 SLA 71146 PRO 15 IF (B) PRO 15 MF (B) PRO 15 IC (B) .6) .28 .0) (32.16 SC M20 x 1. (mm) 0.4) (25.0) .2) (73.31 (4.67 (17) 1.28 JN M12 x 1 JN 9/16 .2) 1.5 (9.59 (15.5 SC 1-12 x 1 SC M25 x 1.7) 1.com Tel.56 (15.30 (37. (mm) (g) – .0) 1.0) 0.18 (4.0) 3.0) 1.28 (7.4) M92646057 PRO 50 (B) 1. (mm) .0) 1.08 (27.0) .13 (32.5 (15) Side Load Adaptor (SLA) E C WF ØS ØD WL HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) B Catalog No.63 (16) .56 (13.2) .0) M93935057 PRO 25 IF (B) 1.0) Weight WL (mass) in.0) .00 (25.62 (45.0 (12. (mm) M95588057 PRO 15 (B) 0.0) (14) – 1.42 (36.28 SC M12 x 1 SC 1/2 .50 M930282171 PRO 50 M (B) (38.28 .71 (18.28 (15.0) 1.0) .18 UNF M14 x 1.28 (22.com STROKE A C in.18 SC M14 x1.18 x .0) 1.71 .20 UNF M14 x 1 9 /16 .0) (7.5 3 /4 .16 (4.0) (215) CA Jam Nut (JN) Catalog No.50 (38. Email: industrialsales@enidine.7) .12 (4.72 (19.00 (25.31 (8.63 .0) 0. (mm) A in.75 M930284171 PRO 100 MF (B) (44. (mm) . contact Enidine.0) (38) – 2.65 (17.20 JN M14 x 1 JN 3/4 .0) .5 SC 3/4 .6) Weight (mass) oz.5 M27 x 3 7 D E in.0) . (g) 0.0) 1.0) . Maximum sideload angle is 30° 2.01 (19.63 SLA 14 MC SLA 3/4 .0) – (22.1 (3) 0.0) 1.94 (24.0) (20) – 1. in.0) (7.24 1./ Model JN 7/16 .0) (63) – 8.41 SLA 1/2 . (mm) SLA 7/16 .0) 0. (mm) – (14.0) – (32.26 (32) 1.0 (15.28 UNEF M12 x 1 1 /2 . (mm) /16 .75 (18.0) – (17.0) – (19.0) WF in.0) .0) .16 JN M20 x 1.0) JH in.20 UNF 1 /2 .0) (15.18 JN M14 x 1.7) 1.69 (21.56 .20 x .

-2.0) J (mm) . Dash numbers in page color are non-standard lead time items. -3 -1.000 (75 700) 774.0) (40.38 (9.0) 1. (mm) 1.0) (2 220) 12.0) (49.2) 1.0) 2.13 (29. -2.39 (10.5 D (mm) . (g) 0.00 (25.72 (145.3) 8.0 1 1/4 .0) 1.000 (90 300) 900.5) .0 (737) 26.20 (30.500 (11 120) Nominal Coil Spring Force (FD) Max. -3 -1.000 (75 700) (75 700) 670.21 (5.00 (50. contact Enidine.3) .0) (ETC) Max.41 (87.0 (454) (454) 17.0) WL (mm) – – – .0) 2.0) 3.0) 5.5) .5 M25 x 2.13 (29.500 (11 120) 2. -3 -1.21 (5.400 (160.06 (204.1 (3) 0. -2.5) E (mm) 0.5) 1.0) (89.4) 5.0) 1.400 (160.52 (140.3) 5.5) (1.0) E1 in.0) 2.12 UNF M36 x 1.88 (22. -3 -1. Catalog No.12 (30.enidine.39 (10.-lbs.20 (30.0) 2.125.0) (2 220) 7.14 (207. -2.0) .88 (22.03 (128.5 1 3/8 .0 500 (56.06 (1.5) 1.0) (89.5 20.0) 1.5) .0) 1. (N) 1.00 (25.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. -3 -1.20 (30.2) 8.5) F (mm) 5. -2.0) (8. 2. -2.0) 1./hour (Nm/h) 670.34 (212.0) C (mm) 1-12 UNF M25 x 1.88 (22.500 (11 120) 2.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .63 (16. (g) 16.25 (33. (mm) .0) (2 220) (18.0) (190.3) .38 (9. in.0 500 (56.0) 1.72 (145.0) 1.0) (2 220) 12.00 (127. -3 -1.0 500 (18. (N) (N) (N) 4.25 (33.0 (482) 26.93 (201. Urethane Striker Cap (USC) Catalog No.0) 1.34 (212.13 (29.0) 1.700 (190. 220 & 225 ØE A in.2) (22.0) (89. -2. -2.56 (40.5 1 3/8 .1 (3) A 63 www.500 (11 120) 2.03 (128.0) .700 (7 500) (7 500) 2.00 (50.0 500 (31. in.0 20. -3 -1.31 (8. Extended Compressed Propelling lbs.0) 8./ Model PRO 110 IF PRO 110 MF PRO 110 MC PRO 120 IF PRO 120 MF PRO 125 IF PRO 125 MF PRO 220 IF PRO 220 MF PRO 225 IF PRO 225 MF Damping Constant -1./ Model Part Number Model (Ref) UC 5568 C95568079 PRO 110 UC 8609 C98609079 PRO 120.0 (737) Note: See page 68 for constant damping curves. (S) Stroke in./cycle (Nm/cycle) 1.0) .3) WF (mm) – – – 1.38 (9.0) (2 220) 7.0) 1.38 (9.0 20. -3 A (mm) 7. -2.000 (87 500) 800.52 (140.12 (30.750 (310.0 11.63 (16./ Model PRO 110 IF PRO 110 MF PRO 110 MC PRO 120 IF PRO 120 MF PRO 125 IF PRO 125 MF PRO 220 IF PRO 220 MF PRO 225 IF PRO 225 MF (ET) Max.5) 1.0 (482) 17.4) (201.000 (111 000) (FP) Max.0) (89. -3 -1. -2.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 63 PRO Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PRO Small-Bore Series Technical Data PRO 110  PRO 225 Series Non-Adjustable Series Standard ØD ØE C WL WF ØE1* J F A A1* *Note: A1 and E1 apply to button models and urethane striker cap accessory.0) A1 (mm) 8.21 (5.63 (16.0) Notes: 1.-lbs.12 UNF M33 x 1.0) (49.0) E1 (mm) 0. (mm) 0. Shock Force lbs.2) 1.5 1 1/4 .0) 3. -2.3) .7) 5.com Tel.5 20. Force lbs.0 500 (31.21 (5.41 (87.2) 5.5) .12 UNF M33 x 1. lbs.12 UNF M36 x 1.0) (2 220) Weight (mass) oz.750 (310.0) (127.63 (16.20 (30.20 (30. -3 -1.13 (29.2) (22. Urethane striker caps are available as accessories.0) . -3 -1.0) Catalog No.0) 5.5) Weight (mass) oz.0) 8.0) .14 (207.7) (204.

500 (12.3) (5. (mm) Z in.70) . (mm) FG in. (mm) W in.00) .77 .23 (6.70) Notes: 1.500 (12. in.88 (22) .88 (22) . (mm) Bolt Size in.2) .59) 1.25 (31.00) .44 (11.25 (7.0) 2.7) (22.0) .0) .7 (0. 2.1) .90 (22.1) .48 (12) . (S) indicates model comes with spring.2 Notes: 1.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 64 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PRO Small-Bore Series PRO Accessories PRO 110  PRO 225 Series Non-Adjustable Series Clevis Mount JAM NUT SPRING OPTIONAL ØS ØU ØM ØN CR V X P Q W L Catalog No. (Kg) 8.2) (M5) #10 (M5) (100) 4. (mm) FE in. (mm) FC in.12 2F21049305 PRO 120 /220 2.90) (45.251 (6.23 (6.22 (234) 9.73) 1.86) .005/-.38) .2) (31.500 (12.0) .315 (8./ Model ∅ PRO 110 CM (S) ∅ PRO 120 CM (S) ∅ PRO 125 CM (S) ∅ PRO 220 CM (S) ∅ PRO 225 CM (S) M N P Q L +.75 (70.9 (0.2) .00) .0 oz (100) Notes 2 1.251 (6.000/-.500 (12. 2.5 2F21049306 2F21293305 2F21293306 PRO 120 M/220 M PRO 120 /220 PRO 120 /220 M (57. ∅ = Non-standard lead time items.010 in.44 (11.4) .31 (6.0) (12.70) .70) . (mm) FK in.54) 1.23 (5.50 (38) .8) 1.2 (0.2) . (mm) Weight (mass) lbs.32 (211) 6.000 +.50 .251 (6.31 (6.005/-.88 (22) .0) .500 (12.23 1.251 (6.23 (6) .50 (38) 1. (mm) FD in.77) 1. (mm) V in.42 (11) .25 . (mm) CR in.90 .25 (6.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 64 .38) .2) 2.500 (12.38) .88 (22.48 (12) .251 (6.7) (6.197 (5./ Model Part Number FM 1 1/4 .70) . (mm) U in. (g) Catalog No.8) (70.70) .38 (60.23 (6) .59 (167) 6.5 FM 1 3/8 .0) 1.25 1.38) .251 (6.0) (60.50 (12.23 (6) .7) .25 (5.6 (0. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) S in.90) . Shock absorber must be ordered separately from foot mount kit.25 (57.com Tel.38) . (mm) FB in.22 (230) 1.4) (22.500 (12.38) .25 2.38 .93 (24) . (mm) Kit Weight oz.50 (38) 1.70) . in. Flange Foot Mount ØFC FD FG FE FB FJ FK FA Model (Ref) Y in.7) . in. (mm) X in.010 +.2) . in.59 (180) 9.000/-.251 (6.00) . All foot mount kits include two foot mounts www.51 (13) .75 2.3 (0.3) 2. (mm) FJ in.77 (45.23 (6) .38) .0 oz FM 33 x 1.375 (8.93 (24) .251 (6.44 (11.25 (28) 1.12 FM 36 x 1.38) .88 (23) .44 (11.70) .500 (12.enidine.000 +. contact Enidine.251 (5.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.2) 1. (mm) FA in.50 (38) 1.88 (23) .88 #10 4.

0) .0) – (41.50 PRO 120/220 M (41.5 JA JB Part Number JA in.62 (48) (16.0 (215) (215) 7.0) (37.12 SC M36 x 1.33 Ø(8.0) (41.0) 1.5) 1./ Model JN 1-12 JN 25 x 1.0) 1.9 (27) (27) JH Universal Retaining Flange (UF) K I Ø.50 (38. in.50 PRO 120/220 M (41.5) D Catalog No.5 SC 1 3/8 .5) PRO 110 MC (44.12 JN 33 x 1.0) WF in. (mm) (mm) I in.31 (8.0) 1.com Tel.0) (32.0) .com Email: industrialsales@enidine.0) WL in.5 M25 x 2 2.12 (25./ Model SC 1-12 x 1.3) (47.0 (210) 7.5 x 40 SC M25 x 1. (mm) B C in.88 (47.50 (38.56 SC M25 x 1. (mm) J in.50 (35.5 ØCD HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) CA Metric WF CA in.50 (38.50 1. (mm) K in.5) A F B Ø. (g) 0. (mm) 1.enidine.0) Weight (mass) oz. (mm) (mm) D in.0) (38.5* UF M25 x 2* U19599095 U13004143 U15568143 J G C Model (Ref) A in.5 SC 1 1/4 .25 (6.0) .75) .5 (15) (15) 0.6) (4. (mm) 1.3) Model (Ref) J11976034 J23004035 J25568035 J13164034 J28609035 J23164035 PRO 110 PRO 110 MF PRO 110 MC PRO 120/220 PRO 120/220 M PRO 125/225 M JB in.0) (15.00 .4) (6.22 Ø(5.0) JH in.13 (32.0) – (17.0) PRO 120/220 2. in.6) .19 (4.0) E Ø.5) PRO 120/220 2. 65 www.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .0) 1.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 65 PRO Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PRO Small-Bore Series Accessories Non-Adjustable Series PRO 110  PRO 225 Series Stop Collar (SC) Imperial Catalog No.0) – (18.0) 1.30 (37. (mm) PRO 110 2.0 (210) ØCD HEX JAM NUT (NOT INCLUDED) WL CA Jam Nut (JN) Catalog No.00 PRO 110 MF (44. (mm) F G in./ Part Number Model UF 1-12 UF M25 x 1.12 SC M33 x 1. (mm) E in. (mm) .18 (4. (g) 8. (mm) – (32. (mm) PRO 100/110 PRO 110 M PRO 110 MC 1-12 UNF M25 x 1.5 JN 36 x 1.4) Weight (mass) oz.63 (41.45 (10. (mm) – (15. (mm) 1.0) (32.0) (35.22 Ø(5.25 (6.5) Note: *Please use Enidine jam nuts only.0) – (36.5 JN 25 x 2 JN 1 3/8 .0) Part Number Model (Ref) M95568181 M931291171 M930284171 M921049057 M930290171 M921293057 M930285058 CD in.

com Email: industrialsales@enidine.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 66 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PM Series PRO Sizing Curves PRO 15  PRO 50 Series Non-Adjustable Series PRO 15 IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec) IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) TOTAL ENERGY (Nm/c) TOTAL ENERGY (in-lbs/c) PRO 25 IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec) IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) TOTAL ENERGY (Nm/c) TOTAL ENERGY (in-lbs/c) PRO 50 IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec) IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) TOTAL ENERGY (Nm/c) TOTAL ENERGY (in-lbs/c) www.enidine.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 66 .com Tel.

com Tel.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 67 PRO Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PRO Small-Bore Series Sizing Curves Non-Adjustable Series PRO 50 x 50  PRO 100 x 80 Series PRO 50 x 50 IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec) TOTAL ENERGY (Nm/c) TOTAL ENERGY (in-lbs/c) PRO 100 IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec) IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) TOTAL ENERGY (Nm/c) TOTAL ENERGY (in-lbs/c) PRO 100 x 80 IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) -1 -2 -3 IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec) TOTAL ENERGY (Nm/c) TOTAL ENERGY (in-lbs/c) 67 www.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .enidine.

enidine.com Tel.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 68 Non-Adjustable Series Hydraulic Shock Absorbers PRO Small-Bore Series PRO Sizing Curves PRO 110  PRO 225 Series Non-Adjustable Series PR0 110 IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec) IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) TOTAL ENERGY (Nm/c) TOTAL ENERGY (in-lbs/c) (Thousands) PRO 125 TOTAL ENERGY (Nm/c) 50 75 100 125 150 IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec) 25 IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) 0 TOTAL ENERGY (in-lbs/c) PRO 225 IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec) IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec) TOTAL ENERGY (Nm/c) TOTAL ENERGY (in-lbs/c) www.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 68 .

They are available in a wide variety of stroke lengths and damping characteristics to increase equipment life and meet stringent deceleration requirements.com • Zinc plated external components provide enhanced corrosion protection.com Tel.000. • Epoxy painting and special rod materials are available for use in highly corrosive environments. per cycle (903 880 Nm) • Engineered to meet OSHA. Standard adjustable configurations available. HD Series Custom-orificed design accommodates specified damping requirements. AISE.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 69 HD Heavy Duty Shock Absorbers HDA HD. • Internal air charged bladder accumulator replaces mechanical return springs.000 in-lbs. Available in standard bore dimensions of up to 6 in. (1525mm). HDA Series Heavy Duty Series Overview HD Series HDA Series Enidine Heavy Duty Series (HD/HDA) large-bore hydraulic shock absorbers protect equipment from large impacts in applications such as automated storage and retrieval systems. • Available in standard adjustable or custom-orificed non-adjustable models. • Wide variety of optional configurations including bellows. with strokes up to 12in. • Piston rod extension sensor systems available for reuse safety requirements. (150mm) and strokes over 60 in. 69 www.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . CMMA and other safety specifications such as DIN and FEM. Special bore sizes and strokes for both HD and HDA Series models are available upon request. providing shorter overall length and reduced weight.enidine. • Incorporating optional fluids and seal packages can expand standard operating temperature range from 15°F to 140°F to -30°F to 210°F (-10°C to 60°C) to (-35°C to 100°C) Email: industrialsales@enidine. as well as overhead bridge and trolley cranes. HDA Series Adjustable units enable the user to modify shock absorber resistance to accommodate load velocity variations. • All sizes are fully field repairable. clevis mounts and safety cables. Features and Benefits • Compact design smoothly and safely decelerates large energy capacity loads up to 8. Computer generated output performance simulation is used to optimize the orifice configuration. (305mm).

multi-orifice family of shock absorbers which incorporates a double cylinder arrangement with space between the concentric shock tube and cylinder. or Kg).-lbs. Select the appropriate HD/HDA Series model. 4. HDA Series Overview Enidine Heavy Duty (HD) Large-bore Series Shock Absorbers Heavy Duty Series Piston Rod Gas Charge Valve Cylinder Oil Orifice Holes Bearing Piston Head Check Ring Bladder Accumulator Shock Tube The Enidine HD/HDA Series is a large-bore. and a series of orifice holes drilled down the length of the shock tube wall. The unique gas-charged bladder accumulator replaces mechanical return springs. (1. to the values listed in the HD/HDA Series Engineering 3. During repositioning. Selection: HD 3. propelling force (lbs./c or Total Energy/Hour (ETC): 1.1 m/s) 6.000 in-lbs. the impact velocity must HD/HDA Series Engineering Data charts (pages 13-27)./sec. Determine load weight (lbs. HD/HDA Sizing Examples 1. The bladder/accumulator is also compressed by the oil during the compression stroke.652. with energy capacities of up to 8. maximum in.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 70 HD HDA Heavy Duty Shock Absorbers HD. During piston movement. decreasing overall product size and weight.0 x 5 (HDA is not appropriate because 4. which compensates for the fluid displaced by the piston rod during compression./hr or Nm/hr).3 m/s). The orifice area decreases as the piston moves and closes the orifice holes. 2. the check ring is seated and oil is forced through the orifices in the shock tube wall.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 70 . progressive or self-compensating damping./hr (18 6668 Nm/h) Nm/c) and total energy per hour (in. and behind the piston head.290 in. be below 130 in.000 lbs. impact velocity (in. if required.000. (29 803 N) Propelling Force (FD): 2. Consult this Stroke (S): 5 in. or N) if any. (24 950 Kg) and stroke (in. per cycle (Nm per cycle) are exceeded).-lbs./sec. Total Energy/Cycle (ET): 165. Velocity (V): 43 in. For HDA selection.enidine. the pressure from the bladder/ accumulator pushes the piston rod outward. Their compact./sec Example: Horizontal Application or m/s). Compare the calculated total energy per cycle (in-lbs.-lbs. Compare total energy per cycle and total energy per hour to the Data charts. Weight (W): 55. per cycle (903 880 Nm)./c (18 6668 Nm/c) 3.229 in. (3./hr or Nm/hr). www.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. cycles per hour 1. (127 mm) catalog’s sizing examples (pages 5-6) for assistance.-lbs. heavy-duty design safely and effectively decelerates large moving loads. This unseats the check ring and permits oil to flow rapidly through the piston head into the front of the shock tube.-lbs.com Tel.700 lbs. The HD/HDA Series can provide conventional.-lbs./c or Nm/c) and Cycles/Hour (C): 10 cycles/hr total energy per hour (in. or mm) required. Calculate total energy per cycle (in. into the gas charged bladder/accumulator area.

Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP

4/13/11

9:58 AM

Page 71

HD Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber
HDA HD/HDA Series
Adjustment Techniques

Heavy Duty Series

Damping Force
Position 1 provides minimum damping force.
Position 5 provides maximum damping force.

Adjustment
Screw

IMPACT VELOCITY (m/sec)

IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec)

HDA

Useable Adjustment Setting Range

Locking Cam Screw

Adjustment is accomplished by turning the
adjustment screw. Once the desired setting
has been reached, lock in place by tightening
the locking cam screw.

Adjustment Setting

After properly sizing an HDA shock absorber, the useable range
of adjustment settings can be determined:
1. Locate the intersection point of the application's impact
velocity and the HDA model graph line.
2. The intersection is the maximum adjustment setting to be used.
Adjustments exceeding this setting could overload the shock
absorber.
3. The useable adjustment setting range is from setting 1 to the
MAXIMUM adjustment setting as determined in step 2.

EXAMPLE: HDA Series
1. Impact Velocity:
2. Intersection Point:
3. Useable Adjustment Setting Range:

80 in./sec. (2 m/s)
Adjustment Setting 3
1 to 3

Optional Piston Rod Return Sensor
• Magnetic proximity sensor indicates complete piston rod
return with 10-foot (3 m) long cable.
• If complete piston rod does not return the circuit remains
open. This can be used to trigger a system shut-off.
• Contact Enidine for other available sensor types.

Sensor Specifications
br
sw
bl

Piston Rod Return
Sensor

FM: Front and Rear Foot Mount
Also shown is optional safety cable, typically used in
overhead applications.

71

www.enidine.com

Email: industrialsales@enidine.com





+

Voltage 10 - 30V
Load Current ≤ 200 mA
Leakage Current ≤ 80 mA
Load Capacitance ≤ 1.0 mF
Ambient Temperature: -15° to 160°F (-40° to 71°C)

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

Fax: 1-716-662-0406

Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP

4/13/11

9:58 AM

Page 72

HD
HDA

Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber
HD/HDA Series
Ordering Information

TM: Rear Flange Front Foot Mount

FM: Front and Rear Foot Mount
Also shown is optional safety cable, typically used in
overhead applications.

TF: Front and Rear Flanges

FF: Front Flange

CJ/CM: Clevis Mount

Heavy Duty Series

Typical mounting methods are shown below. Special mounting requirements can be accommodated upon request.

FR: Rear Flange
Note: Rear flange mounting not recommended for
stroke lengths above 12 inches (300 mm).

Shock Absorbers
Note: HD models are custom-orificed, therefore all information must
be provided to Enidine for unique part number assignment.
Example:

4
Select quantity

HD 3.0 x 5
Select HD (Non-Adjustable)
or HDA (Adjustable)
Catalog No. from
Engineering
Data Chart

APPLICATION
DATA

C

TM
Select mounting method

Options

Required for HD models:

•TM (Rear flange front
foot mount)

•C (Sensor cable)

• Vertical or horizontal motion

•P (Sensor plug)

• Weight

• FM (Front and rear foot mount)

•SC (Safety cable) • Impact velocity

• TF (Front and rear flanges)

• Propelling force (if any)

• FF (Front flange)

• Cycles/Hr

• FR (Rear flange)

• Other (temperature or other environmental
conditions, safety standards, etc.)

• CJ (Imperial clevis mount)
• CM (Metric clevis mount)

www.enidine.com

Email: industrialsales@enidine.com

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

Fax: 1-716-662-0406

72

Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP

4/13/11

9:58 AM

Page 73

HD Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber
HDA HD/HDA Series
Technical Data

Heavy Duty Series

HD 1.5 x 2  HD 1.5 x 24 Series

A
Ø1.0
Ø(25)

F
H

ØB

CA

ØD

CB
ØE

SB SA

ØFC

SB

Z

SA

Note: For TF, FF and FR mounting, delete front foot and dimensions.

Catalog No./
Model
HD 1.5 x 2
HD 1.5 x 4
HD 1.5 x 6
HD 1.5 x 8
HD 1.5 x 10
HD 1.5 x 12
HD 1.5 x 14
HD 1.5 x 16
HD 1.5 x 18
HD 1.5 x 20
HD 1.5 x 24

73

(FP)
(S)
(ET)
(ETC)
Max.
Stroke
Max.
Max.
Shock Force
in.
in.-lbs./cycle in.-lbs./hour
lbs.
(mm)
(Nm/cycle)
(Nm/hr)
(N)
2
27,000
1,590,000
15,750
(50)
(3 000)
(180 000)
(70 000)
4
53,000
3,160,000
15,750
(100)
(5 950)
(357 000)
(70 000)
6
79,000
4,742,000
15,750
(150)
(8 930)
(535 800)
(70 000)
8
106,000
6,319,000
15,750
(200)
(11 900)
(714 000)
(70 000)
10
132,000
7,426,000
15,750
(250)
(14 900)
(839 181)
(70 000)
12
158,000
8,315,000
15,750
(300)
(17 800)
(939 646)
(70 000)
14
184,000
9,187,000
15,750
(350)
(20 800)
(1 038 141) (70 000)
16
180,000
10,076,000
13,500
(400)
(20 400)
(1 138 606) (60 000)
18
162,000
9,717,000
10,750
(450)
(18 300)
(1 098 000) (48 000)
20
146,000
8,761,000
8,750
(500)
(16 500)
(990 000)
(39 000)
24
126,000
7,540,000
6,250
(600)
(14 200)
(852 000)
(28 000)

www.enidine.com

Email: industrialsales@enidine.com

Nominal
Return
Force
lbs.
(N)
63
(280)
63
(280)
63
(280)
63
(280)
63
(280)
63
(280)
63
(280)
63
(280)
63
(280)
63
(280)
63
(280)

Flange Dimensions
Rec. Bolt Model
SA
SB
Size
Weight
in.
in.
in.
(lbs.)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(Kg)
1/ 2
4.7
3.5
22
(120)
(90)
(M12)
(10)
1/ 2
4.7
3.5
24
(120)
(90)
(M12)
(12)
1/ 2
4.7
3.5
26
(120)
(90)
(M12)
(12)
1/ 2
4.7
3.5
29
(120)
(90)
(M12)
(13)
1/ 2
4.7
3.5
31
(120)
(90)
(M12)
(14)
1/ 2
4.7
3.5
35
(120)
(90)
(M12)
(16)
1/ 2
4.7
3.5
37
(120)
(90)
(M12)
(17)
1/ 2
4.7
3.5
40
(120)
(90)
(M12)
(18)
1/ 2
4.7
3.5
42
(120)
(90)
(M12)
(19)
1/ 2
4.7
3.5
44
(120)
(90)
(M12)
(20)
1/ 2
4.7
3.5
50
(120)
(90)
(M12)
(23)

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

Fax: 1-716-662-0406

4 9.63 (16) .8 25.5 .2 (308) 14. 2. delete front foot and rear foot and dimensions.1 (918) 40.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.1 2.3 6.3 (20) (443) (288) (165) (140) (14) (125) (32) 0. 4.5 (65) 2.5 (65) 2.4 6.1 (410) 20. (mm) 5.3 (20) (340) (186) (165) (140) (14) (125) (32) 0.5 .5 (90) 3.55 4.5 x 4 HD 1.4 5.2 (56) 2.9 1. FF and FR mounting.5 x 24 A in. (mm) .3 6.1 2.7 (144) 5.55 4.7 (1440 5. If side load conditions exist in the application. It is recommended that the customer consult Enidine for safety-related overhead crane applications.1 2.2 (56) 2.2 (56) 2.5 (65) 2.2 (56) 2.2 (56) 2.5 (65) 2.8 11.63 (16) . contact Enidine for sizing assistance. www.5 5.4 6. in. in.5 5.2 (56) 2.5 5.9 1.2 (614) 26.1 2.3 (20) (544) (390) (154) (140) (14) (125) (32) 0.5 5.5 .4 6. Rear flange mounting of 12 inch (300 mm) strokes and longer not recommended.63 (16) .2 (56) 2.55 4.55 4.5 .2 (360) 16.2 (56) 2.8 23.2 (715) 32.2 (56) Notes: 1.0 (28) (50) F in. (4.9 1.2 (56) 2. 6.0 (28) (50) 1.5 (90) 3.5 (65) FJ in.3 6.5 (90) 3.0 (28) (50) 1.5 . in.7 (144) 5.4 6.4 17. 3.4 25. Charge Port Dimensions Foot Mount Dimensions Catalog No.1 2.55 4.3 (20) (697) (542) (165) (140) (14) (125) (32) 0.2 (817) 36.2 (1 223) 56.5 x 8 HD 1.63 (16) .1 2.5 .5 x 16 HD 1. (mm) 8.9 1.5 x 18 HD 1.63 (16) .0 (28) (50) 1.5 x 14 HD 1.63 (16) CA in.2 (462) 20.8 19. in.enidine.5 (65) 2.7 (144) 5.55 4.2 (563) 24. in. consult factory.5 x 20 HD 1.7 (144) 5. If less than these values.4 19.2 (1 427) B in.7 (144) CB in (mm) 2.0 (28) (50) 1.5 .2 (258) 12. a smaller model should be specified.5 (90) D E in.5 (90) 3. in.55 4.0 (28) (50) 1.9 1.9 1.5 5. (mm) 2.2 (512) 22.1 2.5 x 6 HD 1.9 1.5 x 2 HD 1.5 (90) 3.1 2.3 (20) (240) (86) (165) (140) (14) (125) (32) 0.7 (144) 5.9 1. (mm) 12.2 (665) 30.0 (28) (50) 1.2 (411) 18.7 (144) 5.0 (28) (50) 1.8 31.4 6.5 x 2  HD 1.5 x 24 Series Heavy Duty Series CHARGE PORT FILL PORT ØFC FD FG FE FJ FB FJ Z Y FA Note: For TF.8 13.55 4.5 m/s).55 4.63 (16) .4 15.5 (65) 2.55 4.5 (90) 3.2 (310) 16.1 (510) 24.5 . Maximum cycle rate is 60 cycles/hr.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 74 .3 (20) (290) (136) (165) (140) (14) (125) (32) 0.5 (90) 3.4 21. (mm) 3.3 (20) (646) (491) (165) (140) (14) (125) (32) 0.1 2.1 (1 019) 44.63 (16) . 5.63 (16) .5 5.5 .3 6. For impact velocities over 180 in.com Tel.8 15.63 (16) .5 5.2 (767) H Y Z FA FB FC FD FE in.0 (28) (50) 1. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 0.5 5. in.5 (65) 2.5 (90) 3.9 1.7 (144) 5.2 (56) 2.2 (208) 10.5 (65) 2.7 (144) 5.8 27. (mm) (mm) 1.3 (20) (392) (237) (165) (140) (14) (125) (32) 0.3 (20) (799) (644) (165) (140) (14) (125) (32) FG in.5 .5 (65) 2./ Model HD 1.1 2.8 9./sec.5 5.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 74 HD HDA Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HD/HDA Series Technical Data HD 1.5 (65) 2.1 2.3 (20) (494) (339) (165) (140) (14) (125) (32) 0.9 1. HD shock absorbers will function satisfactorily at 5% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.8 21.1 (613) 28.55 4.8 17.9 1.4 7.4 13.1 (1 121) 48.3 (20) (595) (440) (165) (140) (14) (125) (32) 0.0 (28) (50) 1. in.4 3.5 .5 (90) 3.7 (144) 5.63 (16) .3 6.4 11.5 x 12 HD 1.5 5.5 (90) 3.3 6. Front and rear flange or foot mount configurations are recommended.5 x 10 HD 1.0 (28) (50) 1.5 5. The energy data listed is for ideal linear impacts only.

000 9.000 (350) (32 700) (1 308 227) (110 000) 16 331.000 7.4 (140) (111) (M16) (53) 5/ 8 5.) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg) 5/ 8 5.4 60 (140) (111) (M16) (27) 5/ 8 5.818.4 124 (140) (111) (M16) (56) 5/ 8 5.000 10.000 14.752.5 4./ Model HD 2.5 4.000 (400) (37 400) (1 431 099) (110 000) 18 372. (N) 100 (440) 100 (440) 100 (440) 100 (440) 100 (440) 100 (440) 100 (440) 100 (440) 125 (560) 125 (560) 125 (560) 125 (560) 125 (560) Flange Dimensions Rec.500 (900) (76 500) (2 840 514) (100 000) 40 647.000 25.4 141 (140) (111) (M16) (64) 5/ 8 5.000 16.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 75 HD Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HDA HD/HDA Series Technical Data Heavy Duty Series HD 2.000 25.4 73 (140) (111) (M16) (33) 5/ 8 5.5 4.000 (500) (46 800) (1 674 434) (110 000) 24 496. in. Max.0 x 10 HD 2.5 4.com Nominal Return Force lbs.137.000 (300) (28 000) (1 185 355) (110 000) 14 290. (mm) (Nm/cycle) (Nm/hr) (N) 10 212.168.0 x 56 75 (FP) (S) (ET) (ETC) Max. Catalog No.000 12.5 4.0 x 18 HD 2.000.4 79 (140) (111) (M16) (36) 5/ 8 5.5 4.490.005.000 22.000 (700) (65 500) (2 165 922) (110 000) 32 662.5 4.4 68 (140) (111) (M16) (31) 5/ 8 5.0 x 20 HD 2.4 93 (140) (111) (M16) (42) 5/ 8 5.665.000 31.4 55 (140) (111) (M16) (25) 5/ 8 5.-lbs.0 x 12 HD 2. Stroke Max.0 x 16 HD 2.270.000 11.000 25.000 23.4 161 (140) (111) (M16) (73) Tel.000 27.5 4.000 (1 000) (73 100) (3 081 440) ( 86 000) 48 542.500 (1 200) (61 200) (3 563 292) (60 000) 56 367.0 x 40 HD 2.0 x 10  HD 2.0 x 28 HD 2.000 (800) (74 800) (2 599 589) (110 000) 36 677./cycle in. Shock Force in.4 51 (140) (111) (M16) (23) 5/ 8 5.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .000 25.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. in.0 Ø(25) F H ØB CA ØD CB ØE SB SA ØFC SB Z SA Note: For TF.000 25.000 19.993.000 13. delete front foot and dimensions. Bolt Model SA SB Size Weight in.5 4. (lbs.5 4.000 13.0 x 48 HD 2./hour lbs.000 (250) (24 000) (1 062 482) (110 000) 12 248.403.000 25.4 64 (140) (111) (M16) (29) 5/ 8 5.0 x 56 Series A Ø1.5 4.534.577.000 (600) (56 100) (1 920 178) (110 000) 28 580.0 x 24 HD 2.900 (1 400) (41 650) (2 500 000) (35 000) www.0 x 32 HD 2.000 25.000 (450) (42 000) (1 553 971) (110 000) 20 414. FF and FR mounting.0 x 36 HD 2.5 4.000 25.000 22.000 25.5 4.0 x 14 HD 2.000 19.enidine.4 108 (140) (111) (M16) (49) 5/ 8 117 5.-lbs.000 25. in.

6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) 8.6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) 8.0 . (4. consult factory.0 (76) 3.4 17.6 2.0 (76) 3.6 (40) (60) (1 472) (25) (1 512) (1 259) 1.0 27. (mm) 4.3 (110) 4. (mm) 3.80 (20) .4 23.6 (65) 2. (mm) 2.6 (65) 2.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.4 35.0 (76) 3.7 7. in.6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) 8.6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) 8.0 21.2 (260) 10.3 (110) 4.3 (110) 4.0 (179) 10.6 (65) 2. www.6 (65) 2.0 37. in.8 1.6 2. (mm) 29.6 2.4 1.80 (20) . If less than these values.0 15.3 (110) 4.0 (76) 3.4 1.7 7.3 (110) 4.0 x 10  HD 2.0 x 14 HD 2.0 25.67 5.6 (65) 2.0 52.6 2. Rear flange mounting of 12 inch (300 mm) strokes and longer not recommended.0 (179) 7.67 5.4 1.4 (40) (60) (1 279) (25) (1 319) (1 052) 1.2 (260) 10.4 42. If side load conditions exist in the application.0 .80 (20) .2 (260) 10.0 29.7 7.0 33.80 (20) .7 7.0 x 32 HD 2.6 2.6 (40) (60) (797) (25) (837) (652) 1.3 (110) 4.6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) 8.7 7.0 41. HD shock absorbers will function satisfactorily at 5% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.7 (2 151) 92.0 11.0 (76) 3.6 (65) 2. in.0 33.8 1.8 (1 164) 49. Maximum cycle rate is 60 cycles/hr.0 (76) 3.3 (2 751) 124.0 48.67 5.4 1.6 2.80 (20) .67 5.4 46.6 (2 351) 108. in.4 19.5 1.5 49.0 x 48 HD 2.6 2.7 7.67 5.0 19.0 x 24 HD 2.67 5. delete front foot and rear foot and dimensions.6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) 8.8 (1 672) 76.3 (110) 4.5 1.0 x 20 HD 2.0 23.0 (76) 3.0 68.0 (76) 3.6 (65) 2.8 1.8 1.4 1.4 27.0 x 16 HD 2. 6.0 . in.4 1.0 .67 5. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 8.8 1.6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) 8.0 21. The energy data listed is for ideal linear impacts only. It is recommended that the customer consult Enidine for safety-related overhead crane applications.0 13.3 (110) 4.8 (1 265) 57.0 (76) 3.1 57.6 2.6 (65) 2.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 76 . 4.8 1.0 (179) 7.4 1.0 59.0 (179) 7.0 x 36 HD 2.6 (40) (60) (543) (25) (583) (397) 1.0 .7 7. Front and rear flange or foot mount configurations are recommended.8 1.3 (110) 4.7 7.80 (20) CA in.2 (260) 10.8 (1 469) 65.0 44.6 2.4 50.0 x 18 HD 2.7 7.9 (1 953) 84.0 (76) 3.6 (65) 2./ Model HD 2.0 . a smaller model should be specified.3 (110) 4.0 37. FF and FR mounting. in.6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) FG in.80 (20) .5 (40) (60) (1 689) (25) (1 729) (1 462) FA FB FC FD FE in.8 (859) 37. in.0 (179) 7.8 1.6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) 8.6 (40) (60) (492) (25) (532) (347) 1.3 (110) 4. (mm) 7.4 66.6 2.6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) 8.6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) 8.67 5.67 5.0 . in.0 25.0 (179) 7.7 7.6 2.7 7.4 31.67 5.6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) 8.0 x 28 HD 2.0 17. in.80 (20) .6 (40) (60) (695) (25) (735) (550) 1. 2.7 (40) (60) (1 079) (25) (1 119) (854) 1.2 (260) CB in.6 (65) 2.6 (65) 2.80 (20) . 3.80 (20) .0 . (mm) .6 2.4 1.8 (960) 41. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 1.0 x 40 HD 2.0 (76) FJ in.0 x 10 HD 2.6 (65) 2.4 21.6 (40) (60) (899) (25) (939) (753) 1.4 1.5 m/s).0 29.0 x 56 A in.0 x 56 Series Heavy Duty Series CHARGE PORT FILL PORT ØFC FD FG FE FJ FB FJ Z Y FA Note: For TF.3 (110) D E F H Y Z in.8 1.8 (757) 33.67 5.8 1.0 1.enidine.0 (179) 7.8 1.8 (3 171) B in.0 .8 1./sec.3 (110) 4.0 (179) 7. 5.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:58 AM Page 76 HD HDA Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HD/HDA Series Technical Data HD 2.0 .6 (65) Notes: 1.7 7.0 .4 58.5 (40) (60) (1 179) (25) (1 219) (952) 1.8 (1 062) 45.6 (40) (60) (645) (25) (685) (499) 1. contact Enidine for sizing assistance.8 1.4 25.67 5.com Tel.6 (40) (60) (441) (25) (481) (296) 1.0 (76) 3.67 5.0 .4 1.0 (76) 3.6 (40) (60) (594) (25) (634) (448) 1.80 (20) . For impact velocities over 180 in. Charge Port Dimensions Foot Mount Dimensions Catalog No.6 (220) (178) (17) (146) (40) 8.0 19.6 2.80 (20) .0 .0 x 12 HD 2.7 7.80 (20) .

000 (669 412) (6 800) (408 000) 7.000 (220 000) 50.7 4.0 x 18 HD 3.864.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.000 (220 000) 50. in.053.000 – – (2 908 382) – – 29.159.000 – – (1 606 589) – – 15.905.000 (130 900) 1.000 160.7 4.000 240.000 – – (2 620 677) – – 25.192. delete front foot and dimensions.: 1-800-852-8508 Model Weight lbs.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.000 (122 400) 1./hour (Nm/hr) (Nm/cycle) (Nm/hr) 4.000 (220 000) 50.100.0 x 24 HD 3.-lbs.500 (180 000) 36.7 4.-lbs. HD Catalog No.000 (220 000) 50. (mm) 2 (50) 3 (75) 5 (125) 8 (200) 10 (250) 12 (300) 14 (350) 16 (400) 18 (450) 20 (500) 24 (600) 28 (700) 32 (800) 36 (900) 40 (1 000) 48 (1 200) 56 (1 422) (ET) Max.000 (65 450) www.924.000 (220 000) 50.000 (14 000) 207.000 (93 500) 993.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.500 (55 000) Nominal Return Force lbs.000 (1 028 331) (18 100) (1 056 816) 10.000 (65 500) 662.320.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.000 (561 000) (4 500) (270 000) 5.000 (220 000) 50.000 – – (2 042 419) – – 20.000 – – (2 330 124) – – 23.000 12.000 – – (3 600 582) – – 36.000 (122 400) 1.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.0 x 20 HD 3.7 4.0 x 2 HD(A) 3.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) Tel.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.0 Ø(25) F H ØB CA ØD CB ØE SB SA SB ØFC Z SA Note: For TF. FF and FR mounting.com HDA (ETC) (ET) (ETC) Max.000 2. in.000 – – (1 173 607) – – 11.7 4.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.478.000 (9 350) 124.000.965.0 x 3 HD(A) 3.0 x 48 HD 3.789.7 4.7 4.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.7 4.000 100./cycle (Nm/cycle) 83./ Model HD(A) 3.7 4.com (FP) Max.0 x 10 HD(A) 3.083.000 6.000 – – (3 315 726) – – 31.621.218.000 – – (1 749 017) – – 16.-lbs./hour in. Max. in.0 x 28 HD 3.000 (97 900) 576.0 x 2  HD 3. Max.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.0 x 5 HD(A) 3.000 (112 200) 1.400.000 – – (3 900 000) – – Email: industrialsales@enidine.738.0 x 36 HD 3.000 (56 100) 580.000 (23 400) 331.enidine.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.000 (84 200) 828.083.343.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6. in.500 (140 000) 21.000 3.0 x 56 77 (S) Stroke in.000 (220 000) 50.210.000 40.386. Shock Force lbs.000.7 4.000 60.7 4.000 (220 000) 50.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.000 (160 000) 31.7 4.7 4.000 – – (1 897 142) – – 18.0 x 16 HD 3.0 x 40 HD 3.000 (220 000) 40.-lbs.000 (814 689) (11 300) (678 000) 9.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.000 (220 000) 50.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 77 HD Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HDA HD/HDA Series Technical Data Heavy Duty Series HD(A) 3.0 x 12 HD 3.000 9.0 x 14 HD 3.000 (46 800) 497.7 4. (N) 50.7 4.500 (96 000) 12.075.0 x 8 HD 3.600.000 (220 000) 50. (N) 125 (550) 125 (550) 125 (550) 125 (550) 125 (550) 125 (550) 125 (550) 125 (550) 125 (550) 125 (550) 125 (550) 125 (550) 160 (710) 160 (710) 160 (710) 160 (710) 160 (710) Flange Dimensions Rec.000 (119 000) 867.000 – – (4 170 294) – – 34.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6./cycle in. (Kg) 40 (21) 42 (22) 48 (25) 57 (29) 64 (32) 71 (35) 88 (43) 93 (45) 99 (48) 106 (51) 119 (57) 130 (62) 143 (68) 163 (77) 176 (85) 200 (94) 235 (106) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . (mm) (mm) (mm) 3 6.7 4.400.0 x 56 Series A Ø1.000 (74 800) 745. Bolt SA SB Size in.7 4.672.000 (220 000) 50.9 /4 (170) (125) (M20) 3 6.000 (37 400) 414.0 x 32 HD 3.000 (1 318 884) (27 200) (1 347 370) 14.

87 – (255) (216) (22) Notes: 1.8 2.5 .0 7.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (184) (75) 6.87 – (255) (216) (22) – 10.8 2.5 .0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (184) (75) 6.5 . FF and FR mounting.0 3.0 8.5 (45) (70) (1 664) HDA HD F H Y in.0 16.8 2.87 – (255) (216) (22) – 10.8 28. in.0 51.0 3. For impact velocities over 180 in.2 3.0 7.87 – (255) (216) (22) – 10.8 2.8 2.0 26.8 – (25) (1 214) – 1.2 (1 199) 51.0 8.8 2.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (234) (75) 6.8 2.0 28.8 2.8 2.8 45.1 (130) 5.0 8. (mm) 13.8 2.0 9.8 40.8 16.8 26.0 x 40 HD 3. (0.8 2.0 (173) (50 (88 (25) (234) (75) 6.0 42. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 3.8 2.4 1.0 8.87 – (255) (216) (22) 13.4 1.0 34.0 13.0 – (25) (964) – 1.2 (108) 5.0 (45) (70) (1 015) 1.5 . (mm) (mm) (mm) 8.0 x 28 HD 3.2 (1 097) 47.1 (130) 5.0 (45) (70) (660) 1. (mm) 4.8 (2 356) 108.0 3.2 (489) 25.0 (45) (70) (406) 1.0 (45) (70) (355) 1.4 (517) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – HD Z in. a smaller model should be specified.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (134) (75) 6.8 2. Maximum cycle rate is 60 cycles/hr.5 .2 (260) 12.1 (130) 5.5 .8 (45) (70) (1 164) 1.2 (768) 34.5 1.com Tel.0 3.2 (133) 7. in.enidine.2 3.0 20. (mm) (mm) (mm) 1.4 1.2 (1 301) 59.5 1.2 (870) 38.5 1.0 3.8 (45) (70) (1 264) 1.0 x 36 HD 3.0 – (25) (659) – 1.2 (463) 20.0 8.1 (130) 5.0 7.0 7.2 (565) 26.2 3.0 – (25) (456) 18.1 (130) 5.8 49.5 .0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (134) (75) 6.0 9. in.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (134) (75) 6.5 .0 8.2 (412) 18.3 3.1 (130) 5.0 x 16 HD 3.5 – (25) (1 714) HDA Y in.0 8.0 – (25) (608) – 1.2 3.4 1.8 10.0 (45) (70) (609) 1.0 (239) (25) (279) 11.5 1.2 (1 707) 75.5 1.8 2. (4.2 3.8 14.3 3.8 22. in.87 (250) (255) (216) (22) N/A 10./sec.0 10.8 2.0 3.2 (3 156) B in.0 18.5 1. in.0 11.0 7.6 – (25) (1 514) – 1.2 3./ Model HD(A) 3.6 (45) (70) (1 464) 1. please contact Enidine for sizing assistance.4 (415) N/A – 20.1 (130) 5.0 8.8 10.5 1.5 .3 3.2 3. delete front foot and rear foot and dimensions.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (184) (75) 6. 5.3 3.0 x 2 HD(A) 3.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.1 (130) 5.2 (387) 19.0 9.0 – (25) (862) – 1. 6. in. 3.8 2.2 (1 504) 67.8 57.3 3.8 2.2 (742) 33.9 (2 156) 92.0 24.5 1.5 1.0 x 24 HD 3.8 2. in.4 (263) 11.0 (45) (70) (280) 1.0 x 5 HD(A) 3.0 8.0 9. If side load conditions exist in the application.2 3.0 67. Rear flange mounting of 12 inch (300 mm) strokes and longer not recommended. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 6.0 8.0 (45) (70) (711) 1.87 – (255) (216) (22) – 10.0 8.5 . The energy data listed is for ideal linear impacts only.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (134) (75) 6.1 (1 067) 49.5 1. www.5 m/s).0 x 56 A in.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (134) (75) 6.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (184) (75) 6.87 (174) (255) (216) (22) 9.8 8.1 (130) 5.5 (2 756) 124. 4. HDA models which have an impact velocity below 30 in.8 2.2 (184) 10.87 – (255) (216) (22) – 10.2 3.0 3.0 47.1 (967) 42.2 (995) 43.0 3.0 x 20 HD 3.8 2. (mm) 10.87 – (255) (216) (22) – 10.2 (1 910) 84.0 3.5 1.0 38.0 3.0 8.4 (289) 13.0 5.1 (130) 5.8 10.8 32.0 (45) (70) (229) 1.8 2.8 2.0 7.2 3.0 x 14 HD 3.0 (213) (25) (253) 9.0 5.1 (130) HD D E F in.0 (45) (70) (558) 1.0 3. 7.0 – (25) (710) – 1.87 (98) (255) (216) (22) 4.87 – (255) (216) (22) – 10. Charge Port Dimensions FD FE FG FJ CA CB in.5 .3 3. HD shock absorbers will function satisfactorily at 5% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.0 30.8 2. It is recommended that the customer consult Enidine for safety-related overhead crane applications.8 11.0 5./sec. in.87 (352) (255) (216) (22) – 10.8 2.8 2.8 2.4 1.87 – (255) (216) (22) – 10.8 36.0 x 32 HD 3.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 78 . 2.1 (130) 5.2 3.9 (1 267) 57. (mm) 5.0 – (25) (1 065) – 1.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (184) (75) 6.8 10.8 2.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (184) (75) 6.1 (130) 5.8 2.0 5.5 .5 .1 (130) 5.5 1.8 2. consult factory.2 (640) 29.0 x 56 Series FILL PORT ØFC FD FG FE FJ FB FJ Z Y FA Heavy Duty Series CHARGE PORT Note: For TF.0 x 3 HD(A) 3.8 2.8 2.0 (45) (70) (812) 1.2 (336) 15.0 – (25) (761) – 1.0 5.0 x 48 HD 3. Front and rear flange or foot mount configurations are recommended.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (134) (75) 6.1 (130) 5. in.7 (1 467) HDA FA FB FC Z in.5 1.0 8.0 3.0 x 18 HD 3.8 2.1 (130) 5.2 (311) 14.8 65.0 59.5 1.2 (667) 30.87 – (255) (216) (22) – 10.4 (340) 16. contact Enidine for sizing assistance.0 3.8 2.87 – (255) (216) (22) – 10.5 1.5 .0 8. in.0 (45) (70) (203) 1. in.0 8.0 3.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 78 HD HDA Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HD/HDA Series Technical Data HD 3.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (184) (75) 6.0 x 8 HD 3.87 (123) (255) (216) (22) 6.5 .8 m/s).0 5.0 x 10 HD(A) 3.2 (844) 39.2 (514) 22.0 3.5 .5 1.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (234) (75) Foot Mount Dimensions Catalog No.0 8.0 x 2  HD 3. HDA models will function satisfactorily at 10% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.0 9290) (25) (330) 14.0 (45) (70) (457) 1.0 3.0 (467) (25) (507) – 1.7 – (25) (1 314) – 1.8 24. in.8 10.0 8.5 1.0 (173) (50) (88) (25) (234) (75) 6.0 x 12 HD 3.8 18.8 2. If less than these values.1 (130) 5.0 3.0 7.2 (362) 16.8 9.0 (45) (70) (914) 1.5 .0 (365) (25) (405) N/A 1.

com Flange Dimensions Rec.500 67.000 67.0 Ø(25) F CB H ØB CA ØD CC ØE SB SA SB SA ØFC Z Note: For TF.9 6.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) (FP) (S) (ET) (ETC) Max.5 x 32 HD 3. in.500 (900) (198 900) (3 950 000) (260 000) 40 1.000 35.5 x 12 HD 3.500 (400) (102 000) (2 050 000) (300 000) 20 1.9 6.000 67.5 x 4 HD 3.010.500 31.500 10.5 x 8 HD 3. in.500 (800) (204 000) (3 600 000) (300 000) 36 1.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) 3 7.717.000 67.947.580.805.957.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) 3 /4 7. Catalog No.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) 3 7.500 7.665. FF and FR mounting.000 25.5 x 20 HD 3.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) 3 7. delete front foot and dimensions.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) 3 7.500 67.850.354. Max.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) 3 7.) (Kg) 73 (33) 82 (37) 90 (41) 99 (45) 108 (49) 117 (53) 132 (60) 163 (74) 179 (81) 196 (89) 214 (97) 231 (105) 247 (112) 282 (128) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .055.9 6./ Model HD 3.000 15.5 x 28 HD 3.9 6.5 x 2 HD 3.128.000 67.500 (50) (12 750) (830 000) (300 000) 4 225. Shock Force in.5 x 2  HD 3.5 x 24 HD 3. (mm) (Nm/cycle) (Nm/hr) (N) 2 112.9 6.9 6.250.400.5 x 48 79 www.860.000 48.142.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 79 HD Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HDA HD/HDA Series Technical Data Heavy Duty Series HD 3.5 x 48 Series A Ø1.500 (600) (153 000) (2 900 000) (300 000) 28 1.9 6.500 (500) (127 500) (2 600 000) (300 000) 24 1.000 67.9 6.-lbs.5 x 10 HD 3. (N) 195 (860) 195 (860) 195 (860) 195 (860) 195 (860) 195 (860) 195 (860) 195 (860) 195 (860) 195 (860) 195 (860) 195 (860) 195 (860) 195 (860) Email: industrialsales@enidine.500 67.-lbs.500 (200) (51 000) (1 350 000) (300 000) 10 564.620.000 67.9 6.000 13.762.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) 3 7.9 6.enidine.com Tel.500 23.9 6.500 11.000 34. (mm) (mm) (mm) 3 7.9 6.345./cycle in.500 38.500 (1 000) (182 750) (4 300 000) (215 000) 48 1.3 (200) (160) (M20) 3 7. Bolt SA SB Size in.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) 3 7.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) 3 7. Stroke Max.760.500 58.500 67.5 x 16 HD 3.000 18.000 28. in.500 8.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) 3 7.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) 3 7.9 6.000 44.500 (150) (38 250) (1 200 000) (300 000) 8 451.500 (100) (25 500) (1 000 000) (300 000) 6 338.5 x 36 HD 3.9 6./hour lbs.500 (300) (76 500) (1 700 000) (300 000) 16 903.: 1-800-852-8508 Model Weight (lbs.500 (250) (63 750) (1 550 000) (300 000) 12 677.045.500 67.000 (1 200) (158 100) (5 000 000) (155 000) Nominal Return Force lbs.617.5 x 6 HD 3.500 (700) (178 500) (3 250 000) (300 000) 32 1.3 /4 (200) (160) (M20) 3 7.5 x 40 HD 3.

8 9.2 17.1 (155) 6.8 37.8 9.6 1.8 1.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11.4 90° (194) (86) (90°) Notes: 1.6 13.8 9. Maximum cycle rate is 60 cycles/hr.5 3.2 33.4 90° (139) (86) (90°) 5. contact Enidine for sizing assistance.0 4.3 1.6 17.06 8.6 1.9 (1 064) 29.5 x 40 HD 3.5 x 28 HD 3. in.0 4.8 1.6 1.2 3.3 (56) (82) (599) (25) (649) (440) 2. consult factory.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 80 .5 3. (mm) 13.8 9.3 1.8 33. It is recommended that the customer consult Enidine for safety-related overhead crane applications.5 x 16 HD 3.4 90° (139) (86) (90°) 5.2 41.3 (56) (82) (498) (25) (548) (339) 2.8 1.4 90° (194) (86) (90°) 7.3 (56) (82) (295) (25) (345) (136) 2.0 15.3 2.2 29. in.1 (155) D E F H Y Z in.1 (155) 6.3 1.2 (56) (82) (1 061) (25) (1 111) (847) 2.2 3.5 x 48 Series Heavy Duty Series FILL PORT CHARGE PORT ØFC FD FG FE FJ FB FA FJ Y Z Note: For TF.5 3.0 4.0 4.3 1. in.6 3.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11.6 9.0 (760) 21.6 3.0 (1 323) 60.2 3. in.6 3.8 9.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11.1 (155) 6.5 3.8 1.3 (56) (82) (1 264) (25) (1 314) (1 050) 2.1 (155) 6.3 1.2 3.8 9.6 3.0 25.3 2.06 8.5 x 24 HD 3.0 4.0 17.com Tel.8 1.0 4.2 3.5 x 36 HD 3. HD shock absorbers will function satisfactorily at 5% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.1 (155) 6.enidine.0 4.3 2. www.3 1.2 3.2 57.5 x 12 HD 3.2 49.2 3.2 11. in.2 23.8 25.3 2.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11.8 1.5 3.0 59. FF and FR mounting.4 90° (139) (86) (90°) 7.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11.0 39.2 (56) (82) (1 464) (25) (1 514) (1 250) Foot Mount Dimensions Charge Port Dimensions FA FB FC FD FE FG FJ in.3 2. in.3 1.3 (56) (82) (244) (25) (294) (85) 2. deg.6 11. Rear flange mounting of 12 inch (300 mm) strokes and longer not recommended.2 3. 4.3 2.2 3.8 1.0 43.0 13.8 1.06 8.8 1.3 2.6 3. If side load conditions exist in the application.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 80 HD HDA Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HD/HDA Series Technical Data HD 3.3 2.4 90° (139) (86) (90°) 5.5 3.0 4. Catalog No.8 1.06 8. delete front foot and rear foot and dimensions.4 90° (194) (86) (90°) 7.4 90° (194) (86) (90°) 7.06 8.3 (56) (82) (1 163) (25) (1 213) (949) 2.4 90° (139) (86) (90°) 5.4 90° (139) (86) (90°) 5.0 4. (4.8 1.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11. in.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11.8 9.1 (155) 6.5 x 10  HD 3.0 4./sec.8 1. in.8 1.8 1. 6.06 8.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11.0 51.2 15.06 8.2 37.3 1.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11.8 9. 3.6 7.06 8.1 (155) 6.3 2.6 5.0 4.8 1.9 (862) 25.2 3.3 1.4 90° (139) (86) (90°) 5.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11.6 1.1 (155) 6.06 8.4 (56) (82) (447) (25) (497) (288) 2.1 (155) 6.8 9.0 11.4 90° (194) (86) (90°) 7.6 3.8 21.9 (354) 33.3 (56) (82) (396) (25) (446) (237) 2.8 9.8 9. 5.3 (56) (82) (858) (25) (908) (644) 2.5 x 48 A in.8 1.2 45. (mm) 6.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) CA CB CC in.1 (2 137) 92.8 41.2 (56) (82) (959) (25) (1 009) (745) 2.3 2.3 1.6 3.8 (2 739) B in. in.6 1.1 (1 527) 68.6 49.5 x 20 HD 3.0 19.06 8.3 2.5 x 2 HD 3.3 1.5 x 8 HD 3.0 21.2 3.8 1.1 (155) 6.0 35.06 8.1 (2 339) 107.06 8.5 3.1 (1 933) 84.1 (155) 6. Front and rear flange or foot mount configurations are recommended. 2.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11. in.2 9.0 (1 729) 76. in.5 x 6 HD 3.1 (155) 6.1 (155) 6.5 x 10 HD 3.0 47.3 2.0 4.9 (456) 41.2 13.9 (658) 18.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11.6 1.8 9.3 1.2 3.3 1.0 4.8 1.3 2.0 4. in. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 11.5 x 4 HD 3.8 1.8 9.3 2. For impact velocities over 180 in. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 2.8 9.2 3.4 90° (194) (86) (90°) 7.2 19.6 3.2 3.2 (56) (82) (756) (25) (806) (542) 2.06 8. (mm) (mm) 5.06 8.8 1. The energy data listed is for ideal linear impacts only./ Model HD 3.0 31.0 (300) (250) (27) (210) (50) (110) (25) 11.4 90° (194) (86) (90°) 7.3 1.5 x 32 HD 3.9 (556) 52.5 m/s).6 1.3 (56) (82) (345) (25) (395) (186) 2.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.6 1.8 29.

in.806.000 480.0 x 36 HD 4. FF and FR mounting.000 – – (3 681 633) – – 36.168.754.068.000 – – (4 126 043) – – 40.000 (355 000) 80.8 7.000 (75 400) 800.0 x 28 HD 4.000 19.000 7.8 7.000 (906 000) (13 500) (810 000) 13. (N) 80.000 (355 000) 80.000 (355 000) 80./hour in.0 x 12 HD 4.000 120.000 – – (5 010 506) – – 48.8 7.000 (90 500) 1.336.602.8 7.000 600.0 x 48 81 (S) Stroke in.8 7.000 (1 947 562) (54 000) (1 991 131) 19.000 (204 000) www.8 7.341. Shock Force lbs.8 1 403 (250) (197) (M24) (183) 9.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 81 HD Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HDA HD/HDA Series Technical Data Heavy Duty Series HD(A) 4.000 360.163. in.-lbs. Max. (N) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) 245 (1 090) Tel.8 7.000 (355 000) 80.274.000 (60 400) 668.8 7.000 (246 500) 1.0 x 40 HD 4. delete front foot and dimensions.8 1 346 (250) (197) (M24) (157) 9.700.581.com (FP) Max.000 17.000 13.0 x 2  HD 4.302.235.8 7.0 Ø(25) F CB H ØB CA ØD CC ØE SB SA SB SA ØFC Z Note: For TF.0 x 16 HD 4.8 1 485 (250) (197) (M24) (220) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .000 (355 000) 80.137.000 (15 100) 268.000 – – (6 766 361) – – Email: industrialsales@enidine.0 x 48 Series A Ø1.8 1 238 (250) (197) (M24) (108) 9.000 (30 200) 400. HD Catalog No. Bolt Model SA SB Size Weight in.8 7.000 (355 000) 80.000 (1 721 000) (40 500) (1 764 569) 17.000 (355 000) 80.8 1 265 (250) (197) (M(24) (120) 9.404.000 (271 600) 2.0 x 8 HD(A) 4.com HDA (ETC) (ET) (ETC) Max.000 (290 000) 45.0 x 32 HD 4.000 (200 000) Nominal Return Force lbs.8 1 290 (250) (197) (M24) (131) 9. (mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg) 9./cycle in.870.8 1 317 (250) (197) (M24) (144) 9.8 1 430 (250) (197) (M24) (195) 9.000 (2 165 410) (67 500) (2 208 980) 24.880.514. Max.200.8 1 168 (250) (197) (M24) (76) 9.600.000 (150 900) 1.0 x 2 HD(A) 4.000 – – (5 454 916) – – 52.600.0 x 6 HD(A) 4.8 1 375 (250) (197) (M24) (170) 9.000 – – (4 566 096) – – 44.000 (1 503 152) (27 000) (1 546 721) 15.000 (355 000) 80.0 x 10 HD 4.230.8 7.8 1 141 (250) (197) (M24) (64) 9.8 1 192 (250) (197) (M24) (87) 9.000 240./hour (Nm/hr) (Nm/cycle) (Nm/hr) 8.0 x 20 HD 4. in. (mm) 2 (50) 4 (100) 6 (150) 8 (200) 10 (250) 12 (300) 16 (400) 20 (500) 24 (600) 28 (700) 32 (800) 36 (900) 40 (1 000) 48 (1 200) (ET) Max.000 – – (3 237 222) – – 32.8 1 154 (250) (197) (M24) (70) 9.000 (355 000) 80.-lbs.8 7.408.182./cycle (Nm/cycle) 134.8 7.8 1 181 (250) (197) (M24) (82) 9.000 (120 700) 1.000 (211 200) 2.600.8 7.0 x 4 HD(A) 4.000 (355 000) 65.000 15.000 (241 400) 2.018./ Model HD(A) 4.648.000 (181 000) 1.000 (355 000) 80.0 x 24 HD 4.000 (45 300) 535.000 – – (2 797 169) – – 28.-lbs.000 (355 000) 80.: 1-800-852-8508 Flange Dimensions Rec.000 – – (5 894 969) – – 59. lbs. in.-lbs.enidine.

9 (100) 3.0 1.0 x 32 HD 4. FF and FR mounting.9 2.0 1.06 9.06 9. in. in.0 1.1 (1 553) HDA HD F H Y in.0 14.2 12.6 27.2 12.5 (355) (40) (395) 16.2 12.0 1.9 (836) 40./sec. 6.0 x 12 HD 4. Maximum cycle rate is 60 cycles/hr.0 1.9 12.0 14.06 9.9 2.6 13.0 1.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.4 8.0 x 20 HD 4.5 (63) 2.0 5.0 5.0 x 10 HD 4.2 12. If side load conditions exist in the application.6 39.2 12.06 9.5 (63) 2.9 (532) 24. in.2 – (40) (1 098) – 1.0 1.0 12. in.4 – 14.3 (642) 29.3 – 14.06 9.5 1.5 (405) (40) (445) 18.06 9.2 30° – (466) – (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (310) (107) (30°) – 22.2 155° (557) (314) (304) (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (220) (107) (155°) – 14.9 2.4 6.0 1.5 (63) 2.3 (845) 37.0 1.5 1.2 – (40) (997) – 1.0 5.2 30° – (365) – (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (310) (107) (30°) – 18. HD shock absorbers will function satisfactorily at 5% of their maximum rated energy per cycle. 2.5 (63) E in. in.2 4.5 – 14.5 1.9 (200) 7.06 9.5 1. please contact Enidine for sizing assistance.2 30° – (1 076) – (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (310) (107) (30°) – 50. Front and rear flange or foot mount configurations are recommended.3 (1 150) 49.0 x 2  HD 4.5 1.9 (100) 3. in.5 1.9 (200) 7.3 (743) 33.2 – (40) (793) – 1. Rear flange mounting of 12 inch (300 mm) strokes and longer not recommended.2 12.0 1.2 30° – (975) – (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (310) (107) (30°) – 42.9 2.9 (200) 7. It is recommended that the customer consult Enidine for safety-related overhead crane applications.0 5.5 (63) 2.5 1.0 x 48 A in.9 8.0 5.9 (200) 7.5 (304) (40) (344) 14.2 – (40) (895) – 1.9 (200) 7.5 (63) 2.0 14.2 155° (455) (212) (202) (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (220) (107) (155°) 19.0 1.5 1.0 1.9 (200) 7. in.0 1.5 – 14.9 (100) 3.2 30° – (771) – (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (310) (107) (30°) – 34.7 4.0 12. deg.0 x 36 HD 4.5 (507) (40) (547) – 1.5 (63) 2.5 1.8 m/s).06 9.0 8.0 5. (mm) 7.0 x 6 HD(A) 4.5 (63) 2.2 12. 4.7 4. (0. (mm) 11.2 12.0 1.9 2.6 (395) 17.9 (430) 20.0 1.9 (200) 7.6 31.9 2.2 12.06 9.5 (63) 2.4 10.9 (100) 3. in. The energy data listed is for ideal linear impacts only.5 1.2 155° (354) (111) (101) (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (220) (107) (155°) 15.0 1.2 30° – (1 276) – (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (310) (107) (30°) Notes: 1.2 4.0 5.9 (100) 3.2 12. HDA models will function satisfactorily at 10% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.6 19. (mm) 2.06 9.9 6. HDA models which have an impact velocity below 30 in. in.5 (63) 2. (mm) (mm) (mm) 12.2 12.0 1. contact Enidine for sizing assistance.06 9.6 43.2 12.2 – (40) (1 403) – 1.2 155° (405) (162) (152) (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (220) (107) (155°) 17.9 (200) 7.6 (345) 15.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 7. in.0 x 28 HD 4.0 5.6 (1 642) 72.6 35.9 4.9 (100) 3./ Model HD(A) 4. in.9 (100) 3.6 (1 438) 64.9 (632) 28.9 (100) 3. Catalog No.0 12.9 2.9 (100) 3.0 8.6 (1 032) 48.9 2.4 – 14.6 (2 454) 112.2 30° – (568) – (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (310) (107) (30°) – 26. in.2 – (40) (692) – 1.6 51.9 2.0 12.0 8. delete front foot and rear foot and dimensions. consult factory.5 1.9 (200) 7.0 x 2 HD(A) 4.6 47.0 5.2 – (40) (1 200) – 1.06 9.2 4.0 14.0 x 24 HD 4.com Tel.3 (1 048) 45.2 4.9 (100) 3.9 2.2 4.9 (735) 32./sec. (4.3 (947) 41.7 4.2 4.5 (63) 2.6 (294) 13.0 x 48 Series ØFC FD FG FE FJ FB FA FJ Y Z Heavy Duty Series FILL PORT CHARGE PORT Note: For TF.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 82 .9 2. 3.6 55.9 (100) HD F in.6 21.6 (1 844) 80. (mm) 3.9 (100) 3.0 12.6 (447) 19.7 4.5 1.9 (200) 7.0 5.4 4.5 (63) 2.4 – 14.6 (1 234) 56.5 (457) (40) (497) 20. If less than these values.6 (497) 25.2 30° – (670) – (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (310) (107) (30°) – 30.7 4.0 12.5 1.1 – (40) (1 603) Charge Port Foot Mount Dimensions Dimensions HDA HD HDA Y Z Z FA FB FC FD FE FG FJ CA CB CC in.0 5.0 x 40 HD 4.4 – 14.9 (100) 3.0 x 16 HD 4.9 2.4 – 14.9 10.2 4.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 82 HD HDA Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HD/HDA Series Technical Data HD 4.0 14.0 1.4 – 14.2 – (40) (1 302) – 1.0 5. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 13.3 (1 353) 61.2 4.5 1.6 63.4 (2 854) B in.9 (200) 7.3 (1 252) 53.2 12.0 5.enidine.6 17.2 155° (507) (263) (253) (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (220) (107) (155°) 21.2 4.2 12.06 9.0 5.0 12.5 m/s).0 8.6 (2 048) 88.0 x 8 HD(A) 4.4 12.9 2.5 (63) 2. in. 7.06 9.0 8.0 12.0 1. a smaller model should be specified. (mm) 16. 5.0 12. www.0 x 4 HD(A) 4.9 (200) D in.9 2. For impact velocities over 180 in.6 15.9 (100) 3.7 (2 252) 96.5 (63) 2.2 30° – (873) – (360) (317) (27) (252) (50) (127) (25) (310) (107) (30°) – 38.

(mm) 4 (100) 6 (150) 8 (200) 10 (250) 12 (300) 16 (400) 20 (500) 24 (600) 28 (700) 32 (800) 40 (1 000) 48 (1 200) (ET) Max.310.8 8.7 1 /4 (250) (197) (M24) 1 10.000 (550 000) 124.000 (187 000) 2.500.7 1 /4 (250) (197) (M24) 1 10.000 – – (4 625 117) – – 45.000 – – (3 196 219) – – 36.0 x 32 HD 5.8 8.8 8.000 (550 000) 124.374.841.7 1 /4 (250) (197) (M24) 1 10.7 1 /4 (250) (197) (M24) 1 10.8 8.0 x 4  HD 5.0 x 4 HD(A) 5.enidine.: 1-800-852-8508 Flange Dimensions Rec.000 500.0 x 24 HD 5.000 (550 000) 124.133./cycle in.8 8.894.7 1 1/4 (275) (220) (M30) 10.000 660.000 (418 000) www.000 (93 500) 1.0 Ø(25) F CB H ØB CA ØD CC ØE SB SA SB SA ØFC Z Note: For TF. HD Catalog No.000 (550 000) 124.000 (2 002 337) (56 000) (2 049 340) 19.000 (280 000) 2.036.7 1 1/4 (275) (220) (M30) 10. (mm) (mm) (mm) 10.8 8.-lbs. delete front foot and dimensions.000 (550 000) 124.000 – – (5 579 282) – – 57. in.000 – – (4 145 684) – – 40./cycle (Nm/cycle) 414.8 8.478.000 (327 000) 3.000 16. Max.000 (2 477 070) (93 500) (2 524 073) 24. Shock Force lbs.7 1 1/4 (275) (220) (M30) 10.000 18.000 (234 000) 2.-lbs.000 – – (5 099 849) – – 49. in. in.000 (2 242 053) (74 500) (2 289 057) 21.0 x 12 HD 5.000 (70 000) 828.000 20. FF and FR mounting.0 x 16 HD 5.000 22.000 (140 000) 1.042.0 x 10 HD(A) 5.000 (467 000) 3.8 8.921.000 (1 762 621) (37 000) (1 809 624) 17.8 8.000.600.-lbs.0 x 48 83 (S) Stroke in.000 – – (7 487 613) – – Email: industrialsales@enidine.000 24.0 x 8 HD(A) 5. in. (N) 400 (1 760) 400 (1 760) 400 (1 760) 400 (1 760) 400 (1 760) 400 (1 760) 400 (1 760) 400 (1 760) 400 (1 760) 400 (1 760) 400 (1 760) 400 (1 760) Tel.250.000. Max.000 327.000 (550 000) 92.000 827.7 1 /4 (250) (197) (M24) 1 10.930.7 1 /4 (250) (197) (M24) Model Weight lbs.0 x 6 HD(A) 5.0 x 48 Series A Ø1.7 1 1/4 (275) (220) (M30) 10.262.0 x 28 HD 5.7 1 1/4 (275) (220) (M30) 1 10. (Kg) 192 (87) 207 (94) 223 (101) 238 (108) 251 (114) 282 (128) 348 (158) 377 (171) 407 (185) 437 (198) 496 (225) 534 (242) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .000 (550 000) 124.000 990.300. (N) 124.818.com HDA (ETC) (ET) (ETC) Max.-lbs.7 1 /4 (250) (197) (M24) 1 10.720.000 – – (6 533 447) – – 66.132.000 (374 000) 4.071.239.000 (550 000) 124.000 (550 000) 124./hour in.8 8. Bolt SA SB Size in.8 8.000 (550 000) 124.0 x 40 HD 5.688.000 (550 000) 124./ Model HD(A) 5.com (FP) Max.000 (46 700) 620.700.000 (117 000) 1.000 (2 716 786) (112 000) (2 763 789) 28.8 8.000 (410 000) Nominal Return Force lbs./hour (Nm/hr) (Nm/cycle) (Nm/hr) 15.285.655.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 83 HD Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HDA HD/HDA Series Technical Data Heavy Duty Series HD(A) 5.0 x 20 HD 5.

4 7.9 2.4 – (1 300) – (400) (340) (33) (278) (60) Charge Port Dimensions FG FJ CA CB CC in.1 4.enidine.4 1.1 4.4 9.3 10.7 (215) (80) (125) (1 187) 8. in. For impact velocities over 180 in.5 15. (mm) (mm) (mm) 15. www.9 2.9 14.6 19.0 (2 920) HD B D E F in.7 13.4 1. 6.0 x 32 HD 5.4 1.3 – 15.4 1.1 4.7 13.0 x 40 HD 5.1 – (40) (1 044) – 1.0 4.5 3.1 – (40) (1 450) – 1.2 9.5 3.4 1.3 – 15. Rear flange mounting of 12 inch (300 mm) strokes and longer not recommended.9 54.5 7.5 1.6 23.3 (591) 27.5 1./sec. deg.5 3.1 (588) (40) (638) – 1.5 3.2 1.1 (537) (40) (587) 23.0 4. in.5 1.8 (215) (80) (125) (578) 8.6 25° (140) (30) (230) (117) (25°) 5. FF and FR mounting.9 20. If side load conditions exist in the application. HDA models will function satisfactorily at 10% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.7 (215) (80) (125) (1 390) 8.6 25° (140) (30) (230) (117) (25°) 5.4 1. in.4 – (491) – (400) (340) (33) (278) (60) – 23.3 10. 7.6 49.5 1.1 4. in.9 22. in.3 10.4 – (795) – (400) (340) (33) (278) (60) – 35.9 34.7 13.6 25° (140) (30) (230) (117) (25°) 5. Front and rear flange or foot mount configurations are recommended.1 4.6 25° (140) (30) (230) (117) (25°) 5.5 3.3 – 15.4 (496) (237) (227) (400) (340) (33) (278) (60) 21.7 13.3 (1 201) 59.3 10.0 x 24 HD 5.5 9. delete front foot and rear foot and dimensions.8 (215) (80) (125) (426) 8. Catalog No.1 4. (mm) 23.4 13.2 9.0 15.3 – 15.9 2.4 – (897) – (400) (340) (33) (278) (60) – 43.0 – (40) (1 650) Foot Mount Dimensions HDA HD HDA Y Z Z FA FB FC FD FE in.9 16. in.5 1.5 m/s).0 x 48 A in. Maximum cycle rate is 60 cycles/hr.2 9.5 1.7 13. contact Enidine for sizing assistance.2 (2 520) 115.1 – (40) (1 145) – 1.0 x 16 HD 5.1 4.3 10.2 (1 504) 67. 4.4 15. The energy data listed is for ideal linear impacts only.5 11. (4.6 29.1 4. in.3 (997) 47. in.2 9. in.2 13.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 84 .6 25° (140) (30) (230) (117) (25°) 5.9 2.5 3.1 (487) (40) (537) 21.0 x 12 HD 5.3 10.4 (648) (389) (379) (400) (340) (33) (2780 (60) – 19.2 1.2 9. HD shock absorbers will function satisfactorily at 5% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.6 17.2 13.5 3.0 15.3 (693) 31.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 84 HD HDA Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HD/HDA Series Technical Data HD(A) 5.2 1.4 (597) (338) (328) (400) (340) (33) (278) (60) 25.2 13.6 37. If less than these values.4 1.9 46.0 x 6 HD(A) 5.5 1.4 1.9 2.2 13.6 25° (140) (30) (230) (117) (25°) 5.0 15.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.6 21.7 13./ Model HD(A) 5.3 – 15.7 13.1 4. in.4 – (1 100) – (400) (340) (33) (278) (60) – 51. please contact Enidine for sizing assistance.5 13.9 62.6 25° (140) (30) (230) (117) (25°) 5.5 1.9 2.5 3.4 (547) (288) (278) (400) (340) (33) (278) (60) 23.3 10.0 x 48 Series Heavy Duty Series FILL PORT CHARGE PORT ØFC FD FG FE FB FA FJ FJ Y Z Note: For TF.5 1. (0.5 3.8 m/s).3 10.6 25. in.0 x 4 HD(A) 5.2 (2 114) 99.1 (385) (40) (435) 17. in.9 2. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 17./sec. 3.1 – (40) (740) – 1.5 1.1 4.7 13.4 1.1 4.9 2.6 41.0 4.2 1.0 x 8 HD(A) 5.5 1. a smaller model should be specified.2 (1 910) 83.3 10.6 65. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 8.3 10. in.7 (215) (80) (125) (1 085) 8. 2. consult factory.3 (795) 35.5 3.7 13.4 (445) (186) (176) (400) (340) (33) (278) (60) 19.0 15. HDA models which have an impact velocity below 30 in.3 10.5 1.6 57.6 25° (140) (30) (230) (117) (25°) 5.4 1.2 1.9 2.1 4.7 13.1 4.7 (215) (80) (125) (882) 8.8 (215) (80) (125) (477) 8.7 13.0 15.9 38.1 4.9 2.5 3. It is recommended that the customer consult Enidine for safety-related overhead crane applications.2 9.8 (215) (80) (125) (375) 8.8 (215) (80) (125) (527) 8.com Tel.0 4.3 – 15.4 – (694) – (400) (340) (33) (278) (60) – 31.8 (215) (80) (125) (680) 8.1 – (40) (942) – 1.7 (215) (80) (125) (984) 8.4 – 15.2 13.0 4.7 13.6 (215) (80) (125) (1 590) HDA HD F H Y in.9 2.1 4.3 (895) 39.1 (436) (40) (486) 19.4 1.4 – (592) – (400) (340) (33) (278) (60) – 27.2 13.6 25° (140) (30) (230) (117) (25°) 5.6 25° (140) (30) (230) (117) (25°) 5.5 3.4 11.0 x 28 HD 5.6 25° (140) (30) (230) (117) (25°) Notes: 1. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 5.0 x 10 HD(A) 5.1 4.9 42.6 45. in. 5.9 18.1 4.1 4.0 x 4  HD 5.9 26.0 4.6 25° (140) (30) (230) (117) (25°) 5.0 x 20 HD 5. in.2 (1 708) 75.4 1.3 10.1 – (40) (1 247) – 1.9 2.

FF and FR mounting.000 810.620.2 1 1/2 (330) (260) (M36) 13.000 (224 000) 2.000 (573 000) 6.0 10.350.000 – – (6 997 832) – – 70.000 (191 000) 1.0 x 10 HD(A) 6.250 (900 000) 202.-lbs. HD Catalog No.0 x 48 85 (S) Stroke in.106.000 (3 316 025) (152 500) (3 375 989) 32. (mm) (mm) (mm) 13.2 1 1/2 (330) (260) (M36) Model Weight lbs.2 1 1/2 (330) (260) (M36) 13.062./hour (Nm/hr) (Nm/cycle) (Nm/hr) 21.0 10.0 10.250 (900 000) 202.2 1 1/2 (330) (260) (M36) 13.2 1 1/2 (330) (260) (M36) 13.0 x 4 HD(A) 6.000 24.2 1 1/2 (330) (260) (M36) 13.0 10.250 (900 000) 178. (N) 202.000 – – (6 086 375) – – 61. (Kg) 362 (164) 386 (175) 410 (186) 432 (196) 456 (207) 503 (228) 551 (250) 681 (309) 752 (341) 822 (373) 893 (405) 966 (438) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . in./hour in.250 (900 000) 202.000 1.-lbs.000.250 (900 000) 202.0 x 20 HD 6.000 540.: 1-800-852-8508 Flange Dimensions Rec.2 1 1/2 (330) (260) (M36) 13.250 (900 000) 202.0 10.000 30.232.2 1 1/2 (330) (260) (M36) 13.-lbs.0 10. Bolt SA SB Size in.250 (900 000) 202.000 (153 000) 1.000 (805 000) www.113.250 (900 000) 202. (mm) 4 (100) 6 (150) 8 (200) 10 (250) 12 (300) 16 (400) 20 (500) 24 (600) 30 (750) 36 (900) 42 (1 050) 48 (1 200) (ET) Max.000 (306 000) 3.0 X 42 HD 6.0 x 30 HD 6. in.0 x 16 HD 6.708.982.690.052.2 1 1/2 (330) (260) (M36) 13. Max.-lbs.933.000 1.586./cycle (Nm/cycle) 677. Shock Force lbs.280. delete front foot and dimensions.2 1 1/2 (330) (260) (M36) 13. Max.0 x 6 HD(A) 6.0 x 8 HD(A) 6.0 10. in.250 (900 000) 202.000 (3 621 843) (183 000) (3 681 807) 37.000 (803 000) 7.000 1.928.000 – – (4 845 114) – – 53.0 10.000 (790 000) Nominal Return Force lbs.125. (N) 625 (2 750) 625 (2 750) 625 (2 750) 625 (2 750) 625 (2 750) 625 (2 750) 625 (2 750) 625 (2 750) 625 (2 750) 625 (2 750) 625 (2 750) 625 (2 750) Tel.000 33.000 – – (4 233 478) – – 42.0 x 48 Series A Ø1.com (FP) Max.0 10.2 1 1/2 (330) (260) (M36) 13.000 (2 404 568) (61 000) (2 464 532) 23.000 – – (8 826 743) – – 86.0 x 12 HD 6.877.000.0 x 24 HD 6.2 1 1/2 (330) (260) (M36) 13.com HDA (ETC) (ET) (ETC) Max.070.0 x 4  HD 6.enidine.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 85 HD Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HDA HD/HDA Series Technical Data Heavy Duty Series HD(A) 6.000 (76 500) 1.000 (382 000) 4.000 (459 000) 5.0 10.000 – – (9 744 196) – – Email: industrialsales@enidine.0 10.000 (114 000) 1.0 10.000 (3 004 211) (122 000) (3 064 175) 29.000 (688 500) 7.465.345.0 Ø(25) F CB H ØB CA ØD CC ØE SB SA ØFC SB SA Z Note: For TF.354.000 (2 704 389) (91 500) (2 764 353) 26.000 – – (7 915 285) – – 78.862./cycle in.500. in.010.250 (900 000) 202.000.380.250 (900 000) 202./ Model HD(A) 6.047.080.000 22.000.000 27.0 x 36 HD 6.093.

(mm) 6.2 – (50) (766) – 2.7 15. 5.8 – (450) (380) (40) (333) (70) – 17.0 1.8 (275) 10.9 (100) 3.3 (1 176) 52.7 15.7 15.3 (617) 28.9 17.9 (100) 3.9 17.0 30.3 (160) 6. consult factory.3 (363) 16. 3.0 x 12 HD 6.0 (1 015) 46.6 1.8 5.8 (275) D in.9 (100) 3.4 12.7 30° (168) (35) (197) (144) (30°) 6. (mm) (mm) (mm) 15.9 (100) 3.8 5.6 13.7 30° (168) (35) (197) (144) (30°) 6.0 1.7 30° (168) (35) (197) (144) (30°) 6. in.8 (275) 10. in.6 1.8 (353) (450) (380) (40) (333) (70) 15.8 (275) 10. in.7 – (50) (1 390) – 2.4 7.1 2.4 (594) 27.6 (2 683) 117.2 (451) (50) (511) 19.3 (160) 6.1 2.8 (201) (450) (380) (40) (333) (70) 9.1 2.3 5.4 (441) 19.6 (674) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – HD Z in.0 60.0 x 42 HD 6. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 6.9 (100) 3.2 (604) (50) (664) – 2.7 (1 769) 81.0 1.7 15.8 (404) (450) (380) (40) (333) (70) – 17.8 (275) 10.9 (100) 3.6 1.1 (737) 33.7 15.1 (839) 37.9 (100) 3.8 2.9 (100) 3.6 (471) 20. It is recommended that the customer consult Enidine for safety-related overhead crane applications.7 15.3 (160) 6.6 (572) 24. For impact velocities over 180 in.1 2.0 26.0 x 10 HD(A) 6.4 (719) 34.0 x 4  HD 6.0 1.2 (553) (50) (613) 23.6 1. HD shock absorbers will function satisfactorily at 5% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.0 1.8 – (450) (380) (40) (333) (70) – 17.3 (160) HD F in.3 5.6 13.6 13.8 2.8 (275) 10.1 (637) 29.6 1.1 (1043) 49.4 12.7 30° (168) (35) (197) (144) (30°) 6. Catalog No.3 (160) 6.8 5.1 2.0 24.6 1.4 7.7 30° (168) (35) (197) (144) (30°) 6.4 (492) 21.1 2.7 30° (168) (35) (197) (144) (30°) 6.7 30° (168) (35) (312) (144) (30°) Notes: 1.4 7. (mm) 10.8 (275) 10. If less than these values. (4.7 (2 379) 105.1 2.9 17.0 (1 167) 52. FF and FR mounting.3 (160) 6.0 1.enidine.7 30° (168) (35) (197) (144) (30°) 6.8 2.3 (160) 6./ Model HD(A) 6. www.0 x 36 HD 6. If side load conditions exist in the application.3 (160) 6.4 7.0 x 24 HD 6.7 – (50) (1 695) HDA Y in./sec.0 x 48 A in.7 30° (168) (35) (312) (144) (30°) 6.0 1.7 – (50) (1 542) – 2.0 48.6 13.0 x 8 HD(A) 6.1 (941) 41.0 22.7 – (50) (1 237) – 2.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 86 HD HDA Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HD/HDA Series Technical Data HD(A) 6.6 13.1 (1 450) 69.9 (100) 3. (mm) 8.2 (401) (50) (461) 17.8 (275) 10.3 (211) 10.5 m/s). HDA models will function satisfactorily at 10% of their maximum rated energy per cycle. in.0 x 30 HD 6.6 1.1 2.8 – (450) (380) (40) (333) (70) Charge Port Dimensions FG FJ CA CB CC in.9 (100) 3.8 (302) (450) (380) (40) (333) (70) 13.3 (515) 24.6 13. in.4 7.7 15.3 (261) 12.4 (1 024) 46.9 17.0 (1 320) 58.0 x 16 HD 6.1 2. (mm) 18.3 (160) 6.8 (275) 10.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 86 .0 34.7 15.0 42.4 12.4 7.8 (275) 10.8 – (450) (380) (40) (333) (70) – 17. 2.3 (871) 40.3 (160) 6.0 54.8 2.2 – (50) (868) – 2.0 1.7 30° (168) (35) (312) (144) (30°) 6.8 (275) 10.6 13.0 x 4 HD(A) 6.0 20. a smaller model should be specified.1 2.6 (623) 26.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.9 (100) 3.0 x 48 Series Heavy Duty Series FILL PORT CHARGE PORT ØFC FD FG FE FJ FB FA FJ Y Z Note: For TF.4 (1 329) Foot Mount Dimensions HDA Z FA FB FC FD FE in. Front and rear flange or foot mount configurations are recommended.6 1.7 15.4 12. in. 4.1 2.7 30° (168) (35) (312) (144) (30°) 6.4 7.2 (502) (50) (562) 21.0 (1 472) 64. in. (mm) 25.7 15.0 (1 625) HDA HD F H Y in. contact Enidine for sizing assistance.0 x 20 HD 6.6 (521) 22.8 – (450) (380) (40) (333) (70) – 17.0 18.3 (160) 6.6 13.1 (1 246) 57. in.0 1.6 13.8 5.3 (160) 6.8 2.3 (414) 20.6 13.8 (251) (450) (380) (40) (333) (70) 11.7 – (50) (1 085) – 2.8 – (450) (380) (40) (333) (70) – 17.6 13.6 1. deg. in.7 15.6 1.7 30° (168) (35) (312) (144) (30°) 6.4 (543) 23.4 (696) 31.0 x 6 HD(A) 6. (mm) 15.0 1.8 5. The energy data listed is for ideal linear impacts only.4 (391) 17.6 1. delete front foot and rear foot and dimensions.6 1. in.3 5.1 2.7 (2 989) B in.3 5.8 – (450) (380) (40) (333) (70) – 17. Rear flange mounting of 12 inch (300 mm) strokes and longer not recommended.4 12.7 15.8 5.6 (2 073) 93.com Tel. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 7.9 17.6 13.8 5.0 66.0 1.9 (100) E in.3 (312) 14.3 5.0 1. (mm) 3.4 (798) 40.8 (275) 10.

in. (mm) 17.5 (38) 1.0 (25) 1.2 (286) 14.9 2.9 (200) 7.0 x 6 HD(A) 4.5 (215) D in.0 x 6 HD(A) 5.0 x 5 HD(A) 3.0 x 12 Series Heavy Duty Series Clevis Mounts (CM) ØB FD ØCC D CB E ØFC CD CA CE FB FE FA F CF A Note: Piston clevis dimensions are typical both ends on HD(A) 4.0 x 3 HD(A) 3.9 2.5 (215) 8.1 (130) 5.4 (60) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – CB in.5 (38) 1.9 (100) 3.com E in.0 (25) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – CD in.9 (150) 5. in.9 (50) (150) (100) 2.7 (69) 2.9 2.6 (296) 14.5 (37) 1.9 (60) (175) (100) 2.9 3.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 87 HD Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HDA HD/HDA Series Accessories HD(A) 3.3 (32) 1.4 (60) 2.3 (32) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.3 6.4 (415) 18.0 (355) 16.6 (853) 37.0 (25) (99) (50) 1.5 (140) 5.6 (548) 23.3 6.4 (314) 14. (mm) 3.0 (50) 2.0 (457) 20.0 (25) 1.enidine.9 (100) Tel.2 (386) 17.9 3.0 3.0 3. (mm) (mm) (mm) 1.0 5.6 (447) 19.9 (50) (150) (100) 2.8 (70) 2.0 (585) 29.5 (215) 8.2 (30) 1.2 (30) 1.6 (65) 2.6 (1 157) B in.0 (25) (99) (50) 1.0 (25) 1.4 (772) 34.3 6.6 (498) 21.6 (65) 2.8 (70) 2.6 (65) 3.9 (100) 3.0 (25) 1.3 (32) 1.9 3.0 (736) 330 (838) 37.9 3.5 (90) 3.4 (875) 38.0 5.0 x 10 HD(A) 5. (mm) 1. (mm) 1.9 (150) 5.5 (37) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – CF in.8 (70) 2.5 (90) 3.0 (50) 2. (mm) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (115) 4.0 x 4 HD(A) 5.5 (215) 8.5 (37) 1.5 (38) 2.0 x 8 HD(A) 4.5 (37) 1. (mm) 2.6 (65) 2.9 (100) 3.2 (209) 9.6 (751) 33.5 (115) FB in.0 x 2  HD(A) 5.0 (304) 14.9 (100) 3.0 (405) 18.2 (589) HDA F in.6 (65) 2.0 3.8 (70) 2.5 (140) 5.5 (90) 5.9 (100) 4.6 (65) 2.4 (60) 2.0 5.6 (245) 11.5 (90) 3.5 (38) 1.0 (432) 19.9 (100) 3.0 5. (mm) 2.0 x 4 HD(A) 4.9 (50) (150) (100) 2.2 (473) 12.8 (70) 2.9 (200) 8.8 (70) www.5 (115) 4.9 3.6 (65) 2.4 (365) 16.6 (371) – – 17.2 (30) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – CE in.0 (25) 1.2 (361) 16.9 (200) 7.0 (50) 2.9 (60) (175) (100) 2.7 (69) 3.0 x 12 HD(A) 4.5 (90) 3. (mm) 2.4 (60) 2.5 (37) 1.2 (437) 19.0 (50) 2.0 x 12 87 A in.5 (115) 4.5 (90) 3.9 (200) 7.4 (60) 2.6 (65) 2.1 (130) 7.5 (38) 1.2 (30) 1.9 (50) (150) (100) 2.3 (32) 1.5 (140) 5.6 (396) 17.5 (38) 1.5 (215) 8.0 (507) 15.4 (60) 2.0 3.9 3.3 6.0 (50) 2.4 (570) 26.9 2.2 (30) 1.1 (130) 5.9 2.6 (955) 41.1 (130) 5.0 (25) (99) (50) 2.2 (235) 11.7 (69) 2.9 (100) 3.2 (412) 16.8 (463) 12.9 (100) 3.9 (60) (175) (100) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .com CC in.5 (90) 3.9 3.4 (467) 20.9 (50) (150) (100) 2.6 (65) 2.9 3.9 (150) 5.5 (38) 1.0 models.9 (100) 3. (mm) 8.9 (200) 7.1 (130) 5.9 2.8 (70) FC FD FE in.4 (976) 29.5 (90) 3.0 (25) (99) (50) 1.4 (672) 30.5 (37) 1.0 x 2 HD(A) 3.5 (140) 5.0 x 8 HD(A) 3.3 (32) 1.7 (69) 2.0 3.0 x 2 HD(A) 4.6 (219) 9. Piston Clevis Dimensions Cylinder Clevis Dimensions Catalog No.7 (69) 2.0 x 8 HD(A) 5.9 (60) (175) (100) 2. (mm) 8.: 1-800-852-8508 FA in.0 (25) (99) (50) 1.9 3.5 (90) 3. (mm) 1. (mm) 1.2 (30) 1.2 (538) 23.9 3.0 5.6 (65) 2.5 (38) 1.0 (483) 23.6 (65) 2.6 (599) CA in.4 (517) 15. (mm) 1.5 (38) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Email: industrialsales@enidine.9 (150) 5.8 (70) 2./ Model HD(A) 3.0 x 10 HD(A) 3.3 (32) 2.6 (1 055) 45.9 (150 ) HD F in.5 (90) 3.1 (130) 5.3 6.5 (140) 5. (mm) 5.2 (488) 21.0 (25) (99) (50) 1.0 x 10 HD(A) 5.5 (115) 4.8 (70) 2.8 (70) 2.5 (90) 3.0 (940) 22.9 (60) (175) (100) 2.0 3.7 (69) 2.

enidine.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.com Tel.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 88 .Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 88 HD HDA Heavy Duty Series Shock Absorber HD/HDA Series Notes Heavy Duty Series www.

com • Available in custom-orificed non-adjustable models. ensure deliverable performance that exceeds customer expectations. • Special epoxy painting and rod materials are available for use in highly corrosive environments. large container transfer and transportation safety stops are typical installations. • Engineered to meet OSHA. AISE. • Nitrogen-charged return system allows for soft deceleration and positive return in a maintenance-free package. The large-bore. 89 www. Control of bridge cranes. coupled with the experience of a globally installed product base. high-capacity buffers are individually designed to decelerate moving loads under various conditions and in compliance with industry mandated safety standards. HI Series Features and Benefits • Compact design smoothly and safely decelerates large energy capacity loads up to 4 million in-lbs.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 89 Heavy Industry Shock Absorbers HI Series HI Heavy Industry Series Overview Enidine’s Heavy Industry (HI) Series buffers safely protect heavy machinery and equipment during the transfer of materials and movement of products.com Tel. CMMA and other safety specifications such as DIN and FEM.enidine. The oversize bore area results in optimal energy absorption capabilities and increased internal safety factors. three-part epoxy Piston Rod: hard-chrome plated steel • Incorporating optional fluids and seal packages available to expand standard operating temperature range from (0°F to 175°F) to (-30°F to 250°F) (-10°C to 60°C) to (-35°C to 100°C) Email: industrialsales@enidine. Industry-proven design technologies. • Wide variety of optional configurations including protective bellows and safety cables. trolley platforms. • Surface treatment (Sea water resistant) Housing: gray color. State-of-the-art testing facilities ensure integrity of design and product performance. per cycle with standard stroke lengths.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .

Industry-proven design technologies. The oversize bore area results in optimal energy absorption capabilities and increased internal safety factors.com Select HI Series model from Engineering Data Chart Select mounting method • FF (Flange Front) • FR (Flange Rear) Email: industrialsales@enidine. trolley platforms. computer-simulated response curves are generated to model actual conditions. confirm damping characteristics and generate unique custom-orificed designs that accommodate multi-condition or specific damping requirements. Prior to HI Series buffer manufacture. The large-bore. Ordering Example Mounting bracket flange: Standard: Rear or Front mount Example: 4 Select quantity www. large container transfer and transportation safety stops are typical installation examples.enidine. State-of-the-art testing facilities ensure integrity of design and product performance.com APPLICATION DATA B FR HI 120 x 100 Additional Options • B Protective Bellows • C Safety cable Tel. Characteristics of the HI Series include a nitrogen-charged return system that allows for soft deceleration and positive return in a maintenance-free package. high-capacity buffers are individually designed to decelerate moving loads under various conditions and in compliance with industry mandated safety standards. Control of bridge cranes.: 1-800-852-8508 Required for all models: • • • • • • • Vertical/Horizontal Motion Weight Impact Velocity Propelling Force (if any) Cycles/Hour Temperature/Environment Applicable Standards Fax: 1-716-662-0406 90 . coupled with the experience of a globally installed product base. ensure deliverable performance that exceeds customer expectations. verify product performance.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 9:59 AM Page 90 Heavy Industry Shock Absorbers HI Series HI Ordering Information Enidine Heavy Industry (HI) Series Buffers Heavy Industry Series Piston Rod Cylinder Piston Cap Oil Reservoir Nitrogen Gas Filled Chamber Orifice Separating Piston Separating Piston Oil Chamber Enidine’s Heavy Industry Series (HI) buffers safely protect heavy machinery and equipment during the transfer of materials and movement of products.

168.0 (25) Tel.500 (100) (6 200) 2 60.36 (60) 3.90 (18) (M16) (99) 5/8 0.920 (400) 89.72 (120) 4.106.72 (120) 4.66 (220) 8.69 (170) 6.0) 4.0 (1 345) 10.4 (390) 11.0 (890) 40.250 (800) (225 000) 39.72 (120) SA in.085 (205) 89.com A1 in.700 (230) 46.920 (400) 89.0 (25) 1.663.0) 4.000 (50) (6 700) 3.250 (50.94 (100) 3.8 (756) 53.69 (26) (M24) (119) 1.050 (18.66 (220) 8.15 (80) 3.8 (20) 0.800 (150) (48 000) 7.69 (26) (M24) (119) 1.3) 70 (0.500 (50) (10 000) 3.5 1.250 (50.71 3.8 (20) 0.8) 630 (2.750 (168) 56.3 (720) 38.900 (600) (188 000) 31.7 1.66 (220) 8.000 (100) (20 000) 5.200 (250) 56.8) 630 (2.94 (100) 3.4 (290) 15.90 (18) (M16) (99) 5/8 0.1 (1 221) 67.50 (89) 4.8 (20) 0.9 265.8) Compression lbs.7 (2 836) Z in.6) 430 (1.72 (120) 4. (mm) (Nm) 2 27.1 (969) 48. (kN) 15.8 (1 290) 53.050 (18./ Model HI 50 x 50 HI 50 x 100 HI 80 x 50 HI 80 x 100 HI 100 x 50 HI 100 x 100 HI 100 x 150 HI 100 x 200 HI 100 x 400 HI 100 x 500 HI 100 x 600 HI 100 x 800 HI 120 x 100 HI 120 x 150 HI 120 x 200 HI 120 x 300 HI 120 x 400 HI 120 x 600 HI 120 x 800 HI 120 x 1000 91 S Max.9 354.65) 370 (1.72 (120) 4.8 (20) 0.66 (220) 8.28 (15) (M14) (58) 1 0.0) 11.3 (973) 48.69 (170) 6.72 (120) 4.8) 630 (2.91 (150) 5.50 (89) 3.3 (1 888) 95.15 (80) 3.91 (150) 5.3) 225 (1.690 (350) 73.9 (1 040) 53.200 (800) (132 000) 3.6 (15) 0.69 (26) (M24) (119) 1.0 (330) 15.91 (150) 5.0) 4.4 (645) 35.71 3.200 (600) (112 000) 31.0) 11.250 (50.050 (18.72 (120) 4.4 2.91 (150) 8.8 (20) 0.69 (26) (M24) (119) 1.200 (250) 56.65) 370 (1.69 (26) (M24) (119) 1.3 (618) 29.9 566.6 (270) 13.0 (915) 50.02 1 4.69 (170) 6.91 (150) 5.5 1. (Kg) 11 (5) 20 (9) 33 (15) 42 (19) 36 (16) 49 (22) 62 (28) 71 (32) 101 (46) 115 (52) 128 (58) 152 (69) 75 (34) 86 (39) 95 (43) 117 (53) 192 (87) 232 (105) 243 (110) 256 (116) Email: industrialsales@enidine.4 (467) 23.66 (220) SB in.69 (26) (M24) (119) 1.000 (200) (40 000) 15.5 (2 426) 18.8 (20) 0.000 (67) 15.8 (20) 1.65) 370 (1.4 (390) 20.250 (50.com Max.66 (220) 8. (mm) – – – – – – – – 11.0) 4.000 (67) 37.7 831.060 (325) FF (FLANGE FRONT) Return Force Extension lbs.6) 140 (0.000 (100) (13 500) 2 88.11 (20) (M18) (79) 3 0. in.65) 370 (1.90 (18) (M16) (99) 5/8 0.02 1 4.9) 1.7 (245) 11.1 (612) 29.91 (150) 5.69 (170) 6.0) 4.36 (60) 2.0) 11. (mm) 10.0) 11.69) (170 6.6 (473) 24.4 (390) 25.9 (1 725) 91.200 (250) 52.5 (597) 28.9 177.3 (262) 15.94 (100) 3.72 (120) 4.0) 11.9 (175) 9.4 (392) 11.90 (18) (M16) (99) 5/8 0.8) 630 (2.69 (170) 6.71 3.enidine.71 3. (mm) 2.65) 370 (1.8 (20) 0.79 /4 3. (mm) 2.500 (150) (30 000) 7.000 (50) (3 050) 3.9 424.69 (26) (M24) (119) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .94 (100) 5.79 /4 3.301.72 (120) 4.5 (471) 23.9 55.04 (128) 5.72 (120) 4.04 (128) 5.0 (25) 1.250 (50.72 (120) 6.050 (18.71 3.94 (100) 3.72 (120) 4.060 (400) (80 000) 19.5 (750) 53.94 (100) 3.02 1 4.800 (8.8 (20) 0.250 (50.0) Weight lbs.050 (18.0) 4.0) 370 (1.9 (479) 24. (mm) 3. in.02 1 4.94 (100) 3.830 (235) 52.5 (520) 26.2 (1 225) – – – – – – A2 in.90 (18) (M16) (99) 5/8 0.9 120.050 (18.3 (593) 28. Stroke Energy/cycle in.000 (1000) (260 000) www.9 (302) 18.8 831.6 (15) 0.920 (400) 89.0 (1 345) 63.750 (168) 37.69 (26) (M24) (119) 1.0) 11.66 (220) 8. (kN) 70 (0. (kN) 140 (0.8) 630 (2.69 (170) BOLT ØFC SIZE ØE in.65) 370 (1.59 /2 2.28 (15) (M14) (58) 3 0.0) 4.02 1 4.69 (170) 6.72 (120) 4.9 (301) 18.71 3.71 3.59 /2 2.90 (18) (M16) (99) 1.200 (100) (32 000) 5.66 (220) 8.0 (25) 1.02 1 4.8 (2 332) 111.11 (20) (M18) (79) 5/8 0.920 (400) 89.02 1 4.920 (400) 78. (mm) – – – – – – – – 6.6 1. (mm) (mm) (mm) 1 0.0) 11.0) 4.8 (20) 0.: 1-800-852-8508 ØB in.9 283.72 (120) 4.5 (724) 38. Shock Force lbs.400 (200) (64 000) 11. (mm) 0.8) 630 (2.-lbs.76 (70) 2.6 (15) 0.050 (18.6 991.8 (20) 1.300 (400) (125 000) 23.65) 630 (2.72 (120) 4.90 (18) (M16) (99) 5/8 0.5 (1 360) H in.02 1 4.050 (18.6 (15) 0.1 (1 349) – – – – – – 18.71 3.0) 225 (1.920 (400) 89.65) 370 (1.94 (100) 3.900 (300) (94 000) 15.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP HI 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 91 Heavy Industry Shock Absorbers HI Series Technical Data Heavy Industry Series HI 50 x 50  HI 120 x 1000 Series ØB H H 4-ØFC S ØB S ØE ØE A1 Z SB SA FR (FLANGE REAR) A2 MOUNTING FLANGE Catalog No.76 (70) 3.6 (1 616) 74.8) 630 (2.91 (150) 5.200 (250) 56.800 (235) 51.250 (50.8 (300) 15.250 (50.900 (500) (94 000) 23.0) 11.94 (100) 3.7 708.72 (120) 4.91 (150) 5.8 (680) 36.0 (25) 0. in.90 (18) (M16) (99) 5/8 0.991.94 (100) 4.

062.02 (26) 1 (M24) 5.4 (1 025) 50.27 1.0) 397 (180) – – 113.0 (355) 1.7 1.0 (25) 5.500 (510 000) 142.8 (1 289) Z H in.com A2 in.400 (64./ Model HI 130 x 250 HI 130 x 300 HI 130 x 400 www.8 1. Stroke Energy/cycle in.100 (448 000) 157.7 1. in.08 (129) 92 .0 (605) (25) 28.02 (26) 1 (M24) 5. in.4 (517) 20.600 (670) 1.5 (115) 548.947.125 (5.91 10.87 (149) HI 150 x 400 15. (kN) 14.5 (1 029) 50.27 (150) (270) (210) 1.63 8.2) 720 (3. S Max.63 (270) BOLT SB ØFC SIZE in.0 (1 249) (1 245) (710) 1.91 10.0) Weight lbs.63 8.0 (1 917) (1 060) (25) 5.12 (130) SA in.0) 216 (98) 49.700 (82 000) 150. (mm) 5.2) 14.12 (130) 5.08 (129) 5.0) 243 (110) – – 59.4 62.8 1.2) 14.-lbs.5 41.5 (800) 3.enidine.02 (26) 1 (M24) 5.02 1 (210) (26) (M24) Fax: 1-716-662-0406 Heavy Industry Series ØB H ØE in.600 (670) 1. (mm) (mm) 21.27 (150) (270) (210) 1.27 (150) (270) (210) 1.63 (270) 10.6 (320) 0.600 (670) 1.02 1 (210) (26) (M24) 8.0) 21.0) 263 (119) – – 75.0) 21.790 (435) 720 (3.91 10.600 (96.0) 21.63 8.5 (800) 2.5 1.27 (150) (270) (210) 1.0 (735) (25) Tel.900 (275 000) 150.0) 14.000 (300) (120 000) 15.2 (893) 40.08 (129) HI 130 x 800 31.63 (270) 10.416.400 (64.500 (210 000) 97.0 28.2 1.27 (150) (270) (210) 1.600 (96.com Return Force Email: industrialsales@enidine.8 1.858.0 (25) 5.0) 14.700 (62 000) 150.08 (129) HI 150 x 115 4.0) 21.0 (2 363) (1 240) (25) 5.0) 364 (165) – – 93.87 (149) HI 150 x 800 31.27 (130) (270) (210) 1. (Kg) 159 (72) 175 (79) 199 (90) A1 in.500 (330 000) 150.6 (600) 2.400 (500) Extension lbs.27 1.63 8.0) 130 (59) 23.000 (220 000) 150.600 (96.02 (26) 1 (M24) 5.0 (25) 5.8 885.433.02 1 (210) (26) (M24) 8.0 (25) 5. (kN) 720 (3.9 (150) 725.12 10.600 (96.87 (149) HI 150 x 500 19.63 8.02 (26) 1 (M24) 5.415 (420) 720 (3.2 49.600 (96.9 1.125 (5.08 (129) 5.91 10. (mm) 35.6 (600) 1.02 (26) 1 (M24) 5. (kN) 112.27 1. in.500 (270 000) 94.02 (26) 1 (M24) 5.63 8.87 (149) HI 150 x 1000 39.125 (5.600 (670) 1.0 (545) (25) 23.63 8.27 (150) (270) (210) 1.02 (26) 1 (M24) 5.3 (1 498) (770) 1.400 (500) 112.87 (149) HI 150 x 150 5.0) 124 (56) 20.91 10.4 (1 752) (875) 1.0 (2 880) (1 595) (25) 5.400 (64.7 (400) 1.100 (400) (160 000) Shock Force lbs.513.600 (96.2) Compression lbs.965.63 8.0 34.360 (700) 1.7 (602) 14.920.8 1.125 (5.0) 309 (140) – – 96.87 (149) Catalog No. in.600 (96.27 (130) (270) (210) 1.0) 21.87 (149) HI 150 x 600 23.400 (500) 112. (mm) 5.750 (635) 1.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 92 Heavy Industry Shock Absorbers HI Series HI Technical Data HI 130 x 250  HI 150 x 1000 Series H 4-ØFC S ØB S ØE ØE A1 Z SB SA FR (FLANGE REAR) A2 MOUNTING FLANGE FF (FLANGE FRONT) Max. (mm) (mm) (mm) 8.0) 21. (mm) 10.125 (5.000 (250) (100 000) 11.2 (513) 12.0 (2 445) (1 350) (25) 5.12 10.0 48.125 (5.9 (1 293) HI 130 x 600 23.02 (26) 1 (M24) 5. (mm) (Nm) 9.9 (606) 23.12 (130) 5.400 (64.4 (1000) 4.91 10.2) 720 (3. (mm) 35.91 10.0) 265 (120) – – 69.27 (150) (270) (210) 1.3 53.7 (500) 2.125 (5.: 1-800-852-8508 ØB in.400 (64.388.0 30.8 (20) 5.600 (670) 1.0) 21.63 8.3 (897) 40.

Applications Shock protection for all types of industries including: Defense. Automotive. Pulp/Paper. Marine.Low sensitivity to temperature variances Tel.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .High reliability .com Advantages: .Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP JT 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 93 Jarret Series BC1N. LR Series Jarret Series Overview LR Series BC5 Series BC1GN Series BC1ZN Series Spring The design of Jarret Series Industrial Shock Absorber utilizes the unique compression and shear characteristics of specially formulated silicone elastomers. BC5. Railroad.High damping coefficient . Metal Production and Processing. These characteristics allow the energy absorption and return spring functions to be combined into a single unit without the need for an additional gas or mechanical spring stroke return mechanism. Materials Handling. 93 www.Simple design .enidine.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.

Tel. However. in the same product: Preloaded Spring: Spring Function Only • Hysteresis of between 5% and 10% • Reduced weight and space requirement • Force/stroke characteristic is independent of actuation speed Shock Absorber Without Spring Return: Shock Absorbing Function Only • Dampening devices • Blocking devices www. LR Series JT Visco-elastic Technology Visco-elastic Technology Reservoir Visco-elastic Fluid Impact Plate Piston External Guide Sweeper Mounting Flange Piston Retainer Visco-elastic technology makes use of the fundamental properties of specially formulated Jarret visco-elastic medium.com Preloaded Spring Shock Absorbers: Combine Spring and Shock Absorber Functions • Dissipate between 30% and 100% of energy • Force/stroke characteristics remain relatively unchanged between 15°F and 160°F (-10°C and + 70°C) * Spring and shock absorber products are capable of functioning between 15°F and 160°F (-10°C and + 70°C).4 The two functions can be used separately or in combination.1 and 0. Compressibility: Preloaded spring function F = F0 + Kx Viscosity: Shock absorber function F = F0 + Kx + CV α with α between 0. BC5.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 94 . standard products are not intended for use over the full rated temperature range.enidine.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 94 Jarret Series BC1N. Consult factory for special product considerations required to accommodate operation over a wide temperature range.

4 (2) 4.3 (110) D4 in.) 0.47 (12) 0.5 M50 x 1.Fc Max Energy Capacity in-lbs.1 (210) (130) 10.0) 1.147 (14) 6.5) 3.4 (140) (138) 6. (mm) 2.9 (175)) 8.2 (168) (158) 8. (mm) 1. (kN) Rdy0 lbs.5 5.0 (25) 1.Fa Catalog No.4) 61.4 (35) 1.225 (130.9 3.3 (85) – – 4.5 M35 x 1. (mm) (mm) 2.9 3.4 (60) 2.8) 4.47 (12) 0.3 5.35 (9) 0.1 (80) – – 3. (mm) – – – – – – – – – – – – 5. (kN) Compression lbs.9 (74. (mm) 1.0 (128) – – 6. (kN) 885 (0.43 (11) 0.2 (1.8 (70) 3.6 (143) D7 in. (mm) 1.0 (25) 1./ Model BC1ZN BC1BN BC1BN-M BC1DN-70 BC1DN-85 BC1DN-M BC1EN BC1FN BC1GN L1 in.43 (11) 0.2 (158) 5.4 (140) (138) 5.806 (0.5 (0.6 (41) 2.35 (9) – – 0.6) 29.47 (12) 0.8 (70) 2.1 (53) (52) 3.4 (60) 3.7 (120) 4.7 (120) 5.8 (70) 3.7 (120) 6.8 (98) (96) 3.55 (14) L5 in.0 (100) 4.0) 17.5 (38) 2.9 (175) D6 in.9 (150) 13. However.233 (90) 29.706 (230) L6 in.0 (52) 2.51 (13) 0. (kJ) Stroke in.147 (14.5 (38) 1.2 (106) – – 4.169 (5.7) 1.271 (19.6 (270) 13.295 (28) 10.3 (58) 2.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .955 (7) 123.1 (10.28 (7) 0. Consult factory for special product considerations required to accommodate operation over a wide temperature range.3 (337) L2 L3 in.95 (75) 4.5 (90) D2 in. (kN) Rdymax Max Shock Force lbs.9 (98) 4.8 (70) 2.5 (38) 1.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.8) 3.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 10:00 AM Page 95 Jarret Shock Absorbers BC1N Series Technical Data BC1ZN  BC1GN Series L1 L1 L2 L2 Stroke Stroke BC1N Series L4 L3 D1 D3 D1 4 Holes D7 D6 D5 L6 D4 JT 4/13/11 L5 Rear Flange Mounting .43 (11) 0. (mm) 2.8 (45) 1.94) 562 (2.4 (140) (138) 5.5) 30.1 (130) 5.910 (14) 0.5 5.51 (13) 0. (mm) Extension lbs.5 (17) Notes: Spring and shock absorber products are capable of functioning between 15°F and 160°F (-10°C and + 70°C).2 (57) 3. (mm) 0.5 5. standard products are not intended for use over the full rated temperature range.753 (7.47 (12) 0.87 (22) 1.1 5.4 (2) 11 (5) 23. (mm) 0.7 (257) (145) L4 in.5) 1.1 (80) 211 (0.5 M50 x 1.6 6. in.8 (45) 2.35 (9) 0.70 (18) Weight lbs.8) 9. (mm) M25 x 1.7 (145) D5 in.5 M60 x 2 M75 x 2 M90 x 2 M110 x 2 D3 in.47 (12) 0.349 (6) 3.7 (120) 5.47 (12) 0.39 (10) 0.5 (38) 2.75 (19) Threaded Body Mounting .7 (145) R1 in.2) 1.9 (150) 6.8 (122) 5.4 (213) 10.3 (32) 1.4 (86) – 5.8 (45) 2.116 (45) 20.8 (72) 3.47 (12) 0.093 (3.721 (150) 51. (mm) 0.666 (43.213 (5. (mm) 0.057 (13.3) 1.6) 4.5) 37.8 (98) (96) 5.1 2.8 (350) Return Force D1 in.5 M40 x 1.0) 6474 (28.39 (10) 0.276 (1.7 (43) 3. 95 www.0) 1. (mm) 0.43) 13.5 (90) 4.43 (11) – – 0./ Model BC1ZN BC1BN BC1DN BC1EN BC1FN BC1GN Catalog No.473 (11) 6.8 (45) 1.489 (60) 22.0 (128) 5.8 (0.481 (100) 33.9 (175) 6.3 (32) 1.220 (76.43 (11) 0. (kg.4) 3.4 (60) – – 2.28 (7) 0.1) 3.5 (90) 4.com Tel.9 (175) 6.enidine.225 (130) 2.79 (20) 1.9) 4.070 (27) 13.31 (8) 0.75 (19) 1.7 (0.1 (130) 5.63 (16) 0.

com Tel.Selection Chart 1.Effective (Actual) Stroke Calculation Ce = C E En (0.1V + 0.8 + 0.90) x 49 + 90)] (0. BC1FN Selected BC1N Series 6 .Energy Calculation E= 1 2 All performance characteristics can be modified.8 kJ 2 2.8 + 0.17 5 .1. Compare standards to results: Stroke mm E (kJ) = C (mm) = Rdymax (kN) BC1FN 7 60 150 APPLICATION > 4.8) Email: industrialsales@enidine.enidine. Please advise us of your specific requirements.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 96 .8 = 29 25 < 29 4. Effective Reaction Force: Force kN Rdye = [(150 .8 +1.17 7 (0.com x Ce + Rdy0 (0. Me Ve2 3 .8) 60 Rdymax Rdye = 122 kN Rdy0 Symbols: En = Energy Capacity (kJ) C = Maximum Stroke (mm) Rdy = Dynamic Reaction Force (kN) 6.8) = 4.36 .Application Example Given data: Effective mass = 15 t Effective velocity = 0.24) Ce = 49 mm 5. Effective (Actual) Stroke: Based On  Impact velocity (V) : 2 m/s  Operating temperature : 20° to + 40°C  Surface protection : Electrolytic zinc  Dynamic performance diagram Ce = 60 4.03 V + 0.8 > 49 > 122 2 .1 x 0.Rdy0 C www. Allowable impact frequency IF < 20x7/4.36 .1.03 x 0.24) +1.8 m/s Impact frequency: 25 impacts/hour 3.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 96 Jarret Shock Absorbers BC1N Series JT Application Worksheet BC1ZN  BC1GN Series 1 .Allowable Impact Velocity IF < 20 x En E Impacts/hour 4 .Calculation of Effective Reaction Force Rdye Rdye = Rdymax . Energy dissipated per impact: E = 1 (15)(0.

79 (20) 1.691 (310) 89.7 (220) D5 in.9 (175) 8.878 (640) L4 in.6 (40) Return Force L5 in. (mm) 4.9 (405) L3 in.55 (14) 0.7 (120) 5.4 (265) Front Flange Mount . (mm) 3.7 (120) 5. (kN) Rdy0 lbs.3 (235) 10.9 (175) 8.0) 13.2 (158) 7.2 (30) 1.Fc Max Energy Capacity in-lbs.3 (135) 6.612 (150) 4.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .5 (140) 6.2 (182) D4 in.4 (35) 1.268 (25) 442. (mm) 0./ Model BC5A-105 BC5B-130 BC5C-140 BC5D-160 BC5E-180 Catalog No.6 (116) 5. (kN) Compression lbs.924 (400) 105.6 (142) 6.4 (35) 1. (mm) 5. standard products are not intended for use over the full rated temperature range.1 (155) 6./ Model BC5A-105 BC5B-130 BC5C-140 BC5D-160 BC5E-180 L1 in.1 (105) 4.7 (170) 7.9) 73.1 (180) 8.8 (45) L7 in.0) 31.59 (15) 1. Consult factory for special product considerations required to accommodate operation over a wide temperature range.6 (40) 1. (kN) 221. (mm) 4. However.5) 13.039 (58.0 (153) 7.0 (26) Weight lbs.87 (22) 1.1 (105) 4.6 (142) 6.3 (415) 19.5 (140) 6.5 (115) 5.691 (310) 121.2 (132) 6.660 (470) 143.8 (275) 12.4 (138) 6.55 (14) 0.827 (328.269 (117.4 (670) L2 in.397 (540) 157.8 (45) L6 in. (kg) 55 (25) 88 (40) 99 (45) 161 (73) 258 (117) Impact Speed: BC5 Series shock absorbers are designed for impact velocities of up to 4 m/sec.366 (700) 184.327.2 (30) 1.8 (250) L8 in. (kN) 69. (mm) 1.376 (59.5 (215) Rdymax Max Shock Force lbs. (mm) Extension lbs.enidine.5 (215) 9.5 (140) 6.4) 85. (mm) 0. (mm) 5.7 (195) D1 in. 97 www. Higher impact velocities require custom modification. (mm) 4. (mm) 16. (mm) 10.3 (185) 8. (kJ) Stroke in.8 (350) 15.0) 122.015 (49.343 (820) 247.1 (205) 9.290 (1 100) D3 in.5) 26.537 (50) 663.0 (25) 1.1 (180) 8.6 (40) 1.3 (160) 7.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 10:00 AM Page 97 Jarret Shock Absorbers BC5 Series Technical Data BC5A  BC5E Series Stroke L2 L6 ø D3 ø D1 ø D2 L5 L8 L7 ø D4 BC5 Series L4 4 holes ø D5 ø D2 JT 4/13/11 L5 L4 L3 Rear Flange Mount .7) 58.2 (30) 1.159 (18.656 (546) 37.416 (259. (mm) 0.806 (75) 885.3 (160) 7.Fa Catalog No.8 (325) 12.5 (520) 23 (585) 26.9 (125) 5.075 (100) 1. (mm) 4.3 (33) 1.630 (140.70 (18) 0.com Tel.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.1 (180) 4. Spring and shock absorber products are capable of functioning between 15°F and 160°F (-10°C and + 70°C).427 (380.4 (87) 4.4 (315) 13.6 (116) 5.0) 11.4 (36) 1.5 (215) D2 in.543 (167) 69.7 (500) 20.3 (160) 7.

Impact frequency = 15 impacts/hour. www. Therefore 15 impacts/hour is acceptable.24) 4 .com Email: industrialsales@enidine. Impact speed v = 1.17 En (0. Selection BC5E-180 Symbols: En = Energy Capacity (kJ) C = Maximum Stroke (mm) Rdy = Dynamic Reaction Force (kN) 150 3.6 + 0. 150 15 < 15 x 108 15 < 21 Stroke mm 4. Effective (actual) stroke is 167 mm 1 .640) x 156 + 640 180 2 .22) = 108 kJ 2 2. Please advise us of your specific requirements.6 + 0.36 .Energy Calculation E= 1 2 Ce = 180 x Me Ve2 5. Maximum allowable structural load 1000 kN Force kN 1: E = 1 ( 2 1 E= ( 2 Rdymax Rdy0 BC5 Series Based On  Impact velocity (V) : 2 m/s  Operating temperature : 20° to + 40°C  Surface protection : Electrolytic zinc  Dynamic performance diagram 1 mV2) 2 1 300 x 1. Rdye = ( 1 100 .03 V + 0.Allowable Impact Frequency (IF) IF < 15 x En Impacts/hour E 6.Application Example Data: Two shock absorbers in series.17 = 156 mm 150 (0.Effective Stroke Calculation Ce = C 108 +1.1. Effective mass m =300 t.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 98 Jarret Shock Absorbers BC5 Series JT Application Worksheet BC5A  BC5E Series 5 .8) E (kJ) = IF = C (mm) = Rdymax (kN) BC5E-180 150 21 180 1100 APPLICATION > 108 > 15 > 156 > 893 Note: maximum allowed structural load is 1 000 kN > 893 kN All performance characteristics can be modified.24) x Ce + Rdy0 (0.2 m/s (which is an impact of 0.Calculation of Effective Reaction Rdye Rdye = Rdymax .36 – 1.com Tel.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 98 .1V + 0.03 x 0. Maximum allowable impact frequency is 15 x 108 21 impacts/hour.Rdy0 C ( 0.6 m/s on each shock absorber).8 ) Rdye = 893 kN < 1000 kN 3 .enidine.1x 0. Compare standards to results: E +1.

609 (20.2 (285) 11.0 (50) 3. However.537 (95) 14.7 (120) D5 in.2 XLR25-270 (690) 33.6 (14) 0.8 (70) 3.71 (18) 0.1 (231) 11.9 (150) 5.7 (400) 15.442 (42) 21.60 (15) 0.7 (120) 4.) 9.4) 11.2 (57) 2.608 (11.1 (20) 55.71 (18) 0.531 (162.9) 5.4) 34.47 (12) 0.202 (250) Return Force Impact Speed: Types XLR and BCLR Series shock absorbers are designed for impact velocities of up to 2 m/sec.79 (20) 0.9 XLR12-200 (530) 24.259 (5.4) 2.269 (25) 221.861 (75) 39.7 (195) 9.5 (140) D1 in.3 (11) 24.4 (87) 3.495 (11.3 (85) 3.3 (65) 143.60 (15) 0.47 (12) 0.179 (112) 51.8 (250) 12.620 (25) 14.9 (860) L4 in.4 (87) D4 in.9 (150) 5. (kJ) Stroke in.5 (90) 4.1 (105) 4.6 (14) 0.0 (660) 33.216 (23.3 (110) 4.0 (179) 7.3) 1.939 (320) 51.6 (270) 10.706 (230) 33.71 (18) Weight lbs.9 XLR12-150 (480) 20.43 (11) 0.744 (30. L1 in.0) 2.225 (130.1 XLR6-150 (410) 18.9 (200) 7.3 (110) 4. (mm) 3.5 (520) 20.5) 8.537 (50) 442.0 (25) 1.79 (20) L6 in.3 (110) D2 in.269 (25) 442.012 (13.5 (90) 4.3 (85) 4.721 (150) 71.2 (57) 2.9 (150) D3 in. Higher impact velocities require custom modification.5 (140) 5.5 (800) 652 (2.9 (175) 6.3 (110) 4.5 (90) 3.5 (140) 5. (kN) Rdymax Max Shock Force lbs.9 (150) 7.726 (74.60 (15) 0. (mm) 0. (kN) 53.6 XLR50-400 (980) 53.620 (25.7) 2.9 XLR150-800 (2640) Catalog No.3 (110) 4.0) 18.47 (12) 0.8 (910) 35.79 (20) 0.6) 5.3 (65) 253. (mm) 2.60 (15) L7 in.9 (150) 5.2) 4.75 (19) 0.527 (118) 16.209 (12) 221.535 (78) 33.79 (20) 0./ Model XLR6-150 XLR12-150 XLR12-200 XLR25-200 XLR25-270 XLR50-275 XLR50-400 XLR100-400 XLR100-600 XLR150-800 Max Energy Capacity in-lbs.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP JT 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 99 Jarret Shock Absorbers XLR Series Technical Data XLR6-150  XLR-800 Series ø D3 ø D4 LR Series ø D1 L7 L8 L4 L5 L6 Stroke L2 4 holes ø D5 L3 L1 XLR Series .71 (18) 0.7 (400) 23.71 (18) 0.2 (285) 14.5) 6.342 (175) 19.1 (80) 3.9) 1.60 (15) 0.0) 16.555 (51.866 (8.327.3 (110) 5. (mm) 0 (0) 0.0 (25) L5 in.7 (120) 4.60 (15) 0.9 (150) 5.7 (120) 4.2 (40) 143.5 (140) 5.075 (100) 1.6) 3.39 (10) 0.5 (90) 3.79 (20) 1.Front Flange Mount.3 (110) 5.075 (100) 885. (kg.0 (25) 1.0 (75) 3.5 (90) 3.47 (12) 0.7 (120) 4. Spring and shock absorber products are capable of functioning between 15°F and 160°F (-10°C and + 70°C).8) 36.71 (18) 0.1 (460) 26.209 (12) 106.1 (460) 18.com Email: industrialsales@enidine./ Model L2 in. (mm) 0.8 (72) 2.4) 29.2) 5.2) 24.7 XLR50-275 (855) 38.8 (72) 3.9 (175) 6.9 (175) L8 in. (mm) Extension lbs.9 (150) 5.0 (25) 1.1 (1780) L3 in.3 (135) 5.2 (335) 18.71 (18) 0.240 (50) 22.2 (40) 88.0 (50) 3.60 (15) 0.721 (150) 25.1 (105) 5.5 (140) 5.com Tel.6 (600) 31.4 (87) 3.79 (20) 0.4 XLR25-200 (620) 27.900 (12.3 (110) 4.984 (80) 11.537 (50) 885.9 (175) 6. (mm) 16.43 (11) 0.35 (9) 0.6 (320) 13.6 (245) 9.1 (25) 88.612 (150) 5.104 (6) 106.429 (19.216 (152. (mm) 3.6 (370) 14.839 (83.837 (66) 9.8 (275) 15.5 (520) 35.765 (132.4 (87) 3. Consult factory for special product considerations required to accommodate operation over a wide temperature range.3 (110) 4.3 (11) 44.0 (25) 1. (mm) 0.79 (20) 0.5) 29.9 (200) 10. (mm) 1.1) 4.9 XLR100-400 (1370) 61.Fc Catalog No.109 (85) 17.0 (100) 4. standard products are not intended for use over the full rated temperature range.71 (180 0. (mm) 2.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .enidine.5 (115) Rear Flange Mounting .5 (38) 2.3 (135) 6. (mm) 7.0 (100) 4. (mm) 9.706 (230) 56.8 XLR100-600 (1570) 103.837 (66) 26.655 (38.71 (18) 0. (mm) 2.Fa on Request.6 (370) 20.4 (87) 3.5 (90) 4.481 (100) 17.9 (175) 6.8 (910) 70.1 (80) 4.3 (4. (kN) Compression lbs. 99 www.0 (75) 3. (kN) Rdy0 lbs.

1 kN All performance characteristics can be modified.Calculation of Effective Reaction Rdye Rdye = Rdymax .Required Stroke Calculation Ce = C LR Series Force kN 5 .6 kJ E= Rdy0 Stroke mm 2: XLR100-400 selected Symbols: En = Energy Capacity (kJ) C = Maximum Stroke (mm) Rdy = Dynamic Reaction Force (kN) 3: Maximum allowable impact frequency IF < 8 x 100 / 72.8 kN +1.83.Allowable Impact Frequency (IF) IF < 8 x En E 72.Energy Calculation 4: Effective (actual) stroke: E = 1 2 Me Ve2 Ce = 400 x 2 .: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 100 .3 + 175 (0.2 +0.6 + 1.1V + 0.1 x 2.6 > 10 > 301.8 > 290.1 Note: maximum allowed structural load is 350 kN > 290.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 100 Jarret Shock Absorbers XLR Series JT Application Worksheet XLR6-150  XLR-800 Series Based On  Impact velocity (V) : 2 m/s  Operating temperature : 20° to + 40°C  Surface protection : Electrolytic zinc & Painting  Dynamic performance diagram Rdymax 1: Energy dissipated/impact is 72.7 + 0.2 Maximum allowable structural force = 350 kN Impact frequency = 10/hr E En (0.83 .35 (which is less than maximum allowable reaction force of 350 kN) 4 . Compare standards to results: x Ce + Rdy0 (0.Rdy0 C 6.2)2 2 E = 72.6 kJ 1 x 15 x (2.35 100 (0.8) XLR100-400 E (kJ) = 100 IF = 11 C (mm) = 400 Rdymax (kN) 320 APPLICATION > 72. Please advise us of your specific requirements.027 V + 0.3 mm Impacts/hour 5: Rdye = 3 . www.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.6 = 11 (10<11 impacts/hour is acceptable) 1 .Application Example Data: Effective mass = 30 t Effective impact speed = 2.027 x 2.1.enidine.8) Rdye = 285.com Tel.22) 320 -175 400 290.1.22) Ce = 290.

4) 60.9 (1420) 64. (mm) 26.2 (575) (30) 18.71 (18) 0.5) 14.310.540.678 (47.477 41.1 (230) D2 in.79 (20) 0./ Model BCLR-100 BCLR-150 BCLR-220S BCLR-250 BCLR-400 BCLR-600 BCLR-800 BCLR-1000 L1 in.4 (35) 1.714 (190) 44.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.597 47. (mm) (mm) 18.9) 47.300 (201.947.0) 56.1 (27) 1.744 (30.0) 69. (kJ) Extension lbs.141 (441.427 (380) 153.4 (935) (35) 44.9 (175) 7.156 (490) 134. However.7 (120) 5.5 (140) 6.3 (235) 9.8 (248) D5 in.686 25. 101 www. standard products are not intended for use over the full rated temperature range.7 (170) 6.427 (380) 60.7 (170) 7.6 (270) D3 in.0 (660) 30.116 (45.668 (430) 112. (mm) 44.080.179 (370) 96.0) 36.6 (2555) 115.7 (100) (400) 1.7 (220) 9.850.144 (49.9 (135) 5.3 (600) (1050) 7.0 (25) 1.2 (30) L7 in.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 101 Jarret Shock Absorbers BCLR Series JT Technical Data BCLR-100  BCLR-1000 Series LR Series ø D3 ø D4 L7 L8 L4 4 holes ø D5 L5 Stroke L6 L3 L2 L1 BCLR Series .7 (170) 6.9 (150) 6.3 (235) 9.9) 79.336 (860) 224.691 (310) 85.5) 99.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.0 (25) 1.1 (130) 5.2 (30) 1.0 (25) 1.885 (600) 166.6) 10.214 (307.4 (1025) 49.7 (170) 8.0) 10.7 1. (kN) 6.3 (160) 6.5 (775) 30.9 (175) 8.87 (22) 1.0 (25) 1.6 (270) 10.4 (35) L6 in. (kN) Rdymax Max Shock Force lbs. Catalog No.87 (22) 0.0) 11.6 (250) (650) 3.com Tel.3 (185) N/A 7.3 (235) 10.60 (15) 0.612 19.7 (220) (400) 2. (kg.5 (400) (850) 5.2 (1630) 71. (mm) 5.9 (150) 6.79 (20) 0.9 (1750) 86.9 (200) 8.298 33.4 1.87 (22) 0. in.79 (20) 1. (kN) Rdy0 lbs. (mm) 5.0 (460) (25) 22.9 (175) 7.6 1.405 (500) 69.7 1.6 (135) 480.7 (150) (500) 1.048 (534.698 (270) 74.327.3 (185) 9. (mm) 5.4 (1135) (35) 51.116 (45.0) 120.877 (253.962 (200) 85.2 (470) Rear Flange Mounting . Consult factory for special product considerations required to accommodate operation over a wide temperature range.330 (41.1 (1350) 49.0 (3225) L2 in.8 (300) L8 in.2 (475) (30) 28.1 (1120) 53.109 (85.403 (161.0 (25) 1.Fa on Request.0 (2185) 100.6 (1305) (40) 55.4 (240) 9.6 (2935) 127.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .3 (110) 4.6 (218) 650.3 (134) 6.433 (64.8 1. (mm) 4. (mm) 0.8 (783) 40. Higher impact velocities require custom modification.4 (240) D1 in.359 (740) 193.212.3 1.5 (190) 8.1 (27) 1.809 (1000) Return Force Stroke in.3 (210) 8.0) 9.1 (205) D4 in.5 (140) 6.3 (160) 6.2) 19.5 (190) 8.2 (1000) (1300) Impact Speed: Types XLR and BCLR Series shock absorbers are designed for impact velocities of up to 2 m/sec.2 (725) (30) 36.994 (685) 110.5 (1258) 68. (mm) 0.746 51.Front Flange Mount.2 (1250) 55.5 (215) 9.79 (20) 1.020 (351.6 (1405) (40) L5 in.4 (295) 926 (420) 1036.4 (265) 10.698 (270.0) 42. (mm) 6.075 15.5 (215) 10. (mm) 0.8 (300) 11.enidine.) 139.0 (63) 198.5 1.3 (210) 9.2 (30) Weight lbs.5 (140) 5. (mm) 5.187 (330) 83.1 1.5) 10.2 (800) (1200) 8.5 (215) 8.614 15.Fc Catalog No. (mm) 885.4 (90) 243 (110) 297./ Model BCLR-100 BCLR-150 BCLR-220S BCLR-250 BCLR-400 BCLR-600 BCLR-800 BCLR-1000 Max Energy Capacity in-lbs.9 (150) 7.4 (265) 11.1 (155) 6. (kN) Compression lbs.2 (30) 1. Spring and shock absorber products are capable of functioning between 15°F and 160°F (-10°C and + 70°C).5 (215) 8.7 (1820) L3 L4 in.

8) Email: industrialsales@enidine.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 102 Jarret Shock Absorbers BCLR Series JT Application Worksheet BCLR-100  BCLR-1000 Series Force kN Rdymax 1: Energy dissipated/impact is 274 kJ 2: BCLR-400 selected Rdy0 Stroke mm Symbols: En = Energy Capacity (kJ) C = Maximum Stroke (mm) Rdy = Dynamic Reaction Force (kN) 1 .83 .7  Dynamic performance diagram Maximum allowable structural force: 650 kN Impact frequency = 10/hr 3: Maximum allowable impact frequency IF < 8 x 400 / 274 = 12 (10 impacts/hour is acceptable) 10 < 12 4: Effective (actual) stroke: Ce = 850 x Ce = 587mm 1 Me Ve2 2 5: Rdye = 520 (0.22) 4 . Compare standards to results: 3 .8) = 556 kN 2 .Required Stroke Calculation Ce = C E +1.027 x 2.Energy Calculation E = LR Series Based On 5 .1.7 + 0.com E (kJ) = IF = C (mm) = Rdymax (kN) BCLR-400 400 12 850 600 APPLICATION > 274 > 10 > 587 > 556 Note: maximum allowed structural load is 650 kN > 556 kN All performance characteristics can be modified. Tel.enidine.com 274 + 1.1 x 2.22) x Ce + Rdy0 (0.Application Example:  Impact velocity (V) : 2 m/s  Operating temperature : 20° to + 40°C Effective mass = 75 t  Surface protection : Electrolytic zinc & Painting Effective impact speed = 2.35 En (0.83 – 1. Please advise us of your specific requirements.1V + 0.Calculation of Effective Reaction Rdye Rdye = Rdymax .35 400 (0.7 + 0.Rdy0 C www.Allowable Impact Frequency (IF) IF < 8 x En Impacts/hour E (which is less than maximum allowable reaction force of 650 kN) 6.027 V + 0.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 102 .

Fixed orifice interchangeable cartridges are available for the ADA 500 Series. An optional remote adjustment cable provides adjustment control in otherwise inaccessible locations for the ADA 500 Series. long-life operation. which provide tamperproof operation once the desired rate has been determined. Features and Benefits • Extensive product line offers flexibility in both size and load capacities to fulfill a wide range of application requirements. double acting rate controls which provide smooth. Adjustable. reliable motion control for high load capacities. • ISO quality standards result in reliable. custom-orificed at factory.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . Adjustable and non-adjustable models are available to accommodate a wide variety of motion control applications.com • Custom stroke lengths and damping characteristics can be designed to suit your application requirements.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 103 ADA Rate Controls DA ADA/DA Series Rate Controls Overview ADA Series Tow Bar Snubbers DA Series Enidine Rate Controls are designed to regulate the speed and time required for a mechanism to move from one position to another.enidine. ADA products let the user adjust the rate to suit specific application requirements. • A select variety of surface finishes maintains original quality appearance and provides the longest corrosion resistance protection. Each product family offers a variety of stroke lengths from which to choose. Email: industrialsales@enidine. The DA Series are non-adjustable.com Tel. Double Acting (ADA 500 and ADA 700 Series) rate controls regulate speed in both tension and/or compression modes independently. Tow Bar (TB) snubbers are specially designed DA’s which dampen the abrupt starts and stops of power and free conveying systems. controllable machine operation by providing rate control for both linear and rotational (hinged) loads. 103 www. • Incorporating optional fluids can expand the standard operational temperature range from (15°F to 180°F) to (–30°F to 210°F). • Special materials and finishes available to meet specific customer requirements. Both single and double acting hydraulic damper designs allow smooth.

a portion of the oil passes through the extension check valve and fills the rod end of the shock tube. Maximum damping is achieved by turning the adjustment knob to the number eight (8) setting. heavy load applications requiring rate control in tension. while turning the knob to the zero (0) setting provides minimal resistance.enidine. threaded. Tel. The remainder of the oil volume displaced by the piston rod compresses the foam accumulator. custom-orificed units are designed to specific input conditions. oil is forced through the orifice hole(s) located in the shock tube.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 104 . The ADA 700 Series has independently controlled tension and compression capabilities located at each end of the unit. producing the required damping force. The ADA 500 Series utilizes two independent adjustment cartridges for motion control in each direction. The compression cartridge check ball unseats and allows free flow of the oil into the blind end of the shock tube. oil is forced through the orifice hole(s) located in the shock tube producing the required damping force. When the rate control is extended. These non-adjustable. Resistance is controlled by using a wrench key at either end of the rate control and adjusting the movement by following the stiffer (+) or softer (-) indications. Interchangeable. Extension Check Ball Orifice Hole(s) Cylinder Shock Tube Piston Clevis Oil Piston Rod Bearing Foam Accumulator Piston Head Compression Check Ball DA Series rate controls are ideally suited for high-energy. A foam accumulator is utilized to accept the volume of oil displaced by the piston rod. Upon extension of the rate control. the oil is orificed through the compression adjustment cartridge and flows freely through the tension adjustment cartridge. and allow for single and multiple orifice configurations.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 104 ADA DA Rate Controls ADA/DA Series Overview Adjustable Double Acting (ADA) Series Rate Control Rate Controls Piston Head Shock Tube Piston Clevis Cylinder Compression Adjustment Cartridge Tension Adjustment Cartridge Bearing Piston Rod Oil Cylinder End Foam Accumulator Check Ball Orifice Enidine Double Acting Adjustable (ADA) rate controls control the velocity of both linear and rotational loads throughout their entire motion. As the piston head moves. housed in the cylinder end. Upon compression of the rate control. The compression check ball is unseated by the flow of oil which fills the blind end of the shock tube. compression or both directions. tamper-resistant damping to meet particular application requirements.com passed through the orifice hole(s). The tension cartridge check ball unseats and allows free flow of the oil to the rod end of the shock tube. Adjustment cartridges on the ADA 500 Series allow flexibility in controlling the speed for an applied force in both the tension and compression directions. oil is moved through an internal flow path in the shock tube and is orificed through the tension adjustment cartridge. When the rate control is compressed.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. fixed-orifice cartridges can provide consistent. After the oil has www. the compression check ball seats. the extension check ball seats. As the piston head moves.

Adjustable and non-adjustable tamperproof models are available to fit your particular application requirements. Safer Machinery Operation – Rate controls protect machinery and equipment operators by offering predictable. and reduces noise levels from uncontrolled motion. lids. downtime and maintenance costs. while increasing machine life.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . Competitive Advantage – Machines and end products become more valuable because of increased productivity. Rate controls are typically used to control pneumatic cylinders. The resisting force provided by Enidine rate controls is typically constant over the entire stroke when the piston rod is moved at a constant velocity. The advantages of using rate controls include: STROKE SINGLE ORIFICE RATE CONTROL CONSTANTFORCE FORCE OPERATION 1. or both directions. If the motion of the mechanism is too slow. longer life. linear slides. Cycle the mechanism and observe the motion of the system.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 105 ADA Rate Controls DA ADA/DA Series VELOCITY Enidine Rate Controls are used to regulate the speed or time required for a mechanism to move from one position to another. DA Series models can be custom orificed to provide increasing resisting force over the stroke through the use of multiple orifices in the shock tube. move the adjustment dial to the next smallest number until the desired velocity is achieved.enidine. Enidine Rate Control Typical Application: Print Rollers and Paper Tensioners If the motion of the mechanism is too fast.com Tel. compression. reliable and controlled machine operation. vibration and damaging impacts. set the adjustment knob (per the useable adjustment setting graphs for the applicable model. since the torque from the weight of the lid changes as it closes. 2. move the adjustment dial to the next largest number until the desired velocity is achieved. such as noise. Longer Machine Life – The use of rate controls significantly reduces shock and vibration to machinery caused by uncontrolled machine operation. They use proven technology to enhance performance in a variety of product applications. lower maintenance and safer operation. STROKE MULTIPLE ORIFICE RATE CONTROL CONSTANT FORCE OPERATION 4. Improved Production Quality – Harmful effects of uncontrolled motion. VELOCITY Rate Controls Overview 3. are moderated or eliminated so that production quality is improved. 105 www. Compression and Tension Rate Control Adjustment Techniques A properly adjusted rate control safely controls machinery operation. and other moving mechanisms. This can be beneficial when controlling the velocity of a lid as it closes.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. since the rate controls are single orifice products. Enidine offers a wide range of rate controls that provide motion control in tension. This further reduces machinery damage. To correctly adjust the rate control after it has been properly sized for the application.

compression [C] or both [T and C]). Selection: ADA 510 (T and C). 4 (compression) 2. 5./hr or Nm/hr).: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 106 . To determine the approximate adjustment setting when the selected model. 6 in.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. or N) and total energy per hour (in-lbs.com After properly sizing the ADA.enidine. To determine the velocity when the selected model.28 m/s) (tension)./sec./hr (1 808 Nm/hr) compression 16. the adjustment setting can be determined. Determine if adjustable or non-adjustable model is desired./sec. The proper adjustment is two (2) in tension and compression per the ADA 500 Series Useable Adjustment Setting Range Curves. Higher velocities are obtained at lower adjustment settings and lower velocities are obtained at higher adjustment settings./hr (3 616 Nm/hr) Total 3. (. desired velocity (in. Select the appropriate rate control model. (890 N) (T and C) 8 in. For adjustable rate control models.28 m/s) (tension)./sec. 3./sec. EXAMPLE: Double Acting Application Stroke required: 2 in./hr (1 808 Nm/hr) tension 32. An adjustable model is desired. or mm) required. C. The intersection point of the velocity and the propelling force is the approximate adjustment setting to be used. (1 557 N) (tension). 4. refer to the Useable Adjustment Settings section for the selected model to determine the proper adjustment setting.000 in-lbs. or T and C). Determine the damping direction (tension [T]./hr or Nm/hr) to the values listed in the Rate Controls Engineering Data charts.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 106 ADA DA Rate Controls ADA/DA Series Adjustment Techniques Useable Adjustment Setting Range Green lines are model’s maximum allowable propelling force. propelling force.000 in-lbs. C or T and C): Stroke (S): Propelling Force (FD): Velocity (V): Cycles/Hour (C): T and C 4 in. 400 lbs. B./sec. Velocity: 11 in. propelling force (lbs. and propelling force are known: compare the propelling force to the adjustment setting in the compression and/or tension mode adjustment setting curves. Calculate total energy per hour (in-lbs. 5. Compare the damping direction (T. stroke. propelling force (lbs. (1 780 N) (compression) Selection: ADA 505 1. NOTE: Propelling force and velocity should be measured at the location of the rate control. www. propelling force and total energy per hour. 180° adjustment with setscrew locking. and velocity are known: compare velocity to the propelling force in the compression and/or tension mode adjustment setting curves. Total Energy/Hour: 16. Adjustment setting: 2 (tension). Tension Mode Adjustment Setting Curve ADA 500 Rate Controls Compression Mode Adjustment Setting Curve Damping Force Position 0 provides minimum damping force.2 m/s) 20 2. 1. Compare damping direction (T and C).15 m/s) (compression) NOTE: When a free flow plug is used. or mm) required. NOTE: Propelling force and velocity should be measured at the location of the rate control. For non-adjustable rate control models. Example: 1. (. 6 in. (0. 4 (compression) Velocity: 11 in. 2. (51 mm) Control direction: Tension and Compression Propelling force: 350 lbs. or N). (. A. Tel. stroke (in. 4. to the values listed in the rate controls engineering data charts. 1. Position 8 provides maximum damping force. adjustment setting.000 in-lbs. 2. or m/s) and cycles per hour. Damping Direction (T. refer to the Damping Constant Selection Instructions for the selected model to determine the proper damping constant./sec. (. The intersection point of the propelling force and the adjustment setting is the approximate velocity for the selected model.15 m/s) (compression) Intersection point: Adjustment setting 2 (tension). stroke (in. Adjustment higher or lower than this setting will result in slower or faster damper operation. the intersection point of the propelling force and free flow plug curve determines the velocity. respectively. (102 mm) 200 lbs.

the intersection point of the propelling force and free flow plug curve determines the velocity. /2 (compression) 1 80 FREE FLOW in COMPRESSION 60 2. adjustment setting.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . 4 in. EXAMPLE: Adjustable Double Acting Rate Control Application Stroke required: 6 in. (0.com Tel. Adjustment setting: 40 1 1/2 (tension). NOTE: When a free flow plug is used. To determine the velocity.1 m/s) (compression) 140 120 Intersection point: 100 Adjustment setting 1 1/2 (tension). The intersection point of the propelling force and the adjustment setting is the approximate velocity for the selected model. and propelling force are known./sec. Adjustment lower or higher than this setting will result in slower or faster damper operation respectively./sec.TURNS OPEN 11/4 0 125 250 375 500 625 750 875 1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 1625 1750 1875 2000 2125 2250 2375 2500 PROPELLING FORCE (lbs) Tension 13/4 40 11/2 35 11/4 30 1 25 3/4 20 15 1/2 10 5 1/4 0 125 250 375 500 625 750 875 1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 1625 1750 1875 2000 2125 2250 2375 2500 PROPELLING FORCE (lbs) Free Flow 3. 1/2 (compression) 20 Velocity: 0 125 250 375 500 625 750 875 1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 1625 1750 1875 2000 2125 2250 2375 2500 PROPELLING FORCE (lbs) 25 in. propelling force..000 lbs. when the selected model. compare the propelling force to the adjustment setting in the compression and/or tension mode adjustment setting curves. Selection: 1.1 m/s) (compression) NOTE: Propelling force and velocity should be measured at the location of the rate control. FREE FLOW in TENSION ADA 715 25 in.625 lbs.635 m/s) (tension). when the selected model. (4 4448 N) (tension). Compression ADA ADA 775 770 24 ADA 780 22 ADA ADA 760 755 ADA 750 Turn adjustment pin 1 3/4 turns open to provide minimum damping force./sec. 4 in. (152 mm) Control direction: Tension and Compression Propelling force: 1. A 1.635 m/s) (tension). (0.TURNS OPEN VELOCITY (in/sec) ADA 700 50 45 1. Higher velocities are obtained at higher adjustment settings and lower velocities are obtained at lower adjustment settings. Turn adjustment pin fully closed to provide maximum damping force.. Velocity: 180 VELOCITY (in/sec) 2. and velocity are known. (0. (0.enidine. (7 228 N) (compression) 200 160 ADJUSTMENT PIN. 107 www. 1..Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 107 ADA Rate Controls DA ADA/DA Series Adjustment Techniques Useable Adjustment Setting Range Damping Force Rate Controls Red lines are model’s maximum allowable propelling force. ADA 745 13/4 ADA 765 11/2 20 VELOCITY (in/sec) 18 1 16 14 12 3/4 10 8 6 1/2 4 2 1/4 ADJUSTMENT PIN. To determine the approximate adjustment setting./sec..5mm Hex Wrench (provided) is required to adjust the unit. The intersection point of the velocity and the propelling force is the approximate adjustment setting to be used.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. compare velocity to the propelling force in the compression and/or tension mode adjustment setting curves.

: _______________________________________________________°F (°C) Environmental Considerations: _____________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ CONTACT: SHOCK ABSORBER APPLICATION DEPT/TITLE: (All Data Taken at Shock Absorber) Number Shock Absorbers to Stop Load Impact Velocity (min.) Estimated Velocity at the Rate Control __________________(in.)(mm)  Motor _____________ (hp)(kW) Torque _____________(in-lbs.) Shock Absorber Stroke Requirements: __________________________(in. phone.com RATE CONTROL APPLICATION (All Data Taken at Rate Control) Number of Rate Controls to Control the Load: ___________________________ Control Direction:  Tension (T)  Compression (C) Required Stroke: __________(in. etc.) GENERAL INFORMATION  Rotary Horizontal  Incline Angle _______ Height _______  Up  Down Weight (Min.)(mm)  Hydraulic Cyl: Bore ______ (in.  Horizontal Fax. 10 DA 50 X 2 Select quantity Select Catalog No.)(Kg) Cycle Rate: ____________________________________________________ (cycles/hour) Additional Propelling Force (If Known): _________________________ (lbs. FAX NO./sec.)(mm) Max./Max.)(mm) G Load Requirements: _______________(G)(m/sec2) COMPANY: ADDRESS: TEL: FAX: EMAIL: PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED: www. DA Series All DA Models are custom orificed. (For custom design projects.com  Up  Down  Rotary Vertical  Vertical Email: industrialsales@enidine.: APPLICATION DESCRIPTION DATE: ATTN: COMPANY: Motion Direction (Check One): The Enidine Application Worksheet makes shock absorber sizing and selection easier.)(m/sec) Tel.)(Nm) Ambient Temp. Enidine representatives will consult with you for specification requirements.)(mm) Est.com for a list of Enidine distributors. Pressure ______(psi)(bar) Rod Dia. (See catalog back cover for Enidine locations.): ___________________________ (in. Please provide all application data for unique part number assignment.____ (in. or visit www.) • Weight NOTE: Propelling force and velocity should be measured at the location of the rate control.______(in.enidine.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 108 ADA DA Rate Controls ADA/DA Series Ordering Information/Application Worksheet ADA Series Example: T4 Select quantity C Select Tension Mode •T Adjustable •T (0-6) Non-Adjustable* •P Free Flow Select Catalog No.)(m/sec. from Engineering Data chart or Accessory chart Rate Controls ADA 505 10 Select Compression Mode •C Adjustable •C (0-6) Non-Adjustable* •P Free Flow *Note: Select adjustment setting (from Adjustment Setting Curve[s]) to be duplicated in non-adjustable cartridge.)(mm) Max./sec. from Engineering Data chart Example: Application Worksheet APPLICATION DATA Specify for damping in tension. environmental conditions. Pressure ______(psi)(bar) Rod Dia. compression or both. you will receive a detailed analysis of your application and product recommendations.enidine.): _____________________________________________ (lbs.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 108 . or mail worksheet data to Enidine headquarters or your nearest Enidine subsidiary/affiliate or distributor.)(N)  Air Cyl: Bore ______ (in.) Upon Enidine’s receipt of this worksheet. as applicable: • Vertical. Stroke Time ______________(sec. Application data must be supplied when ordering./max. Horizontal or Rotary† Motion • Velocity • Propelling Force • Cycles per Hour • Other (temperature.

87 (275.5) .3) .31 (8.2) Tel.251 (6.500 (12.251 (6.81 (350) 15. lbs.3) .250.0) 12.563 (14.0) Damping Direction in. (mm) 2 (50.87 (173. (mm) .010 +0.7) .8) 1. (Kg) 0. (mm) 7.5) Model Weight lbs.2) .06 (27.0) .3 (0.06 (27.000 (118 650) 1.500 (12. C or T and C T. (mm) 1.7) .31 (8.81 (300) 13.251 (6.0) . in.0) 12.25 (6.0) 1.0) www.8) in.0) .25 (6.0) .500 (12.68 (0.3) .8) 1. C or T and C T. C or T and C T. C or T and C T.5) .000 (163 850) W in.0) 10 (250) L in.25 (31.87 (325.81 (400) N U +.375 (9.87 (224.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 109 ADA Rate Controls ADA Series Technical Data ADA 505  ADA 525 Series ØN W Rate Controls U ØD X F ØN ØS C ØU V L W U ØD X ØN F ØN C ØU ØS V L + STROKE Catalog No.0) D in.0) . (mm) .0) 1.0) .0 (0.000 (96 050) 1.375 (9. (mm) . (mm) 6. C or T and C Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .8) 1.381 in. (mm) 1.590) (S) Stroke in.5) .0) .25 (31.0) .375 (9.25 (31.25 (31.3) . (mm) . C or T and C T.0) Bore Size in.31 (8.0) .8) 1.000 +0.31 (8. (mm) .06 (27.5) .: 1-800-852-8508 X in.25 (6.25 (31.563 (14. Propelling Force Extension Compression lbs.63 (16. C or T and C T.63 (16.81 (200) 9.00/-0.3) (ETC) Max.0) 10.372) 1.251 (6.563 (14.2) .13/-0.63 (16.7) .450.31 (8.563 (14.0) 8 (200.375 (9.0) 14./hour (Nm/hr) 650.25 (6.0) 6 (150./ Model ADA ADA ADA ADA ADA ADA ADA ADA ADA ADA 505 505M 510 510M 515 515M 520 520M 525 525M Catalog No.-lbs.0) 8 (200.80 (0.005/-.520) 1.445) 1. (mm) .06 (27.500 (12.2) ./ Model ADA ADA ADA ADA ADA ADA ADA ADA ADA ADA 109 505 505M 510 510M 515 515M 520 520M 525 525M Damping Direction T.3) 0.25 (6.500 (12.63 (16.0) .000/-.0) S in.06 (27.00 +.000 (73 450) 850.000 (141 250) 1.1 (0.0) 6 (150.com V in. (mm) . (N) (N) 450 450 (2 000) (2 000) 450 375 (2 000) (1 670) 450 300 (2 000) (1 335) 450 200 (2 000) (900) 450 125 (2 000) (550) (S) Stroke in. C or T and C C in.0) F in.87 (376.0) 1.375 (9.63 (16.2) .050.87 (6.0) .enidine.0) 4 (100.81 (250) 11.com (FD) Max.0) 8. C or T and C T. (mm) 2 (50.0) 10 (250. C or T and C T.0) 4 (100.0) 1.7) . (mm) T.7) Email: industrialsales@enidine.563 (14.

98 (25) .98 (25) .63 K* K* 1. C or T and C ADA 730 T.1 (3.500 (11 000) 2.69 1.0) 4 (100.63 METRIC Ø18 Ø18 27 Ø10 H7 Ø10 H7 B B (14) 14 43 43 Ø10 H9 Ø10 H9 10 10 C  20 C  20 20 20 40 40 35 35 D* D* 16 16 20 20 M10 M10 Catalog No.500 (11 000) 2. C or T and C ADA 715 T.1 SW=10 /8 – 24 UNF 8.200.10 (485) *Notes: 1.0) 6 (150.98 (25) 2 (50.0025 –.91 .35 (745) 33.500 ±.0005 B (Ø18) STROKE A H .400.500 (11 000) 2.10 (434) 19.10 (231) 11.000 (286 000) 2.4 (2.-lbs.98 (25) . 2.3) 5.1 (2. Propelling Force Bore Size in. C or T and C ADA 710 T.0) 10 (250.78 Ø.000 (168 000) 1.10 (282) 13.10 (180) 9.500 (11 000) 2. C or T and C ADA 725 T.000 (247 000) 2.6) 9.6) 6.500 (11 000) 2.100.005 .100.com Tel.2) 7.500 (11 000) 2.98 (25) .500 (11 000) 2.10 (383) 17. (mm) B in.500 (11 000) 2. The maximum load capacity for mounting option K and D is 1 600 N www.500 (11 000) 2.500 ±.000 (366 000) 3.5 (1.0) 14 (350. C or T and C ADA 735 T.35 (847) 7.56 Ø./hour (m/s) Model Weight lbs.47 Ø.0025 –.500 (11 000) 2.35 (339) 17.3750 +.63 Ø.35 (237) 13.0005 (Ø18) H .1 SW=10 A A SW=10 SW=10 27 1./ Model Rate Controls THREAD CONNECTION Damping Direction ADA 705 T.enidine.98 (25) .6) 4.000 (326 000) 3. The maximum load capacity for mounting option K and D is 650 lbs.0) 5.9 (3.3750 +. (Kg) A in.63 8.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.47 .69 1.35 (441) 21.500 (11 000) 2.005 Ø.91 3 /8 – 24 UNF IMPERIAL 1.10 (332) 15. (mm) Tension lbs. (N) Compression lbs.0) 8 (200. C or T and C ADA 720 T.56 3 1.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 110 .7 (2.30 (643) 29.4 (2.500 (11 000) 1. (mm) (S) Stroke in. C or T and C (FD) Max.500 (11 000) 2.30 (541) 25.0) 12 (300.500 (11 000) 2.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 110 Rate Controls ADA Series ADA Technical Data ADA 705  ADA 735 Series TENSION ADJUSTMENT LOCATION COMPRESSION ADJUSTMENT LOCATION Ø1.9) 7.000 (206 000) 2.0) 2.800.55 (Ø14) THREAD CONNECTION .500.000 (129 000) 1. (mm) .800.98 (25) . (N) (ETC) Max in.

98 (25.10 (942) *Notes: 1.10 (688) 29.91 .: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 . (Kg) 8.30 (1 151) 49.005 Ø.1 (5.69 1.8 (5.4 (6.63 Ø.63 8.30 (1 557) 65.35 (1 761) B in.000 (642 000) 6. C or T and C ADA 775 T.500 (11 000) 2.69 1.0) (S) Stroke in.30 (1 659) 69.500 ±.10 (586) 25.3750 +.6 (3.000 (603 000) 5.900.5 (5.47 Ø.500 (11 000) 2. C or T and C ADA 745 T.56 Bore Size in.0) . (N) 2. C or T and C ADA 765 T.900.0) .78 Ø.5) 12.5) A in./hour (m/s) 3.500 ±.56 .47 .-lbs.500 (11 000) 2.98 (25.1 SW=10 3 /8 – 24 UNF 1. 2.500 (11 000) 2.3 (4.0) .5) 10.98 (25.000 (444 000) 4.98 (25.6 (4.enidine.500 (11 000) 2.0) .500 (11 000) 2.500 (11 000) 2.35 (1 355) 57.30 (947) 41. (mm) 21.600.35 (1 253) 53.005 Ø.98 (25.1 SW=10 METRIC A A Ø18 27 Ø18 SW=10 SW=10 27 Ø10 H7 Ø10 H7 B B (14) 14 43 43 Ø10 H9 Ø10 H9 10 10 C  20 C  20 20 20 40 40 35 35 D* D* 16 16 20 20 M10 M10 Catalog No.000 (681 000) 6.000.10 (637) 27.com Email: industrialsales@enidine. C or T and C ADA 770 T. C or T and C 1.0) .63 8.10 (840) 35. (N) 2.700 (7 500) 1.500 (11 000) 2.500 (11 000) Compression lbs.10 (891) 37.98 (25.0025 –. Propelling Force Tension lbs.300.600.10 (790) 33.0025 –.3750 +.8) 13.3 (6.000 (8 800) 1.63 K* K* 1.0005 (Ø18) H . The maximum load capacity for mounting option for K and D is 1 600 N.30 (1 049) 45.10 (535) 23./ Model Damping Direction ADA 740 T.500.000 (721 000) Model Weight lbs.35 (1 457) 61.98 (25.0) . 111 www.000 (563 000) 5. (mm) 37.98 (25. C or T and C ADA 780 T.1) 14.0005 B STROKE A (Ø18) H .9) 9. The maximum load capacity for mounting option for K and D is 650 lbs.000 (405 000) 3.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 111 ADA Rate Controls ADA Series Technical Data ADA 740  ADA 780 Series TENSION ADJUSTMENT LOCATION Rate Controls COMPRESSION ADJUSTMENT LOCATION Ø1.9 (4.55 (Ø14) THREAD CONNECTION THREAD CONNECTION .200 (5 300) 1.98 (25.8) 11.0) .91 3 /8 – 24 UNF IMPERIAL 1.0) . C or T and C ADA 760 T.400 (6 200) 1.2) 9.000 (484 000) 4.000 (4 500) 900 (4 000) 800 (3 500) 700 (3 100) (ETC) Max in.000 (524 000) 4.10 (739) 31.300.2) 12. C or T and C ADA 755 T. (mm) 16 (400) 18 (450) 20 (500) 22 (550) 24 (600) 26 (650) 28 (700) 30 (750) 32 (800) (FD) Max.500 (11 000) 2. (mm) .com Tel.200. C or T and C ADA 750 T.

: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 112 . please complete application worksheet on page 104 and forward to Enidine. Contact Enidine for more information. Part Number Accessory Description LA in. (mm) Weight oz. Adjustable Cartridge Non-Adjustable Cartridge Free Flow Plug Catalog No. Note: Remote adjustment cable can be used in a single position only. Tel. Provides least amount of damping force for ADA Models. LA Standard remote adjustment cable length is 48" (1220 mm).Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 112 Rate Controls ADA Series ADA Accessories Remote Adjustment Cable for ADA 500 Series Rate Controls Enidine will custom fit a remote adjustment cable for applications where the ADA unit will be mounted in non-accessible locations. Optional lengths available upon request. (g) RAC48 1K495748 Remote Adjustment Cable 48 (1220) 7 (191) RAC4957 AJ4957325 Adjustable Cartridge NAC “x” NJ“x”4957327 CW4957 2L4957302 Cartridge Wrench FFP4957 PA4957326 Free Flow Plug www. May be used in place of adjustable cartridge.enidine.com Non-Adjustable Cartridge (0-6) Email: industrialsales@enidine. For installing adjustable and non-adjustable cartridges.com Notes “x” specify desired setting “0-6”. Note: If rotary application.

58 (295) L in.000 (259 865) 2./ Model Damping Direction DA 50 x 2 T.13 (28.75 (398) ±.7) 1. C or T and C (FD) Max.59 (345) 9.125 (28. (N) 2.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:00 AM Page 113 Rate Controls DA Series DA Technical Data DA 50 x 2  DA 75 x 4 Series DA 75M x 50  DA 75M x 100 Series ØB ØS ØD Rate Controls ØM ØM ØU ØT X V W F L ØD *ØS ØB ØM ØU ØM ØT V X W F **L+STROKE Catalog No.56 (14.500 (38. 4.38 (86.2) .2) .8) 2.500 (38.25 (57.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .7) .015 (±0.578 (14.38) ±.0) 4 (100.7) .125 (28.81 (21.5 (1.7) 1.0) X in. (mm) 9.578 (14.000 (225 970) 2.00 (76. stroke limiter. Provide a positive stop 12 in.98 (355) 15.13 (28.500 (11 121) 5. (mm) .0) .7) 1.2) 0.500 (11 121) 2.500 (11 121) 2.0) V in.-lbs.000 (22 250) (S) Stroke in.000 (1 120) 15.5 (2.59 (294) 13. (mm) .56 (14. * ØS indicates outside diameter of optional protective sleeve for TB models.00 (51.50 (38.56 (14.50 (38.0) 2.2) U ±. (mm) 1. before end of stroke in tension and compression to prevent internal bottoming.25 (57.765 (19.56 (14.00 (50. C or T and C DA 50 x 8 T. DA Models will function at 10% of their maximum rated energy per cycle.7) 1.000 (1 120) 20.765 (19.2) 2. 5.56 (14.2) .0) .50 (38.00 (50.0) Notes: 1. mount the rate control with the piston rod down.000 (2 260) 10.00 (50.8) 4 (101.0) 0.125 (28.000 (192 074) 2.300.6) 1.8) 2.75 (19.2) 0.com Tel. (mm) 1.6) 1.000 (2 240) S in.7) 1. For optimal performance in vertical applications using compression.0) D in. If less than 10%.4) (ET) Max. (mm) 7.2) 3.000 (1 695) 20.13 (28.98 (304) 13.0) 1.2) 0. in-lbs/hr (Nm/cycle) 1. (mm) 1.100.1) 1.50 (38.50 (38.13 (28.2) 2 (50.7) 1.0) 1. (mm) 2.27) 6. 3.98 (406) 13.56 (14.56 (14. a smaller model should be specified. (Kg) 3.000 (350 000) in.6) 6 (152. C or T and C DA 75 x 2 DA 75M x 50 DA 75 x 4 DA 75M x 100 Catalog No.0) 4 (100.98 (253) 11. Propelling Force lbs.0) Bore Size in.400.59 (193) 9.59) 5.2) 2.7) 1. 113 www. C or T and C DA 50 x 6 T.13 (28.2) .56 (14.000 (22 250) 5.75 (19.2) .125 (28.63) 25.578 (14.2) 2. (mm) 1.8) 3. in.500 (11 121) 2.0 (3. C or T and C T.2) .0 (13. ** Dimension L is controlled by a 2.7) .56 (14.015 (±0.8) 2.2) .6) 1.0) (ETC) Max.25 (57.00 (50.25) in.700.00 (76.50 (38.6) 1. (mm) .0 (2.7) .56 (14.2) 2 (50.58 (245) 11./cycle (Nm/cycle) 5. 2.38) in.8) 4 (101.59 (243) 11.4) 8 (203.7) 1.56 (14.enidine./ Model DA 50 x 2 DA 50 x 4 DA 50 x 6 DA 50 x 8 DA 75 x 2 DA 75M x 50 DA 75 x 4 DA 75M x 100 T.1) 1. (mm) 2. C or T and C DA 50 x 4 T.1) 1.0) (S) Stroke in.2) 0.75 (19.95) 8.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.75 (19.700.00 (51.000 (565) 10.4) .50 (38.13 (28.13 (28.578 (14.50 (38.56 (14.38 (86.0) T M B in.1) 2.2) .0 (11.81 (21.13 (28.0) Model Weight lbs.4) 29.0) F in.000.0 in. (mm) 2 (50.6) 6 (152.000 (305 000) 3.25 (57.000 (158 179) 1. (mm) 2 (50.0) 1.4) 8 (203.0) 3.0) 3.010 (±0.75 (348) 15. (mm) 0.0) W in.

0) 2.00 (76.75 (19.6) 3.0) .000 (22 250) 5.75 (19.0) Notes: 1. DA Models will function at 10% of their maximum rated energy per cycle. (mm) .00 (51.0) 0. 3. in.0) 1.010 (±0.75 (548) 24.500 (38.0) 3.0) V in. ** Dimension L is controlled by a 2. (mm) 17.0) 1.00 (76.000 (6 779) M Catalog No.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.50 (63.50 (38.25 (57.-lbs.75 (70.000 (463 000) 4.000 (497 133) in.0) X in. (mm) 0.500.4) . (mm) . C or T and C T.0) 8 (200.88 (480) L in.750 (19.38) in.4) .25* (82.0) 10 (250.: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 114 .5) 32. mount the rate control with the piston rod down.50 (38.0) 1.6) Model Weight lbs.000 (5 600) 40.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:01 AM Page 114 Rate Controls DA Series DA Technical Data DA 75 x 6  TB 100 x 6 Series OPTIONAL PROTECTIVE SLEEVE.0) 2.0) 1.1) .0) 2.1) T S in. (mm) .75 (19.000 (44 482) (ET) Max.000 (497 133) 4.765 (19. before end of stroke in tension and compression to prevent internal bottoming.0) 3./ Model Damping Direction DA 75 x 6 DA 75M x 100 DA 75 x 8 DA 75M x 150 DA 75 x 10 DA 75M x 250 T.4) .015 (±0.765 (19.0) D in.75 (19.38 (86.25* (82.0) (FD) Max.000 (22 250) 10.0) .0) 1./cycle (Nm/cycle) 30.0) 8 (200. 5.0 (14.58 (345) 15.0 (16.38) ±.0) 2.75 (19.38 (86.5) 2.0) .500 (38.500 (38.2) 2.58 (445) 18.75 (19.0) 6 (150.0) 1.58 (395) 17.5) U ±.0) 10 (250.0) .000 (508 000) 4.0 in.0 (15.0) 3.0) 1. stroke limiter.00 (25.015 (±0.00 (51.0) 37. TOW BAR (TB) MODELS ONLY ØD *ØS ØB ØM ØM ØU ØT X V W F **L+STROKE Catalog No. a smaller model should be specified.400.0 (18.0) .50 (38.0) 4 (100.2) (S) Stroke in.000 (4 480) 60.75 (19. (mm) 1.0) 2.25 (57.75 (19.75 (19.0) 4 (100. (mm) 13.0) 1.1) W in.0) 0.enidine. (Kg) 33.1) .81 (21.500 (38. www.25) in.25** (616) 22. (mm) 6 (150.50 (38.38 (86.75 (70.00 (51. (mm) 1.81 (21. (mm) 6 (150.75 (448) 19. C or T and C T.0) 1.0) 1.com Tel.000 (3 360) 40. TOW BAR (TB) MODELS ONLY DA 75M x 150  DA 75M x 250 Series ØB *ØS ØD Rate Controls ØM ØM ØU ØT X V W F **L OPTIONAL PROTECTIVE SLEEVE.81 (21.50 (63. If less than 10%.0) 6 (150.0) 3.000 (44 482) 10.75 (38.75 (498) 21.5) (ETC) Max.00 (25. 2. (mm) 3.000 (406 000) 4.0) .8) 41.00 (76. (mm) 1.6) 32.0) 3. 4.400.000 (22 250) 5. (N) 5.75 (38. C or T and C TB 100 x 4 T and C TB 100 x 6 T and C Bore Size in.600.0) 1./ Model DA 75 x 6 DA 75M x 100 DA 75 x 8 DA 75M x 150 DA 75 x 10 DA 75M x 250 TB 100 x 4 TB 100 x 6 B in.100.50 (38.88 (480) 18.765 (19. in-lbs/hr (Nm/cycle) 3.0) 2. Provide a positive stop 12 in.500 (38.0 (14. (mm) 2. For optimal performance in vertical applications using compression.75 (19.4) F in. * ØS indicates outside diameter of optional protective sleeve for TB models. Propelling Force lbs.750 (19.4) 1.0) (S) Stroke in.0) .000 (4 480) 50. (mm) 3.25** (565) ±.50 (38.

: 1-800-852-8508 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 .enidine.com Email: industrialsales@enidine.com Tel.Project1-RevB_BP_ITT_Blue:Project1-RevB_BP 4/13/11 10:01 AM Page 115 Notes Notes WEAR™ Pipe Restraints Notes 115 www.

Patents 5.: 1-800-852-8508 www. MIL-E-5400.S. and Defense industries. ozone and abrasives. For more information. MIL-STD-167. STANAG-042. MIL-S-901D. including MIL-STD-810.qxp:WireRope-Cat.549. these helical isolator products can help ensure that your systems can effectively meet performance requirements in Commercial.2007 4/13/11 9:43 AM Page 115 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR Series Wire Rope Isolators Overview U. Industrial. 115 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel. please refer to our “Wire Rope Isolator Sizing Information” on pages 5-6 to assist you in selecting a model for your application. With their corrosion resistant.285 Wire Rope Isolators Standard Wire Rope Isolators are comprised of stainless steel stranded cable threaded through aluminum alloy retaining bars that are mounted for effective shock and vibration isolation. oils. chemicals. versatile mounting options and a variety of sizes. high-performance shock and vibration isolators that are unaffected by temperature extremes. all-metal construction. Enidine Wire Rope Isolators are environmentally stable. Featuring a patented crimping pattern.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. BV43-44 and DEF-STND 0755.com .enidine.

Clamp Mount Screw Outer Mount Bar Wire Rope Cable Inner Mount Bar Clamp Models (WR12 – WR40): Enidine’s clamp bar models are constructed by clamping the wire rope between two fastened mount bars.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.com Tel.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 116 . www.qxp:WireRope-Cat.enidine. no assembly hardware. and reduced assembly time.2007 4/13/11 9:43 AM Page 116 Wire Rope Isolators WR Series WR Overview Wire Rope Isolators Crimped Mount Bar Crimp Wire Rope Cable Crimp Models (WR2 – WR8): Enidine’s patented crimp design lowers cost by using fewer mount bars when compared to the clamp design.

Performance is provided for full loop isolators. Type II.enidine. Consult Enidine if a preferred mounting configuration is not listed. Some models have reduced mounting options available due to limited fastener installation space. COMPRESSION 45˚COMPRESSION/ROLL FIXED SHEAR (for Wire Rope Isolators) FIXED ROLL Damping: Typically 5-15%. Performance: Stiffness (Kv or Ks): Wire rope isolators exhibit non-linear stiffness behavior. Class 1A Hardware: Alloy Steel per ASTM F835. Anodized per MIL-A-8625. COMPRESSION 45˚COMPRESSION/ROLL FIXED SHEAR (for Wire Rope Isolators) FIXED ROLL Stabilizers: Stabilizers are used to control deflections of tall supported masses. The number of loops is indicated in the isolator part number. and average shock stiffness values (Ks) within the catalog. will have a different spring rate than larger shock deflections. or as few as 2-Loops. This option is recommended for high fatigue applications. Add an “M” after the mounting option for Metric. For specific damping considerations.qxp:WireRope-Cat. Add an “R” to the end of the part number. Stabilizers are typically recommended when the height equals 2-times the width or depth dimension. ratio the stiffness by dividing the number of desired loops by the number of full loops. and threaded bars. These values can be used with the provided equations listed on Page 6 to predict system performance. Passivated Hardware: 302/304 Stainless Steel (when stainless steel bars are specified) (WR12 – WR40) Threads: Stainless Steel Helical Inserts.: 1-800-852-8508 www. The stiffness values listed in the catalog are for full-loop versions. The bellmouth feature includes mount bars with radii manufactured into the wire rope hole edges. Chemical Conversion Coated per MIL-C-5541. usually associated with vibration isolation. please consult Enidine. and selected one size softer than the base isolators. Zinc Plated (WR12–WR40 Series) Thread: Stainless Self Clinching Insert (WR2–WR8 Series). In most applications. Enidine publishes typical vibration stiffness values (Kv). countersunk. depending on size and input level. Threaded Bar (WR12–WR40 Series) Optional: Wire Rope: Galvanized or Nylon Coated Stainless Mount Bars: 6061-T6 Aluminum. The diagram below includes load axis definitions and deflection considerations. Isolator Axes: Wire rope isolators are multi-axis isolators. Bellmouth: Enidine’s wire rope isolators are available with a “bellmouth” option. Free Running or Self Locking (WR3 – WR40) Threaded Aluminum (WR2 – WR8) Special: Consult Enidine Isolator Options: Mounting: Enidine offers a full range of mounting combinations of thru-hole.2007 4/13/11 9:43 AM Page 117 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR Series Overview Wire Rope Isolators Materials and Finishes: Standard: Wire Rope: 302/304 Stainless Steel Mount Bars: 6061-T6 Aluminum. Class 1 302/304 Stainless Steel per ASTM A276. For reduced loop versions. Loops: Enidine’s wire rope isolators can be purchased with the full number of loops. All configurations are available in either Imperial or Metric styles. the quantity of stabilizers required are half as many as the base isolators.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. Mounting Orientation: The diagrams below illustrate typical mounting orientations.com . Performance for reduced loop isolators can be obtained by a simple ratio. Small deflections. 117 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.

qxp:WireRope-Cat.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 118 . Ks = ________N/m Dactual = ________in.com Tel.2007 4/13/11 9:43 AM Page 118 Wire Rope Isolators WR Series WR Application Worksheet IMPERIAL METRIC PART I: SYSTEM DATA: 1. V = 2gh g = 386 in. Maximum Isolator Vibration Stiffness: (Kv) Kv = W (2π ƒn)2 Wire Rope Isolators APPLICATION WORKSHEET ./sec. Min.) Calculated Dmin must be less than the isolator’s max deflection Note: Metric deflections are calculated in meters (m) and technical data is in millimeters (mm).* W = ________ N* Load Axis Load Axis ____________________ ___________________ Kv = ________ lbs.0 g g = 386 in/sec2 or 9.81 m/sec2 4.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. Dactual = ________m * Assumes a central CG PART II: VIBRATION SIZING: 1. Check actual deflection using “Ks” from technical data to ensure that the isolator’s max deflection is Dactual = not exceeded. 2.) Calculated “W” must be less than the isolator’s max static load and b. Select an isolator by comparing calculated values with technical data for the desired load axis provided in tables for each isolator.2 or 9. Load Axis: Compression Shear or Roll 45º Compression/Roll n = ________ W = WnT W = ________ lbs. Total Supported Load ( WT): WT = ________ Kg x 9.) Isolator’s vibration stiffness must be less than the calculated maximum Kv PART III: SHOCK SIZING: 1.) Calculated “W” must be less than the isolator’s max static load and b./in. Maximum Allowable Transmitted Acceleration: Shock Input Velocity: Free Fall Impact: AT = ________G’s V = ________ in. Dmin = ________m Ks = ________lbs.) Isolator’s shock stiffness must be less than calculated maximum “Ks” 6.2 h = Drop Height (in. Ks = V 7. a. WT = ________ lbs. Number of Isolators (n): 3. a. V = ________ m/sec. select another isolator and repeat steps 5 and 6. or m) 2 3./sec. Ks(Isolator)g W If isolator’s max deflection is exceeded. Isolator Response Deflection: V Dmin = g(A ) T W(V/Dmin)2 g 4. System Response Natural Frequency for 80% isolation: ƒn = 3.81 = ________ N 2. Maximum Isolator Shock Stiffness: 5.81 m/sec. Static Load per Isolator (W): 4.enidine. Select an isolator by comparing calculated values with technical data for the desired load axis provided in tables for each isolator. www.INPUTS IMPERIAL/METRIC ( = rpm ) 60 ƒi = ________Hz 3. Kv = ________ N/m Dmin = ________in. and c./in. Input Excitation Frequency (ƒi) = ________ Hz 2.

03) 0.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.03) 0.7 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) • U.500 (68.3) 114.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.13 2X 4. (mm) 1.enidine.30 (33) ± .20 (30) 1.00 (25) 1.80 (20) 1.25mm) 2X . E.07 (0.05 (0. (Kg) 0.76 ø.-lbs. Call for quotation.10 (28) 1.10 (28) 1.185 ± .549. S Model Number Ordering Code WR2 .1) ø . D.) Chem Conv.10 D T M P N R Thru Hole in.03) 0.5) 127 3.52) Width (Ref) “W” in.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.2007 4/13/11 9:43 AM Page 119 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR2 Series Technical Data Wire Rope Isolators 2X 5.) Passivated Add “M” for Metric Thread in.2) 4X MOUNTING HOLES Holes 4X Mounting See Mounting Options "W" “W” 2X .690 Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .70 (18) 0.00 (25) 1.03) Mounting Options Feature Options: *[ ] .07 (0. E A.Tapped • Maximum recommended torque for standard threaded insert is 6 in. (0.375 9. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) Ø.07 (0.Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] .40 (10.None [ R ] . Patent 5.000 (79.30 2.qxp:WireRope-Cat.Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .02) 0.Galvanized Steel [ N ] .com .13) #8-32 UNC (M4 X 0.50 (38) Unit Weight Lbs.05 (0.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.005 (Ø4.563 14.07 (0.062 "H" “H” (Ref) Height “H” in.6) 4. C.7) 82º (90º) B.02) 0.S. 119 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.) Anodized [ P ] .) [ G ] .400 .: 1-800-852-8508 www.010 (± . B. (mm) Size WR2-100 WR2-200 WR2-400 WR2-600 WR2-700 WR2-800 0.40 (36) 1.53 (4. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.16 . (mm) Mounting Options Thru C’sink A B Thru C C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru D E Thread C’sink S Thru For C’sink and Threaded Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] . Coated [ Y ] .Flush Self Clinching Threaded Insert [ T ] .7 ± 0.20 (30) 1.188 (1.29 . D.30 (33) 1.285 Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 10 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table * Standard features.06 (± 1.

/in.0) 5 WR2-700-10 4.06 (26.22 (31./in.8) 45 (7.34 (8.7) 95 (17) 50 (8. (N) in.2) 6 WR2-800-10 2.38 (9.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 120 .7) 145 (25) 90 (16) 7. Consult ENIDINE for other options.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.0) 17 (3.8) 60 (11) 30 (5.70 (17.0 (22) 0.0) 30 (5.5 (16) 1.3) 11 (1./in.6) 205 (36) 125 (22) 8.9) 40 (7.6) 6 WR2-800-10 3.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 120 Wire Rope Isolators WR2 Series WR Technical Data Compression 1 2 3 4 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.5 (33) 0. (N) in.42 (10.8) 70 (12) 35 (6.7) 115 (20) 65 (11.8) 50 (8. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs./in.86 (21./in.9) 22 (3.qxp:WireRope-Cat.3) 13 (2. (kN/m) Curve Model 1 WR2-100-10 10.90 (22.4) 2 WR2-200-10 5. www.8) 60 (11) 27 (4.58 (14.0) 3 WR2-400-10 5.0 (18) 0.8) 18 (3. Deflection 5 6 45º Compression/Roll Curve 1 2 3 4 Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs./in.8) 22 (3.5 (24) 0. (kN/m) 5 6 Shear/Roll Curve Model 1 2 3 4 5 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.9) 35 (6.5 (47) 2 WR2-200-10 3 WR2-400-10 4 5 6 Wire Rope Isolators Static Load vs.5 (16) 0.0 (13) 0. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (mm) 1 WR2-100-10 5.2) 18 (3.7) 4 WR2-600-10 4.0 (22) 0. (mm) 1 WR2-100-10 7. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.74 (18.6) 80 (14) 80 (14) 2 WR2-200-10 4.0 (36) 0.7) 50 (8.0 (27) 0.5 (11) 0.com Tel.34 (8.0 (18) 1.8) 3 WR2-400-10 3.0 (31) 0.0 (13) 0. Do not extrapolate curves.9) Kv (vibration) Lbs.9) Kv (vibration) Lbs.3) WR2-800-10 4.1) 15 (2.3) 6 Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.9) 13 (2.98 (24. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.5 (20) 0.3) 4 WR2-600-10 3.62 (15.9) 5 WR2-700-10 3.enidine.8) WR2-600-10 6.7) 80 (14) 40 (7.74 (18.82 (20.5 (24) 0. (N) in.58 (14.0 (18) 0.1) WR2-700-10 5.46 (11.3) 30 (5.7) 30 (5.78 (19.9) 22 (3. (kN/m) 0.

) Anodized [ P ] .302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.None [ R ] .4) (Ref) Height “H” in. (mm) Size WR3-100 WR3-200 WR3-400 WR3-600 WR3-700 WR3-800 0.Helical Insert.005 (Ø5.07) 0.Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] .) Passivated Add “M” for Metric Thread in.52) Width (Ref) “W” in. (mm) Ø.Helical Insert. Free Running [ L ] .qxp:WireRope-Cat. Coated [ Y ] . Patent 5.10 (28) 1.00 (25) 1. E.094 (2.) [ G ] .Flush Self Clinching Threaded Insert [ H ] .com .50 (38) ± .4) “H” ø.30 (33) 1.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.9 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) • U.20 (30) 1.70 (43) Unit Weight Lbs.6 ± 0.18 (0. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.50 (38) 1.400 . (mm) 1.3) 3.10 (28) 1.enidine. D.10 D T M P N R Thru Hole in. Self Locking [ T ] .Tapped Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 10 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for standard threaded insert is 8 in.07) 0.90 (23) 1.950 (100.15 (0.8) 82º (90º) B.16 (0.15 (0. D.25mm) 4X Mounting Holes See Mounting Options “W” .30 (33) 1.25 (6. C.Galvanized Steel [ N ] .Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .: 1-800-852-8508 www. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) #10-32 UNF (M5 X 0.40 (36) 1.13) Mounting Options Thru C’sink A B Thru C C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru D E Thread C’sink S Thru For C’sink and Threaded Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] .-lbs.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv. E A.010 (± .15 (0. S Model Number Ordering Code WR3 . B. 121 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.07) 0.06 (± 1.7) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.549.42 (112.S. Call for quotation.60 (41) 1.50 (12.) Chem Conv.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.285 * Standard features.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 121 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR3 Series Technical Data Wire Rope Isolators 4.07) 0.14 (0.06) 0. (0.3) .08) Mounting Options Feature Options: *[ ] . (Kg) 0.219 ± .

(kN/m) 0.38 (9.94 (23.82 (20.7) 70 (12) 70 (12) 4 WR3-600-10 6 (27) 0.90 (22.8) 40 (7. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.26 (32.46 (11.42 (10.6) 20 (3.9) 75 (13) 32 (5.com Tel./in.7) 215 (38) 2 WR3-200-10 12 (53) 0.9) 90 (16) 40 (7.3) 6 WR3-800-10 4 (18) 0. (kN/m) 6 Shear/Roll Model 1 WR3-100-10 10 (44) 0.6) 370 (65) 230 (40) 17 (76) 0.8) 120 (21) 55 (9.6) 4 WR3-600-10 8 (36) 1. Consult ENIDINE for other options.5) Kv (vibration) Lbs.7) 290 (51) 170 (30) 14 (62) 0.7) 135 (24) 135 (24) 2 WR3-200-10 9 (40) 0.62 (15.8) 105 (18) 45 (7.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 122 Wire Rope Isolators WR3 Series WR Technical Data Static Load vs.8) 30 (5.74 (18. (N) in.74 (18.50 (12.8) 130 (23) 60 (11) 5 WR3-700-10 9 (40) 0.3) 30 (5.4) 25 (4.9) 6 WR3-800-10 9 (40) 0.54 (13.10 (27. Deflection 1 2 3 4 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs./in.86 (21./in./in. (N) in.0) 5 WR3-700-10 5 (22) 0.0) 55 (9.9) 25 (4.enidine. Do not extrapolate curves./in. (mm) Curve 5 6 Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.0) Kv (vibration) Lbs.qxp:WireRope-Cat.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.54 (13.9) 60 (11) 25 (4. www. (N) in.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 122 .7) 160 (28) 80 (14) 3 WR3-400-10 10 (44) 0.70 (17.6) 5 WR3-700-10 7 (31) 1./in. (mm) Curve Model 1 WR3-100-10 14 (62) 0.4) 1 2 3 4 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.7) 210 (37) 110 (19) WR3-600-10 10 (44) 0. (kN/m) 115 (20) Curve Model 1 WR3-100-10 19 (85) 2 WR3-200-10 3 WR3-400-10 4 5 Wire Rope Isolators Compression 6 45º Compression/Roll 1 2 3 4 5 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.7) 100 (18) 100 (18) 3 WR3-400-10 7 (31) 0. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.34 (8.02 (25.4) 6 WR3-800-10 6 (27) 1.0) 40 (7.

50 (38) 1.29 (0.Helical Insert.S.10 D T M P N R Thru Hole in. C.Galvanized Steel [ N ] .00 (51) Unit Weight Lbs.549. (Kg) 0. D.500 (114.None [ R ] .80 (46) 1. (mm) Size WR4-100 WR4-200 WR4-400 WR4-500 WR4-600 WR4-700 WR4-800 1.13) 0. E.Helical Insert.Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .12) 0.: 1-800-852-8508 www. E A.13) Mounting Options Thru C’sink A B Thru C C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru D E Thread C’sink S Thru For C’sink and Threaded Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] .29 (0.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.9) “H” ø. Patent 5.50 (38) 1.40 (36) 1.enidine.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.31 (7.125 (3. B.20 (30) 1.10 (28) 1.12) 0. Coated [ Y ] .30 (33) 1. Self Locking [ T ] .Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] .13) 0.40 (36) 1.400 . (mm) 1.26 (0. Free Running [ L ] .56 (14. S Model Number Ordering Code WR4 .25mm) .Flush Self Clinching Threaded Insert [ H ] .14) 0.13) 0. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times. D.2) (Ref) Height “H” in.0) 4.90 (48) 2.7 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) • U.-lbs. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) 1/4-20 UNC (M6 X 1.272 ± . 123 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.00 (127.29 (0.) Passivated Add “M” for Metric Thread in. Call for quotation.qxp:WireRope-Cat.com .010 (± .52) Width (Ref) “W” in.3) 4X Mounting Holes See Mounting Options “W” .06 (± 1.) Chem Conv.60 (41) 1.) [ G ] .005 (Ø6.60 (41) 1.30 (0.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.3) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 123 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR4 Series Technical Data Wire Rope Isolators 5.285 * Standard features.0) 82º (90º) B.9 ± 0. (mm) Ø.70 (43) ± .26 (0.) Anodized [ P ] .30 (0.Tapped Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 10 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for standard threaded insert is 36 in. (3.14) Mounting Options Feature Options: *[ ] .302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.70 (43) 1.

WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.qxp:WireRope-Cat.2007

4/13/11

9:44 AM

Page 124

Wire Rope Isolators
WR4 Series

WR
Technical Data

Compression

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Max
Max
Static Load Deflection
Lbs. (N)
in. (mm)

Kv
(vibration)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

Ks
(shock)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

0.38 (9,7)

880 (154)

520 (91)

0.46 (11,7)

710 (124)

390 (68)

0.54 (13,7)

540 (95)

290 (51)

35 (156)

0.66 (16,8)

445 (78)

220 (39)

32 (142)

0.74 (18,8)

380 (67)

180 (32)

WR4-700-10

30 (133)

0.86 (21,8)

325 (57)

140 (25)

WR4-800-10

26 (117)

0.94 (23,9)

265 (46)

120 (21)

Kv
(vibration)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

Ks
(shock)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

Curve

Model

1

WR4-100-10

48 (213)

2

WR4-200-10

44 (194)

3

WR4-400-10

37 (166)

4

WR4-500-10

5

WR4-600-10

6
7

Wire Rope Isolators

Static
Load vs. Deflection

45º Compression/Roll

1
2
3

Max
Max
Static Load Deflection
Lbs. (N)
in. (mm)

Curve

Model

1

WR4-100-10

33 (149)

0.54 (13,7)

490 (86)

260 (46)

2

WR4-200-10

31 (138)

0.68 (17,3)

400 (70)

200 (35)

3

WR4-400-10

27 (118)

0.78 (19,8)

305 (53)

145 (25)
115 (20)

4

WR4-500-10

25 (111)

0.94 (23,9)

250 (44)

5

5

WR4-600-10

23 (102)

1.06 (26,9)

220 (39)

90 (16)

6

6

WR4-700-10

21 (94)

1.22 (31,0)

185 (32)

70 (12)

7

WR4-800-10

19 (84)

1.34 (34,0)

150 (26)

60 (11)

Kv
(vibration)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

Ks
(shock)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

4

7

Shear/Roll

1
2
3
4
5
6

Max
Max
Static Load Deflection
Lbs. (N)
in. (mm)

Curve

Model

1

WR4-100-10

25 (111)

0.38 (9,7)

320 (56)

320 (56)

2

WR4-200-10

22 (98)

0.46 (11,7)

245 (43)

245 (43)

3

WR4-400-10

21 (93)

0.58 (14,7)

175 (31)

175 (31)

4

WR4-500-10

19 (85)

0.70 (17,8)

140 (25)

140 (25)

5

WR4-600-10

18 (80)

0.78 (19,8)

110 (19)

110 (19)

6

WR4-700-10

16 (71)

0.90 (22,9)

90 (16)

90 (16)

7

WR4-800-10

14 (62)

1.02 (25,9)

70 (12)

70 (12)

7

Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.
Consult ENIDINE for other options. Do not extrapolate curves.
www.enidine.com

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation

124

WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.qxp:WireRope-Cat.2007

4/13/11

9:44 AM

Page 125

WR Wire Rope Isolators
WR5 Series

Technical Data

Wire Rope Isolators

5.00 (127,0)
4.500 (114,3)

Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm)
Tolerances are ± .010 (± .25mm)

.56 (14,3)

4X Mounting Holes
See Mounting Options

“W”
.31 (7,9)

ø.156 (4,0)

“H”

(Ref)

Height
“H”
in. (mm)

Size
WR5-200
WR5-400
WR5-600
WR5-800
WR5-900

1.20 (30)
1.30 (33)
1.50 (38)
1.80 (46)
2.10 (53)

± .06
(± 1,52)
± .13
(± 3,30)

Width (Ref)
“W”
in. (mm)
1.60 (41)
1.70 (43)
1.90 (48)
2.10 (53)
2.50 (64)

Unit Weight
Lbs.
(Kg)
0.33 (0,15)
0.33 (0,15)
0.35 (0,16)
0.38 (0,17)
0.39 (0,18)

Mounting
Options

Feature Options:

*[ ] - None
[ R ] - Bellmouth Mount Bars

Wire Rope Options:

*[ ] - 302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.)
[ G ] - Galvanized Steel
[ N ] - Nylon Coated Stainless Steel

Mount Bar Options:

*[ ] - 6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.)
Chem Conv. Coated
[ Y ] - 6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.)
Anodized
[ P ] - 302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.)
Passivated

Add “M” for Metric

Thread
in.
(mm)

C’sink
Imperial
(Metric)

1/4-20 UNC
(M6 X 1,0)

82º
(90º)

B, D, E

A, B, C, D, E, S

Model Number Ordering Code
WR5 - 400 - 10 D T M P N R

Thru Hole
in.
(mm)

Ø.272 ± .005
(Ø6,9 ± 0,13)

Mounting Options
Thru

C’sink

A

B

Thru

C

C’Sink

C’sink

Thread

Thread

Thread

Thru

D

E

Thread

C’sink

S

Thru

For C’sink and Threaded Options

Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] - Flush Self Clinching Threaded Insert
[ H ] - Helical Insert, Free Running
[ L ] - Helical Insert, Self Locking
[ T ] - Tapped
Mounting Options:

See Chart

Number of Loops:

10 (Reduced Number of Loops Available)

Isolator Size:

See Sizing Table

• Maximum recommended torque for standard threaded insert is 38 in.-lbs. (4,3 Nm)
• Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC )
• U.S. Patent 5,549,285

* Standard features. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times. Call for quotation.

125

Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

www.enidine.com

WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.qxp:WireRope-Cat.2007

4/13/11

9:44 AM

Page 126

Wire Rope Isolators
WR5 Series

WR
Technical Data

Static
Load vs. Deflection

Kv
(vibration)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

Ks
(shock)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

0.50 (12,7)

1,270 (222)

670 (117)

0.58 (14,7)

970 (170)

500 (88)

58 (257)

0.78 (19,8)

660 (116)

310 (54)

WR5-800-10

48 (216)

0.98 (24,9)

480 (84)

210 (37)

WR5-900-10

39 (172)

1.26 (32,0)

330 (58)

130 (23)

Kv
(vibration)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

Ks
(shock)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

Model

1

WR5-200-10

82 (364)

2

WR5-400-10

69 (309)

3

WR5-600-10

4
5

1
2

3

4

Max
Max
Static Load Deflection
Lbs. (N)
in. (mm)

Curve

Wire Rope Isolators

Compression

5

45º Compression/Roll
1

Max
Max
Static Load Deflection
Lbs. (N)
in. (mm)

Curve

Model

1

WR5-200-10

57 (254)

0.70 (17,8)

700 (123)

340 (60)

2

WR5-400-10

49 (218)

0.86 (21,8)

550 (96)

240 (42)

3

WR5-600-10

41 (182)

1.10 (27,9)

375 (66)

160 (28)

4

WR5-800-10

34 (151)

1.40 (35,6)

275 (48)

100 (18)

5

WR5-900-10

26 (115)

1.76 (44,7)

175 (31)

60 (11)

Kv
(vibration)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

Ks
(shock)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

2
3

4

5

Shear/Roll
Max
Max
Static Load Deflection
Lbs. (N)
in. (mm)

Curve

Model

1

WR5-200-10

40 (178)

0.50 (12,7)

415 (73)

415 (73)

2

WR5-400-10

35 (156)

0.62 (15,7)

300 (53)

300 (53)

3

WR5-600-10

30 (133)

0.82 (20,8)

190 (33)

190 (33)

4

WR5-800-10

25 (111)

1.02 (25,9)

130 (23)

130 (23)

5

WR5-900-10

9 (40)

1.32 (33,5)

45 (7,9)

45 (7,9)

1
2

3

4

5

Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.
Consult ENIDINE for other options. Do not extrapolate curves.
www.enidine.com

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation

126

30) Width (Ref) “W” in.00 Wire Rope Isolators 2X 4.qxp:WireRope-Cat.59 (0.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.60 (41) 1.5) ø.21) 0.Helical Insert.13 (54) 2.20) 0. E Ø.500 Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .49 (0.76 "H" “H” (Ref) Height “H” in.28) 0. (mm) Size WR6-200 WR6-300 WR6-400 WR6-500 WR6-600 WR6-700 WR6-800 WR6-850 WR6-900 WR6-950 1. Call for quotation. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.563 14.3) 4X MOUNTING HOLES 4X Mounting Holes See Mounting Options "W" “W” 2X .-lbs.010 (± . Coated [ Y ] .13 (± 3.None [ R ] .375 9.50 (38) 1.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 127 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR6 Series Technical Data 2X 5.S.13) A.94 (75) 3.42 (0.38 .WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.40 (36) 1.19) 0.70 (43) 1.46 (0.188 (4.50 (38) 1.61 (0.com . E. (Kg) 0. Free Running [ L ] .43 (0.10 D T M P N R Thru Hole in.Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .40 (36) 1.25) 0.25mm) 2X .: 1-800-852-8508 www.70 (43) 2.272 ± .63 (0.45 (62) 3.30 4.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv. D. 127 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel. D.57 (0.45 (88) 4.20 (30) 1.90 (48) 2.30 (33) 1.) [ G ] .8) 4.52) ± . Patent 5.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv. C.47 (0.20 (81) ± .29) Mounting Options Feature Options: *[ ] .29 . (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) 1/4-20 UNC (M6 X 1.) Chem Conv.3) 114. B.80 (46) 1.285 * Standard features.9 ± 0.27) 0.) Anodized [ P ] . Self Locking [ T ] . (mm) Mounting Options Thru C’sink A B Thru C C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru D E Thread C’sink S Thru For C’sink and Threaded Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] .400 .00 (51) 2.06 (± 1. (4.54 (0.549.21) 0.3 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) • U.53 (9.60 (41) 1.000(127.Helical Insert.0) 127 5.Flush Self Clinching Threaded Insert [ H ] .22) 0.188 ø .0) 82º (90º) D B. (mm) 1.005 (Ø6. S Model Number Ordering Code WR6 .) Passivated Add “M” for Metric Thread in.56 (14.30 (58) 2.26) 0.Tapped Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 10 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for standard threaded insert is 38 in.20 (107) Unit Weight Lbs.enidine.Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] .500 (114.Galvanized Steel [ N ] .

3) 30 (5. Consult ENIDINE for other options.78 (19. (kN/m) Curve Model 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 45º Compression/Roll Curve Model 1 WR6-200-10 120 (534) 0.7) 640 (112) 640 (112) 4 WR6-500-10 70 (311) 0.8) 1.070 (363) WR6-300-10 160 (712) 0.enidine.5) 470 (82) 190 (33) 9 9 WR6-900-10 40 (178) 1.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.080 (189) 4 WR6-500-10 130 (578) 0.34 (8.9) 805 (141) 330 (58) 6 WR6-700-10 79 (350) 1.44 (36.280 (224) 2 WR6-300-10 80 (356) 0.9) 985 (172) 430 (75) 5 WR6-600-10 84 (373) 1.8) 340 (60) 340 (60) 7 WR6-800-10 45 (200) 1.945 (341) 1.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 128 . (N) in.78 (19.82 (20.3) 10 Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.3) 13 (2.54 (13.1) 30 (5.7) 280 (49) 9 9 WR6-900-10 31 (136) 2. (N) in.6) 1.8) 530 (93) 530 (93) 5 WR6-600-10 65 (289) 0. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.395 (244) 670 (117) 6 WR6-700-10 110 (489) 0.74 (18.90 (22.6) 310 (54) 120 (21) 10 10 WR6-950-10 27 (120) 2. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.16 (29.3) Kv (vibration) Lbs./in.210 (212) 550 (96) 7 WR6-800-10 82 (365) 1. Do not extrapolate curves.9) 775 (136) 330 (58) 8 WR6-850-10 53 (236) 1.9) 13 (2.720 (301) 870 (152) 5 WR6-600-10 115 (512) 0.280 (224) 1.14 (29.7) 890 (156) 890 (156) 3 WR6-400-10 75 (334) 0.06 (26. Deflection Wire Rope Isolators Compression Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.980 (347) 1. www. (kN/m) Shear/Roll 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.7) 1.8) 1.600 (455) 1.8) 400 (70) 400 (70) 6 WR6-700-10 60 (267) 0.20 (55.3) 10 WR6-950-10 5 (22) 2.22 (31. (kN/m) WR6-200-10 165 (734) 0.0) 60 (11) 60 (11) 9 WR6-900-10 9 (40) 1.0) 705 (123) 280 (49) 7 WR6-800-10 58 (260) 1./in.66 (16.94 (74./in.62 (15. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.50 (38.58 (14.com Tel.86 (21.50 (12.020 (179) 2 WR6-300-10 115 (512) 0.3) 190 (33) 65 (11) 10 10 WR6-950-10 21 (91) 2. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.7) 1.50 (38.08 (52./in.34 (8.qxp:WireRope-Cat./in. (N) in.7) 2.7) 1.02 (51.66 (16.64 (41. (mm) Curve Model 1 WR6-200-10 80 (356) 0.125 (197) 530 (93) 4 WR6-500-10 92 (409) 0.06 (26.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 128 Wire Rope Isolators WR6 Series WR Technical Data Static Load vs.46 (11.7) 100 (18) 30 (5.1) 440 (77) 160 (28) 100 (18) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 WR6-850-10 40 (177) 1.475 (258) 720 (126) 3 WR6-400-10 97 (432) 0.46 (11.8) 1.6) 3.10 (27.8) 165 (29) 55 (10) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.300 (578) 2.9) 200 (35) 200 (35) 8 WR6-850-10 13 (58) 1.8) 1./in.440 (252) 3 WR6-400-10 135 (601) 0. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.

400 .qxp:WireRope-Cat.enidine.549. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times. C.Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .8 D T M P N R Feature Options: *[ ] .52) 1.010 (± .95 (100) 4.90 (48) 2.10 (± 2.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.50 (12.84 (0.50 (64) 2. (Kg) 0.Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] . (mm) 2.20 (56) 2.54) 1.) Chem Conv.54) ± .2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 129 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR8 Series Technical Data 5. E.272 ± . Free Running [ L ] .Galvanized Steel [ N ] .20 (0. S Model Number Ordering Code WR8 .302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.9) 4X Mounting Holes See Mounting Options “W” .S.30 (0.13) Thread in.75 (95) 3.162 (131. Coated [ Y ] .50 (64) 2.: 1-800-852-8508 www.15 (± 3.81) Width (Ref) “W” in.59) Mounting Options A.04 (0.1) Wire Rope Isolators 5.47) 1.Helical Insert.com .4) “H” (Ref) Height “H” in.25 (83) ± . Patent 5.-lbs.31 (59) 2. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) 1/4-28 UNF (M6 X 1. D.25mm) .Tapped Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 08 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for standard threaded insert is 38 in.50 (89) 3.43) 1.13 (54) 2.90 (0. Self Locking [ T ] .50 (64) 2.0) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Thru C’sink A B Thru C C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru D E Thread C’sink S Thru For C’sink and Threaded Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] .14 (0.13 (80) 3.94 (0.005 (Ø6.57) 1.41) 0.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.63 (67) 3.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.75 (146. B. (4.) Anodized [ P ] .Helical Insert. Call for quotation.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.7) ø.25 (108) Unit Weight Lbs.63 (15. (mm) Ø.25 (0.3 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) • U. (mm) Size WR8-200 WR8-400 WR8-500 WR8-600 WR8-700 WR8-800 WR8-850 WR8-900 1.) [ G ] .) Passivated Add “M” for Metric Thru Hole in.Flush Self Clinching Threaded Insert [ H ] .250 (6.285 * Standard features.9 ± 0. 129 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.80 (71) 3.None [ R ] .38) 0.1) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .63 (67) 2.

1) 130 (23) 130 (23) 8 WR8-900-08 35 (156) 2.56 (39.70 (17.74 (18.98 (24.0) 180 (32) 180 (32) 6 WR8-800-08 45 (200) 1.9) 1.50 (38.00 (50.0) 725 (127) 290 (51) 6 WR8-800-08 79 (351) 1.02 (25.82 (71. www.34 (34. (kN/m) Shear/Roll Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.0) 210 (37) 210 (37) 5 WR8-700-08 50 (222) 1.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.9) 410 (72) 410 (72) 3 WR8-500-08 70 (311) 1.08 (52.040 (182) WR8-400-08 150 (667) 0.1) 140 (25) 140 (25) 7 WR8-850-08 40 (178) 1.6) 570 (100) 220 (39) 8 WR8-900-08 67 (297) 2.0) 1.8) 630 (110) 630 (110) 2 WR8-400-08 80 (356) 0.7) 410 (72) 140 (25) 6 WR8-800-08 56 (248) 2. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.40 (35.8) 2.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 130 Wire Rope Isolators WR8 Series WR Technical Data Compression Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs./in.com Tel. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.50 (38.520 (266) 660 (116) 3 WR8-500-08 125 (556) 1.enidine.34 (34. (N) in./in.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 130 .9) 1.0) 860 (151) 340 (60) 5 WR8-700-08 87 (386) 1.80 (45.0) 860 (151) 330 (58) 3 WR8-500-08 88 (390) 1. Do not extrapolate curves.80 (45./in. (N) in.0) 280 (49) 280 (49) 4 WR8-600-08 55 (245) 1.120 (196) 450 (79) 4 WR8-600-08 100 (445) 1. (kN/m) 510 (89) Curve Model 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Wire Rope Isolators Static Load vs.8) 320 (56) 110 (19) 8 WR8-900-08 47 (209) 2.8) 90 (16) 90 (16) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.8) 420 (74) 140 (25) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. Consult ENIDINE for other options. (mm) Curve Model 1 WR8-200-08 95 (423) 0.34 (34.26 (32.94 (23.qxp:WireRope-Cat. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. Deflection 45º Compression/Roll 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Curve Model 1 WR8-200-08 125 (556) 1.230 (215) 2 WR8-400-08 105 (467) 1.8) 350 (61) 120 (21) 7 WR8-850-08 51 (229) 2.00 (50.26 (32.18 (30. (kN/m) WR8-200-08 175 (778) 0.6) 625 (109) 230 (40) 4 WR8-600-08 72 (321) 1.14 (29. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs./in. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.7) 490 (86) 170 (30) 5 WR8-700-08 61 (273) 1.6) 235 (41) 70 (12) Kv (vibration) Lbs.6) 620 (109) 240 (42) 7 WR8-850-08 73 (325) 1.40 (35.00 (50./in. (N) in.180 (382) 1./in.

Self Locking Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 06 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for threaded bar 100 in.6 D H M P N R Thru Hole in.13) .4) 8X Mounting Holes See Mounting Options “W” .90) 2.) Anodized [ P ] ..0.25 (108) 4.50 (140) Unit Weight Lbs.2 ±.08) 6.3) (Ref) “H” ø.) Chem Conv.None [ R ] . D.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 131 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR12 Series 6-Loop Technical Data 6. Call for quotation. Coated [ Y ] . (mm) + 0.50 (89) 4.64 (16. S Feature Options: *[ ] .31 (84) 3.010 (± .85) 1.406 .Galvanized Steel [ N ] . C.) [ G ] . B.com .302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.83) 1.-lbs.50 (89) 4.375 (111.09 (0.5) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .13 (105) 4.36 (1.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.54) Width (Ref) “W” in.750 (44. (Kg) 1.0) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Thru C’sink Thru C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru Thread C’sink Thru A D B C S E For C’sink and Threaded Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] .Tapped [ H ] .48 (1.00 (76) 3.66 ±.80 (71) 2.03 (169.25 (108) 4.: 1-800-852-8508 www.4 Model Number Ordering Code WR12 .enidine.25 (83) 3. E. (10 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) * Standard features.13 (105) 4.125 (155.281 .98) 2.38 Thread in.6) 4.) Passivated Add “M” for Metric + .qxp:WireRope-Cat.00 (25. (mm) Size WR12-206 WR12-306 WR12-406 WR12-506 WR12-606 WR12-706 WR12-806 2.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.375 (9.10 (± 2.Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] .95) 2.88 (0.99 (0.5) (Ref) Height “H” in. (mm) 3.82 (0.005 Ø.25mm) 1.1) Wire Rope Isolators 1.15 (0.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv. 131 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.Helical Insert. Free Running [ L ] .07) 2.Helical Insert. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) 1/4-28 UNF (M6 X 1.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.90 (74) 3.015 (Ø7.75 (121) 5.Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .12) Mounting Options A.25 (108) ± .

(mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs./in.0) 370 (65) 140 (25) 7 WR12-806-06 72 (320) 2.46 (37.0 4 400 5 1.0 Shear/Roll 70 1200 5.0 2 800 3./in.5 3./in.8) 1.0 3 600 4 5 2.1) 115 (20) 115 (20) 7 WR12-806-06 35 (156) 2.0 0.5 10 1.0 200 6 7 100 0 Curve 0.0 Model 1 WR12-206-06 155 (689) 1.66 (42.5 1.570 (275) 770 (135) WR12-306-06 230 (1 023) 1.8) 785 (137) 340 (60) 6 WR12-706-06 89 (396) 2. Do not extrapolate curves.04 (51.2) 330 (58) 330 (58) 4 WR12-506-06 105 (467) 1.0 400 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.0) 590 (103) 230 (40) 5 WR12-606-06 135 (601) 2./in. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.5 700 3.68 (68.1) 560 (98) 560 (98) 2 WR12-306-06 145 (645) 1.0 6 200 Wire Rope Isolators Static Load vs.0 600 3 4 500 5 2. (kN/m) Curve Model 1 2 1 800 2 700 3.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.0 0.86 (47.5 40 3.5 60 4.0 20 30 1.62 (91.030 (180) 480 (84) 4 WR12-506-06 165 (734) 1.0 Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.5 1.0 0.0 200 6 7 0 0.370 (240) 650 (114) 3 WR12-406-06 180 (801) 1.80 (71.1) 1.1) 525 (92) 200 (35) 6 WR12-706-06 77 (341) 3.com Tel.7) 880 (154) 390 (68) 5 WR12-606-06 160 (712) 1.0 800 3.54 (39. www./in.010 (177) 440 (77) 2 WR12-306-06 185 (823) 2.5 40 2. (kN/m) 1.0 50 3. Consult ENIDINE for other options.0) 205 (36) 70 (12) Kv (vibration) Lbs.5 500 3 2.74 (95.48 (63.enidine.5 2.60 (66.0 30 2.5 70 80 3.58 (40.1) 1. (N) in.0 0./in.2) 280 (49) 280 (49) 5 WR12-606-06 100 (445) 2.0 0.0 90 45º Compression/Roll 100 4.1) 85 (15) 85 (15) 1000 1 4.9) 250 (44) 90 (16) 7 WR12-806-06 63 (280) 3.5 300 Model 1 WR12-206-06 200 (890) 1.0 1.34 (34.68 (68.8) 250 (44) 250 (44) 6 WR12-706-06 45 (200) 2.0 400 300 1.9) 685 (120) 280 (49) 4 WR12-506-06 140 (623) 2.qxp:WireRope-Cat.0 900 0 0. (N) in.1) 290 (51) 110 (19) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.0 2.08 (52.1) 480 (84) 480 (84) 3 WR12-406-06 110 (489) 1. Deflection 7 100 0 0.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 132 . (N) in.96 (49.8) 890 (156) 380 (67) 3 WR12-406-06 150 (667) 2.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 132 Wire Rope Isolators WR12 Series 6-Loop WR Technical Data 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Compression 70 1000 900 4.0 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.42 (36.0 1 600 2 2.88 (47. (kN/m) WR12-206-06 245 (1 090) 1.0) 1.80 (71.0 0.0 50 60 2.20 (55.5 0 10 1.5 20 2. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (mm) Curve 1.76 (44.

Helical Insert.1) 1.25 (108) 4.30) 3..0.4) 4X Mounting Holes See Mounting Options “W” .25 (108) * Tapped M8 x 1. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.6) 4.Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] .2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 133 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR12 Series Technical Data 8.3) (Ref) ø.31 (84) 3.0 Width (Ref) “W” in.qxp:WireRope-Cat. Inserts M6 x 1.com .302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.) [ G ] .5) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .00 (25. E.10 WR12-500 3. (Kg) 2.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.400 .65 (1.64 (16.005 Ø.25. B. C.50 (1.13 (105) WR12-800 4.5) “H” (Ref) Size Height “H” in.25) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Thru C’sink Thru C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru Thread C’sink Thru A D C B S E All Mounting Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] .15 (1.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.010 (± . (mm) WR12-200 2.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.43) 3.375 (9.8) Wire Rope Isolators 6.90 (74) WR12-400 3.50 (140) Unit Weight Lbs.enidine.03 (215. Call for quotation.375 (111. Free Running [ L ] .Tapped [ H ] .13 (105) 4. 133 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.26) 2.87 (1. S Model Number Ordering Code WR12 .50 ±.750 (44.50) Mounting Options A.Helical Insert.0 + 0.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.75 (121) 5. D.) Anodized [ P ] .38 Thread in.25 (83) (± 2.43 (1.Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .281 .00 (76) ± .25mm) 1.) Chem Conv.125 (155. (20 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) * Standard features.31 (1.10) 2.13) . (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) 1/4-28 UNF *(M8 X 1. Self Locking Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 08 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for threaded bar is 100 in.8 D H M P N R Feature Options: *[ ] .78 (1. Coated [ Y ] .None [ R ] .80 (71) WR12-300 2.: 1-800-852-8508 www.015 (Ø9.54) WR12-600 3. (mm) 3. (mm) + .) Passivated Add “M” for Metric Thru Hole in.-lbs.9 ±0.25 (108) 4.20) 2.13) 2.50 (89) 4.Galvanized Steel [ N ] .50 (89) WR12-700 4.

8) 340 (60) 340 (60) 6 WR12-700-08 60 (267) 2.54 (39.0) 2.190 (208) 500 (88) 3 WR12-400-08 200 (890) 2.5 40 3.0 10 1.1) 110 (19) 110 (19) 6 1 1200 2 5 1000 4 3 800 4 3 5 600 2 400 6 200 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.9) 910 (159) 370 (65) 4 WR12-500-08 185 (823) 2. Deflection 6 1 7 200 0 0 0.0 50 3.020 (179) WR12-300-08 305 (1 357) 1.58 (40.0) 490 (86) 190 (33) 7 WR12-800-08 95 (423) 2.0 0 0.5 1.enidine.1) 155 (27) 155 (27) 7 WR12-800-08 45 (200) 2.0 0.04 (51. (N) in.0) 780 (137) 310 (54) 5 WR12-600-08 175 (778) 2.96 (49./in.0 1.0 Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.68 (68.62 (91.74 (95. (kN/m) 4 1 800 2 3 3 600 4 5 2 400 6 200 1 7 0 0 0.2) 370 (65) 370 (65) 5 WR12-600-08 135 (601) 2. (mm) Curve 1 7 0 0 0.040 (182) 450 (79) 6 WR12-700-08 120 (534) 2.5 3.0) 270 (47) 90 (16) Kv (vibration) Lbs. Do not extrapolate curves.170 (205) 520 (91) 5 WR12-600-08 210 (934) 1.20 (55.68 (68.8) 1./in. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.0 50 60 2.34 (34.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.1) 1.7) 1.0 0 0.5 2.0 20 30 1.5 1. (N) in./in.1) 640 (112) 640 (112) 3 WR12-400-08 150 (667) 1.46 (37.1) 385 (67) 150 (26) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.60 (66.1) 740 (130) 740 (130) 2 WR12-300-08 195 (867) 1. Consult ENIDINE for other options.1) 700 (123) 270 (47) 6 WR12-700-08 105 (467) 3.08 (52.80 (71.5 60 4. (kN/m) WR12-200-08 330 (1 468) 1. www.090 (366) 1.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 134 Wire Rope Isolators WR12 Series WR Technical Data 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Compression 70 1200 5 1 1000 2 4 800 3 4 600 3 5 2 400 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.5 40 2.5 20 2./in.380 (242) 630 (110) 4 WR12-500-08 220 (979) 1.0 Shear/Roll 70 1600 7 1400 Model 1 WR12-200-08 205 (912) 1.76 (44./in.48 (63.com Tel.0 30 2.qxp:WireRope-Cat.350 (236) 590 (103) Curve Model 1 2 Wire Rope Isolators Static Load vs.88 (47.830 (320) 870 (152) 3 WR12-400-08 240 (1 068) 1. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.1) 1.5 10 1.8) 1.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 134 .42 (36./in. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.0 90 45º Compression/Roll 100 1000 Curve Model 1 WR12-200-08 265 (1 179) 2 WR12-300-08 245 (1 090) 2.8) 1.86 (47.66 (42.2) 440 (77) 440 (77) 4 WR12-500-08 140 (623) 1.5 70 80 3.80 (71.0 2. (N) in. (kN/m) 1.9) 340 (60) 120 (21) 7 WR12-800-08 84 (373) 3. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.

375 (111.) [ G ] .00 (25.18) 5.75 (95) 4.25 (133) 5.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.54) Width (Ref) “W” in. C.00 ±.00 (76) 3.98 (1.13 (156) 7.02) 4.00 (1.354 -. 135 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.6) Wire Rope Isolators 4.13 (105) 4.03 (177.31) Mounting Options A.10 (2.10 (180) Unit Weight Lbs.10 (155) ± . (mm) +.750 (44.46 (2.015 (Ø9.13) -0. (Kg) 3. B.Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .65 (144) 6.500 (12.Helical Insert. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.0 Model Number Ordering Code WR16 .2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 135 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR16 Series 6-Loop Technical Data 7.63 (92) 4.81) 4.Helical Insert.68 (1.43) 3.-lbs.00 (102) 4.com .5) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± . Coated [ Y ] .7) “H” (Ref) Height “H” in. (20 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) * Standard features. S Thru Hole in.406 .25 (108) 4.67) 3.: 1-800-852-8508 www.15 (1.Galvanized Steel [ N ] .125 (155.010 (± .Tapped [ H ] .25) 82º (90º) * Tapped M8 x 1.80 (2.50) 3. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) 1/4-28 UNF *(M8 X 1.40 (137) 6.6) (Ref) ø.25mm) 1.) Chem Conv. Free Running [ L ] .90 (124) 5.) Passivated Add “M” for Metric Mounting Options Thru C’sink Thru C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru Thread C’sink Thru A D C B S E For C’sink and Threaded Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] .enidine. Call for quotation.6 D H M P N R Feature Options: *[ ] .1) 1.77 (19.75 (121) 5. (mm) 3.30 (1.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. D.38 Thread in.) Anodized [ P ] .qxp:WireRope-Cat. (mm) Size WR16-206 WR16-306 WR16-406 WR16-606 WR16-706 WR16-806 WR16-856 WR16-906 3.25. E.4) 8X Mounting Holes See Mounting Options “W” .50 (89) 3.0 +0.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.25 (83) 3.8 ±0.10 (± 2.8) 6.36) 3.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] .None [ R ] .005 Ø. Self Locking Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 06 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for threaded bar is 115 in. Inserts M7 x 1.

700 (298) 720 (126) 3 WR16-406-06 345 (1 535) 2.1) 3.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. Do not extrapolate curves.6) 635 (111) 210 (37) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.190 (208) 4 WR16-606-06 390 (1 735) 1.9) 880 (154) 310 (54) 8 WR16-906-06 205 (912) 4.7) 630 (110) 210 (37) 7 WR16-856-06 180 (801) 4./in. Consult ENIDINE for other options.9) 340 (60) 340 (60) 6 WR16-806-06 100 (445) 3.70 (68.630 (461) 1. (kN/m) WR16-206-06 615 (2 736) 1.0) 4.2) 2.0) 1.34 (84.9) 1. (kN/m) Curve Model 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Wire Rope Isolators Compression 8 45º Compression/Roll Curve Model 1 WR16-206-06 435 (1 935) 1.8) 825 (144) 290 (51) 6 WR16-806-06 205 (912) 4.260 (221) 1.enidine.50 (38.08 (52.30 (33./in.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 136 .7) 1. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.8) 520 (91) 520 (91) 5 WR16-706-06 135 (601) 2. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.70 (43.310 (405) 1.460 (256) 590 (103) 6 WR16-806-06 290 (1 290) 2.7) 130 (23) 130 (23) 8 Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.120 (196) 410 (72) 7 WR16-856-06 255 (1 134) 3.24 (56. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.500 (263) 600 (105) 4 WR16-606-06 275 (1 223) 2.80 (121.qxp:WireRope-Cat.010 (352) WR16-306-06 515 (2 291) 1.58 (40. (kN/m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Shear/Roll 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Curve Model 1 WR16-206-06 335 (1 490) 1. (N) in.7) 2. (N) in.9) 500 (88) 160 (28) 8 WR16-906-06 140 (623) 5.6) 1. www.00 (50.0) 1.58 (90./in.26 (32.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 136 Wire Rope Isolators WR16 Series 6-Loop WR Technical Data Static Load vs.2) 740 (130) 740 (130) 4 WR16-606-06 205 (912) 2.com Tel.78 (45. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs./in. Deflection Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.8) 1.40 (61.030 (531) 1.38 (85.04 (102./in.110 (194) 420 (74) 5 WR16-706-06 235 (1 045) 3.70 (144. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.1) 890 (156) 890 (156) 3 WR16-406-06 255 (1 134) 1.960 (343) 840 (147) 5 WR16-706-06 330 (1 468) 2.36 (59.9) 190 (33) 190 (33) 8 WR16-906-06 50 (222) 4. (N) in./in.420 (249) 3 WR16-406-06 485 (2 157) 1.16 (105.8) 1.260 (221) 2 WR16-306-06 275 (1 223) 1.7) 260 (46) 260 (46) 7 WR16-856-06 75 (334) 3.92 (48.8) 355 (62) 110 (19) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.06 (77.090 (716) 2.76 (44.94 (74.24 (107.010 (177) 2 WR16-306-06 365 (1 624) 2.

) Chem Conv.) Passivated Add “M” for Metric Mounting Options Thru C’sink Thru C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru Thread C’sink Thru A D B C E S For C’sink and Threaded Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] .Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] . B. S Thru Hole in.6) Wire Rope Isolators 4.125 (155.enidine.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv. 137 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.65 (144) 6.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.00 (102) 4. D.13 (105) 4. Self Locking Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 08 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for threaded bar is 115 in.09) Mounting Options A.25.Galvanized Steel [ N ] .0 +0.5) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .8 D H M P N R Feature Options: *[ ] . (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) 1/4-28 UNF *(M8 X 1.005 Ø.90 (2.70) 6.63 (92) 4.25) 82º (90º) (Ø9. Call for quotation.Helical Insert.10 (± 2.500 (12.75 (121) 5.com .10 (155) ± .qxp:WireRope-Cat.) [ G ] .13 .91) 4.-lbs.90) 6.0 Model Number Ordering Code WR16 .015 Thread in.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv. (mm) Size WR16-200 WR16-300 WR16-400 WR16-600 WR16-700 WR16-800 WR16-850 WR16-900 3.22) 5. (mm) + .54) Width (Ref) “W” in.375 (111.: 1-800-852-8508 www.00 (1.Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .40 (2.80 (3. Free Running [ L ] .81) 4.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.750 (44.75 (95) 4. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.40 (137) 6.10 (180) Unit Weight Lbs.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 137 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR16 Series Technical Data 8.1) 1. Coated [ Y ] .40) 5.8) 6.Helical Insert.7) “H” (Ref) Height “H” in.4) 8X Mounting Holes See Mounting Options “W” .38) * Tapped M8 x 1.) Anodized [ P ] .25 (83) 3. Inserts M7 x 1.0.20 (1. (20 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) * Standard features.010 (± .40 (2.50 ±.Tapped [ H ] .354 .00) 4.03 (215. C. E.25mm) 1. (Kg) 4.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.95 (2.13 (156) 7.None [ R ] .77 (19..50 (89) 3.00 (76) 3.6) (Ref) ø. (mm) 3.9 ±0.400 .25 (108) 4.90 (124) 5.00 (25.30 (2.25 (133) 5.

06 (77.900 (333) 3 WR16-400-08 645 (2 869) 1.94 (74.70 (68.120 (196) 5 WR16-700-08 440 (1 957) 2.58 (90. www. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.0) 1.com Tel.080 (539) 1.040 (708) 1.6) 845 (148) 280 (49) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. (kN/m) WR16-200-08 820 (3 648) 1.350 (236) 2 WR16-300-08 485 (2 157) 2.38 (85./in.0) 1.180 (207) 1.00 (50.58 (40. (N) in.610 (457) 1.590 (278) 4 WR16-600-08 520 (2 313) 1.2) 990 (173) 990 (173) 4 WR16-600-08 270 (1 201) 2.80 (121. (N) in.8) 690 (121) 690 (121) 5 WR16-700-08 180 (801) 2.8) 1.680 (294) 2 WR16-300-08 385 (1 713) 1. (N) in.08 (52.9) 1.7) 840 (147) 280 (49) 7 WR16-850-08 240 (1 068) 4.92 (48.36 (59.7) 1.76 (44.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 138 . (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.34 (84.30 (33.490 (261) 550 (96) 7 WR16-850-08 340 (1 512) 3.940 (340) 780 (137) 6 WR16-800-08 390 (1 735) 2.9) 460 (81) 460 (81) 6 WR16-800-08 135 (601) 3.680 (294) 1./in. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.500 (613) 1./in.180 (207) 420 (74) 8 WR16-900-08 270 (1 201) 4. Deflection Wire Rope Isolators Compression Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.6) 1. Consult ENIDINE for other options./in.8) 2.990 (349) 790 (138) 4 WR16-600-08 365 (1 624) 2./in.50 (38.7) 170 (30) 170 (30) 8 Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.70 (144.480 (259) 560 (98) 5 WR16-700-08 315 (1 401) 3.9) 1.100 (193) 390 (68) 6 WR16-800-08 275 (1 223) 4.1) 4. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs. (kN/m) Curve Model 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 45º Compression/Roll 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Curve Model 1 WR16-200-08 580 (2 580) 1.270 (398) 960 (168) 3 WR16-400-08 460 (2 046) 2.9) 670 (117) 210 (37) 8 WR16-900-08 475 (83) 140 (25) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.0) 5.2) 3. (kN/m) 185 (823) 5.26 (32.enidine.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.24 (107.8) 2.7) 340 (60) 340 (60) 7 WR16-850-08 100 (445) 3.9) 260 (46) 260 (46) 8 WR16-900-08 65 (289) 4.16 (105.24 (56.7) 3./in. Do not extrapolate curves.1) 1.8) Shear/Roll 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Curve Model 1 WR16-200-08 660 (2 936) 1.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 138 Wire Rope Isolators WR16 Series WR Technical Data Static Load vs.690 (471) WR16-300-08 685 (3 047) 1. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.78 (45.70 (43.40 (61. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.04 (102.450 (954) 2.180 (207) 3 WR16-400-08 350 (1 557) 1.qxp:WireRope-Cat.

30 (135) ± .31) 10.13 (± 3. E.13) .7 ±0.Galvanized Steel [ N ] .70) 8.75 (121) 5.00 (25.) Chem Conv. Coated [ Y ] .38 Mounting Options Thru C’sink Thru C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru Thread C’sink Thru A D B C E S For C’sink and Threaded Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] .09 (27..83 (4.433 .16 (3.Helical Insert. Self Locking Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 08 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for threaded bar is 415 in.8 D H M P N R “H” + .Helical Insert.50 (89) 3.06 (3. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.50 ±. (Kg) 6.31 (135) 6.enidine.qxp:WireRope-Cat.6) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .9) (Ref) Height “H” in. S Model Number Ordering Code WR20 .com .20 (4.0 + 0.010 (± .00 (127) 5.8) Wire Rope Isolators 7. (mm) Thread in.5) 82º (90º) C.) Anodized [ P ] .1) 5.03 (266.Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] .40 (112) 4.625 (15.5) 2.40) 8. B.00 (102) 4. D A.00) 7.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 139 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR20 Series Technical Data 10.None [ R ] .50 (165) 7. Free Running [ L ] .00 (102) 4.: 1-800-852-8508 www. Call for quotation.63) Mounting Options Feature Options: *[ ] .0.Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .00 (178) Unit Weight Lbs.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.00 (152) 6. (50 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) * Standard features. 139 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.4) 8X Mounting Holes See Mounting Options “W” 1.50 (4.375 (136.50 (3. D.90 (99) 4.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.30 (109) 4.005 Ø.6) (Ref) ø. (mm) Size WR20-200 WR20-300 WR20-400 WR20-600 WR20-700 WR20-800 WR20-900 3.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.150 (54.400 .) [ G ] .30) Width (Ref) “W” in.525 (191.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.Tapped [ H ] .00) 9. (mm) 4.25mm) 1.62 (3.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.) Passivated Add “M” for Metric Thru Hole in.-lbs. C. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) 3/8-24 UNF (M10 X 1.20) 7.015 (Ø11.70 (119) 5.

570 (1 676) 4.qxp:WireRope-Cat./in.40 (61.7) 2.05 (52.430 (951) 2.30 (83.5) 4.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 140 Wire Rope Isolators WR20 Series WR Technical Data Compression Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.360 (238) 460 (81) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.00 (101.140 (375) 3 WR20-400-08 590 (2 624) 1.6) 1.390 (419) 2 WR20-300-08 895 (3 981) 2.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 140 .70 (94.15 (54.230 (215) 1. Deflection 7 45º Compression/Roll Curve 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Model Shear/Roll 1 2 3 4 5 6 Curve Model 1 WR20-200-08 790 (3 514) 1.120 (196) 7 WR20-900-08 630 (2 802) 2.3) 2.0) 1.65 (41.80 (71.000 (350) 710 (124) 6 WR20-800-08 505 (2 246) 3. www.25 (31.70 (43. (N) in.580 (627) 1.2) 560 (98) 560 (98) 7 Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.65 (67.920 (511) 1.010 (177) 5 WR20-700-08 560 (2 491) 3.4) 3.com Tel.9) 700 (123) 700 (123) 7 WR20-900-08 220 (979) 3.1) 1.50 (38.140 (375) 2. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (kN/m) 1 WR20-200-08 1.020 (4 537) 1.630 (285) 560 (98) 7 WR20-900-08 445 (1 979) 4.440 (252) 6 WR20-800-08 715 (3 180) 2.00 (76.450 (6 450) 1.7) 5. (N) in.670 (468) 1.6) 2.990 (524) 2.2) 1./in.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.1) 7.740 (305) 3 WR20-400-08 805 (3 581) 2.030 (356) 5 WR20-700-08 790 (3 514) 2. (N) in.0) 870 (152) 870 (152) 6 WR20-800-08 275 (1 223) 2.690 (821) 2.9) 6.enidine.230 (5 471) 1.35 (34.190 (1 259) 3./in. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.35 (59.230 (741) 1. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.90 (73.8) 2.310 (1 105) 2.95 (49.140 (5 071) 1.75 (69. (kN/m) 1 WR20-200-08 1.880 (504) 4 WR20-600-08 945 (4 204) 1. (kN/m) Curve 1 2 3 4 5 6 Model Wire Rope Isolators Static Load vs.230 (215) 5 WR20-700-08 340 (1 512) 2.7) 3.760 (308) 1.760 (308) 4 WR20-600-08 480 (2 135) 2.990 (524) 2 WR20-300-08 680 (3 025) 1. Consult ENIDINE for other options. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.850 (849) 2 WR20-300-08 1./in.1) 2. Do not extrapolate curves./in.80 (45.520 (616) 1.440 (427) 910 (159) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.60 (40.8) 9.3) 2.480 (609) 3 WR20-400-08 1./in.430 (250) 4 WR20-600-08 670 (2 980) 2.30 (58. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.6) 4.

None [ R ] . (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) C..50 (165) 7.0) (Ref) ø. Call for quotation. C.53) 21.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv. Coated [ Y ] .531 .8 (9.8 D H M P N R Thru Hole in.75) . (Kg) 18.00 (178) 8. (100 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) * Standard features.Galvanized Steel [ N ] .25 (159) 7.25mm) 1.5 (8.0.50 ±.2) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .50) 28.875 (22.015 1/2-13 UNC (Ø13.35) Width (Ref) “W” in.000 (76.90) 25.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.Tapped [ H ] . (mm) 5.Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .25 (286) Unit Weight Lbs.50 (216) 8.50 (140) 6. Free Running [ L ] . (mm) + .0 (9.25 (235) 11.) Passivated Add “M” for Metric Thread in.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.70) 30.13) (M12 X 1.enidine.40) 21.0 (12.) Anodized [ P ] .Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] .3 (11. D A. (mm) Size WR28-200 WR28-400 WR28-600 WR28-800 WR28-900 WR28-950 5.38 82º (90º) Mounting Options Thru C’sink Thru C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru Thread C’sink Thru A D B C E S For C’sink and Threaded Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] .qxp:WireRope-Cat.) [ G ] .400 .: 1-800-852-8508 www.500 (190.2007 4/13/11 9:44 AM Page 141 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR28 Series Technical Data 14. Self Locking Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 08 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for threaded bar 95 ft.50 (191) 8. 141 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.25 (133) 6.com .302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.5) 3.Helical Insert.5 + 0.6 (13.Helical Insert.03 (368. S Model Number Ordering Code WR28 .50 (38.3 ±0.25 (± 6.) Chem Conv.500 (266.-lbs.8) Wire Rope Isolators 10. E.00 (152) 6.7) 7.25 (210) 9.1) 8X Mounting Holes See Mounting Options “W” 1.50 (216) ± .010 (± . Any non-standard items may require longer lead times. B.58 (40.2) “H” (Ref) Height “H” in.90) Mounting Options Feature Options: *[ ] .005 Ø. D.

0 5.0 4.20 (132.210 (212) 400 (70) 35 30 1 6000 25 2 20 3 4000 15 4 10 5 2000 6 5 0 0 0.11) 5.45) 5.11) 7. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.0) 930 (163) 930 (163) 5 WR28-900-08 250 (1.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 142 .20 (132.1) 2.3) 8.45) 2.640 (1 513) 3.5) 1.0 5.340 (585) 1.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.01) 4.00 (177.4) 7.5) 4. (kN/m) 1 WR28-200-08 1.030 (180) 6 WR28-950-08 2.80 (96.120 (9.3) 3. Consult ENIDINE for other options.0 3.28) 2.000 (4.0 Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.350 (6. (kN) in.89) 3.870 (503) 2 WR28-400-08 1.220 (5.1) 640 (112) 640 (112) 6 WR28-950-08 170 (0.15 (105.80 (71. www.95 (125.7) 3.1) 440 (77) 440 (77) 1 8000 30 2 6000 3 20 4000 4 5 2000 10 6 0 0 0.340 (585) 3 WR28-600-08 1.7) 5 6 Wire Rope Isolators Static Load vs./in. Deflection 10 2000 0 0 0.0 1.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 142 Wire Rope Isolators WR28 Series WR Technical Data 0 20 40 60 80 100 Compression 120 10000 40 1 8000 30 2 6000 3 20 4 4000 Curve Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.com Tel.0 7.70 (144.660 (291) 4 WR28-800-08 365 (1.500 (6.05 (102.530 (618) 2 WR28-400-08 795 (3.0 6.0 3.0 2.560 (448) 750 (131) 5 WR28-900-08 730 (3.8) 2.530 (618) 3.95 (74./in.760 (12.00 (50.030 (356) 2.0 1.00 (177. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.0 Shear/Roll 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 10000 40 Curve Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.67) 3. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.25 (108. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (kN/m) 1 WR28-200-08 2.4) 4.700 (1 348) 2./in.72) 2.570 (800) 1.650 (289) 3 WR28-600-08 1.770 (1 010) 2 WR28-400-08 2.9) 7.660 (291) 1.380 (6.43) 2. (kN) in.500 (263) 5 WR28-900-08 1. (kN) in./in.910 (860) 1.85 (72./in.25) 7.0 4.8) 13.65 (67.10 (53.870 (327) 510 (89) 6 WR28-950-08 475 (2.490 (2 362) 5.enidine.95 (125.74) 4.0 6.0 120 5.8) 1.62) 4.43) 4.030 (356) 3 WR28-600-08 650 (2. Do not extrapolate curves.0 3.qxp:WireRope-Cat.340 (235) 4 WR28-800-08 1.0 2.0 1.150 (377) 790 (138) 840 (3.960 (8. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.0 8. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.54) 4.100 (718) 1./in.05 (77.14) 2.0 0 40 2.470 (6.9) 4.0 80 4. (kN/m) 1 WR28-200-08 1.250 (1 270) 2.54) 2.8) 1.76) 5.900 (8.0 160 45º Compression/Roll 200 8000 Curve Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.680 (469) 4 WR28-800-08 1.

S Model Number Ordering Code WR36 .00 (178) 8.) Passivated Add “M” for Metric Thru Hole in.0) 55 (25.: 1-800-852-8508 www.5) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Thru C’sink Thru C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru Thread C’sink Thru A D B C E S For C’sink and Threaded Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] .Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] . Free Running [ L ] .00 (50. C.Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .) [ G ] .Tapped [ H ] .625 (269.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 143 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR36 Series Technical Data 20.015 (Ø19.50 ±0.50 (216) 9.250 (108.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.50 (216) 9.8 D H M P N R Feature Options: *[ ] .5) (Ref) ø1.. (mm) Size WR36-200 WR36-400 WR36-600 7.781 .com .WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.8) 10.Helical Insert. E.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.8) Wire Rope Isolators 14.25 (235) ± .07 (52. Coated [ Y ] .25 (± 6.125 (28. Self Locking Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 08 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for threaded bar is 300 ft. Call for quotation.38 Thread in. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) 3/4-10 UNC (M18 X 2. D.None [ R ] .) Anodized [ P ] . (mm) 8. (Kg) 46 (20.qxp:WireRope-Cat. (mm) + .6) “H” (Ref) Height “H” in.enidine.010 (± . B.400 .8 + 0.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.35) Width (Ref) “W” in.8) 8X Mounting Holes See Mounting Options “W” 2.0) Mounting Options A.005 Ø.9) 53 (24.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.) Chem Conv.7 ±0.Helical Insert.03 (520.875 (377.25mm) 2.13) .9) 4. (300 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) * Standard features. 143 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.-lbs.25 (260) Unit Weight Lbs.Galvanized Steel [ N ] .50 (241) 10.0) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .0.

260 (14.570 (275) 1.9) 4.570 (275) 2 3 Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable.060 (361) 2.960 (518) 2 WR36-400-08 2. (kN/m) 2 3 Shear/Roll 1 Curve Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.630 (636) 2 WR36-400-08 810 (3.88) 5. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs./in.8) 5.790 (7. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.70 (144.080 (1 415) 2. (kN/m) 1 WR36-200-08 2./in.32) 2.5) 8.65 (168.0) 2.50) 4.3) 15.80 (96.com Tel.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 144 Wire Rope Isolators WR36 Series WR Technical Data Static Load vs. Do not extrapolate curves.790 (16.97) 3.670 (292) 3 WR36-600-08 1.80 (71. (kN) in.70 (119./in.560 (799) 1.330 (583) 3 WR36-600-08 2.670 (993) 1.690 (11. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.1) 3.420 (6.enidine.800 (1 541) 2. Deflection Wire Rope Isolators Compression Curve 1 Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.450 (2 706) 5.060 (361) 3 WR36-600-08 615 (2. (kN) in. www. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.96) 6. (kN/m) 1 WR36-200-08 1. (kN/m) 1 WR36-200-08 3. Consult ENIDINE for other options.270 (222) Curve 1 Model Ks (shock) Lbs.4) 8./in.25 (108.630 (636) 3.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 144 .77) 4./in.130 (1 774) 3.960 (1 044) 2 WR36-400-08 3./in.60) 4. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.870 (12.95 (125.540 (445) 2 3 45º Compression/Roll Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.05 (102.9) 10.74) 4.220 (9.86) 2.7) 1. (kN) in.qxp:WireRope-Cat.65 (67.

Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv. (mm) Unit Weight Lbs.35) WR40-400 8. (mm) Size WR40-200 Width (Ref) “W” in. (mm) +.010 (± . Self Locking Mounting Options: See Chart Number of Loops: 08 (Reduced Number of Loops Available) Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for threaded bar is 300 ft.None [ R ] .8) 10.9) 4.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv. Free Running [ L ] .7 ±0. (300 Nm) • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) * Standard features. C.Galvanized Steel [ N ] .8) “H” (Ref) Height “H” in.005 Ø. 145 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) 3/4-10 UNC (M18 X 2.Helical Insert.0) 7.50 ±0.25 (210) 53 (24.13) -0.250 (108.) [ G ] .00 (50. Call for quotation.38 Thread in.0) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .8 D H M P N R Feature Options: *[ ] . D.8 +0.625 (269.-lbs.5) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Thru C’sink Thru C’Sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru Thread C’sink Thru A D B C E S For C’sink and Threaded Options Threaded Hole Options: *[ ] .Helical Insert.781 -.8) Wire Rope Isolators 14.03 (520.8) 8X Mounting Holes See Mounting Options “W” 2.015 (Ø19.75 (248) 60 (27.Bellmouth Mount Bars Wire Rope Options: *[ ] .400 .2) Model Number Ordering Code WR40 .875 (377.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.com . E.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.07 (52. Coated [ Y ] .WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. S 9.5) (Ref) ø1. B.25 (± 6.50 (216) Mounting Options A.00 (178) ± .250 (31.qxp:WireRope-Cat.) Passivated Add “M” for Metric Thru Hole in.Nylon Coated Stainless Steel Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .Tapped [ H ] .2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 145 WR Wire Rope Isolators WR40 Series Technical Data 20.) Anodized [ P ] .: 1-800-852-8508 www.) Chem Conv.25mm) 2.enidine. (Kg) 8.

170 (1 256) 2.65 (67.1) 4.80 (71.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 146 Wire Rope Isolators WR40 Series WR Technical Data Static Load vs.800 (3 468) 7. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs./in. Consult ENIDINE for other options.41) 5. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (kN/m) 1 WR40-200-08 1./in.870 (8./in.enidine.670 (468) 2.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.240 (1 968) 3. (kN) in. (kN) in.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 146 .2) 7.440 (15.960 (17./in.3) 19.790 (839) 4.790 (664) 2 WR40-400-08 2. Deflection Curve 1 Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.640 (1 338) 2 WR40-400-08 3.044 (4.62) 2.qxp:WireRope-Cat.40 (137. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.00 (101.160 (378) Curve 1 Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.330 (758) 2 Wire Rope Isolators Compression 45º Compression/Roll Kv (vibration) Lbs. (kN/m) 1 WR40-200-08 3. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.790 (12.80 (96.com Tel.5) 11.860 (21. (kN/m) 1 WR40-200-08 4.32) 2.61) 3.6) 2.30) 3.64) 4. (mm) 2 Shear/Roll 1 Curve Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.5) 12. (kN) in.670 (468) 2 Note: Performance provided for full loop models with standard (302/304) stainless steel cable./in.790 (839) 2 WR40-400-08 1. Do not extrapolate curves.80 (96./in.770 (2 236) 4. www.

S. please contact Enidine or your nearest authorized distributor. Patents 6. technical assistance and pricing. Enidine Compact Wire Rope Isolators feature a patented. regardless of temperature or substrate requirement. all-metal design and components that ensure maximum reliability.qxp:WireRope-Cat.217 6. If a standard solution is still not available. choose Enidine’s Compact Wire Rope Isolators. making them ideal for use in sensitive equipment and electronics. Their small size also permits the isolation of individual system components.: 1-800-852-8508 www. please consult the standard Wire Rope Isolator or HERM portions of this catalog. these unique isolators provide cost-effective. Enidine engineers can design an isolator to suit your specifications. 147 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.290.enidine. For further information on Enidine Wire Rope. Smaller than traditional wire ropes. Please refer to our “Compact Wire Rope Isolator Sizing Information” on pages 37-38 for more information.enidine. If your application is outside the standard Compact Wire Rope Isolator product range.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.244. Enidine Compact Wire Rope Isolators feature an easy.com .com.579 Compact Wire Rope Isolators For the best in vibration isolation capabilities. simultaneous shock and vibration attenuation where package space is at a premium. A list of Enidine distributors can be found by visiting our website at www. Just as with our standard Enidine Wire Rope Isolators. which allows them to be installed in virtually any application.2007 CR 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 147 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR Series Compact Wire Rope Isolators Overview U. single-point installation. and that can help meet MILSPECS similar to those of our Wire Rope Isolator series. HERM and Compact Wire Rope Isolator products.

WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.com Tel.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 148 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR Series CR Overview Compact Wire Rope Isolators Crimp Mounting Hole Top Mounting Bar CR1 – CR3 Stainless Steel Cable Bottom Mounting Bar Mounting Hole Top Mounting Bar Stainless Steel Cable CR4 – CR6 Bottom Mounting Bar www.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 148 .enidine.qxp:WireRope-Cat.

Class 1 302/304 Stainless Steel per ASTM A276. Mounting Orientation: The diagrams below illustrate typical mounting orientations. Compact rope models (CR1 – CR6) include this feature as the standard. This option is recommended for high fatigue applications. Add an “M” after the mounting option for Metric. and threaded bars.: 1-800-852-8508 www. Chemical Conversion Coated per MIL-C-5541. COMPRESSION 45˚COMPRESSION/ROLL FIXED ROLL/SHEAR Damping: Typically 5-15%. Consult Enidine if a preferred mounting configuration is not listed. usually associated with vibration isolation. please consult Enidine. Class 1A Threads: Tapped Optional: Mount Bars: 6061-T6 Aluminum. Passivated Special: Consult Enidine Isolator Options: Mounting: Enidine offers a full range of mounting combinations of thru-hole.qxp:WireRope-Cat.com . Bellmouth: The bellmouth feature includes mount bars with radii manufactured into the wire rope hole edges. Anodized per MIL-A-8625. depending on size and input level. Small deflections. Stabilizers are typically recommended when the height equals 2-times the width or depth dimension. The diagram below includes load axis definitions and deflection considerations. These values can be used with the provided equations listed on Page 38 to predict system performance.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. Some models have reduced mounting options available due to limited fastener installation space. Type II. All configurations are available in either Imperial or Metric styles. and average shock stiffness values (Ks) within the catalog. and selected one size softer than the base isolators.enidine. countersunk. 149 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel. Performance: Stiffness (Kv or Ks): Compact wire rope isolators exhibit non-linear stiffness behavior. In most applications. will have a different spring rate than larger shock deflections. FIXED ROLL/SHEAR 45˚COMPRESSION/ROLL COMPRESSION Stabilizers: Stabilizers are used to control deflections of tall supported masses. Enidine publishes typical vibration stiffness values (Kv). For specific damping considerations.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 149 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR Series CR Overview Compact Wire Rope Isolators Materials and Finishes: Standard: Wire Rope: 302/304 Stainless Steel Mount Bars: 6061-T6 Aluminum. Isolator Axes: Compact wire rope isolators are multi-axis isolators. the quantity of stabilizers required are half as many as the base isolators.

/in.81 m/sec2 4. select another isolator and repeat steps 5 and 6. Check actual deflection using “Ks” from technical data to ensure that the isolator’s max deflection is Dactual = not exceeded.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 150 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR Series CR Application Worksheet IMPERIAL METRIC PART I: SYSTEM DATA: 1./in.) Calculated Dmin must be less than the isolator’s max deflection Note: Metric deflections are calculated in meters (m) and technical data is in millimeters (mm).WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.2 h = Drop Height (in.qxp:WireRope-Cat. V = ________ m/sec. 2. Select an isolator by comparing calculated values with technical data for the desired load axis provided in tables for each isolator.INPUTS IMPERIAL/METRIC g g = 386 in/sec2 or 9. Load Axis: Compression Shear or Roll 45º Compression/Roll n = ________ W = WnT W = ________ lbs.) Isolator’s vibration stiffness must be less than the calculated maximum Kv PART III: SHOCK SIZING: 1. Ks = V 7.) Calculated “W” must be less than the isolator’s max static load and b. WT = ________ lbs. Maximum Isolator Vibration Stiffness: (Kv) Kv = W (2π ƒn)2 ( = rpm ) 60 ƒi = ________Hz 3.2 or 9./sec. Ks(Isolator)g W If isolator’s max deflection is exceeded. a.* W = ________ N* Load Axis Load Axis ____________________ ___________________ Kv = ________ lbs. and c. Maximum Isolator Shock Stiffness: 5.81 = ________ N 2. System Response Natural Frequency for 80% isolation: ƒn = 3.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 150 . Static Load per Isolator (W): 4. V = 2gh g = 386 in./sec. Select an isolator by comparing calculated values with technical data for the desired load axis provided in tables for each isolator. Dactual = ________m * Assumes a central CG PART II: VIBRATION SIZING: 1. Input Excitation Frequency (ƒi) = ________ Hz 2. or m) 2 3. Number of Isolators (n): 3. Ks = ________N/m Dactual = ________in.enidine. Maximum Allowable Transmitted Acceleration: Shock Input Velocity: Free Fall Impact: AT = ________G’s V = ________ in.81 m/sec.0 Compact Wire Rope Isolators APPLICATION WORKSHEET . www. Dmin = ________m Ks = ________lbs. Kv = ________ N/m Dmin = ________in.) Calculated “W” must be less than the isolator’s max static load and b. Min. Total Supported Load ( WT): WT = ________ Kg x 9. Isolator Response Deflection: V Dmin = g(A ) T W(V/Dmin)2 g 4.) Isolator’s shock stiffness must be less than calculated maximum “Ks” 6. a.com Tel.

44 .217 151 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.1) . B.75 (19) 0. (mm) Size CR1-100 CR1-200 CR1-300 CR1-400 0. (mm) 0. (Kg) 0. S Ø.1) (4.03 (26) Unit Weight Lbs.) Anodized [ P ] .38 (9.44 (11.2) (Ref) Ref.-lbs.D M P Mount Bar Options: Add “M” for Metric *[ ] . Coated [ Y ] .5) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Model Number Ordering Code CR1 . .38 (9.64 (16.4) 0.16 (Typ) TYP “H” “H” ø.47 ø.90 (23) 1.4) Thru Hole in.25mm) . Patent 6.: 1-800-852-8508 www. (Ref) “W” .11 (3.1) 0.S.enidine.2) (1.com . (1.2007 CR 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 151 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR1 Series Compact Wire Rope Isolators Technical Data .6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.7) “W” Ref.) Passivated For C’sink and Threaded Options Mounting Options: See Chart Isolator Size: See Sizing Table C’sink C’sink A B Thread C Thru C’sink Thru Thread C’sink Thru D E S Thread Thread Thru • Maximum recommended torque for tapped aluminum bar is 10 in.47 (1.04 (26) ± .010 (± .38 .12 (3.52) .6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv. • Wire Rope Material: Stranded 300 series stainless steel • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) • U.73 (19) 0.7) (9.7) (9. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) #4-40 UNC (M3 X 0.11 (3.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.12 (3.2 Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .qxp:WireRope-Cat.3) Width (Ref) “W” in.06 (± 1.64 .2 Nm) * Standard features. C.7) Height “H” in. (mm) Mounting Options A.16(4.66 (17) 0.79 (20) 0. E.400 . D.3) (16.130 (Ø3. Call for quotation. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.1) 0.91 (23) 1.38 .2) ) (11.30) Thread in.290.) Chem Conv.

12 (0.76) 0.26) 1.58 (14.25 (1.26) 4 CR1-400 0. (N) in./in.enidine.2) 1. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.0) 7.0 (0. (mm) Curve Model 1 CR1-100 0.5 (0.8) 7.39 (9.1) 0.0 (0.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 152 .44) 3 CR1-300 0.64 (16.6) 12 (2.30 (1.2 (0.70) 4.3) 3.75 (3./in. (mm) 1 CR1-100 0.0 (0.53) 0.5 (1.49) 0. (kN/m) 3 4 Compact Wire Rope Isolators Static Load vs. (N) in.75) 3.52 (13.71) 0.7 (0.4) 0.0 (1.12) Kv (vibration) Lbs.43 (10.39) Kv (vibration) Lbs./in.5 (0.25 (1.59 (15.5 (0.5 (1.53) 0.8) 0.5 (0.com Tel. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.88) 1.0 (0.13) 0.25 (6.5 (0.17 (0./in.79) 2 CR1-200 0.1) 4.5) 2.5 (0.31 (7.35 (1.2) 3 CR1-300 0.61) 4 CR1-400 0.70) 2 CR1-200 0.72 (18.47 (11.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 152 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR1 Series CR Technical Data Compression Curve 1 2 Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.9) 10 (1.8 (0.20 (0.55 (2.5 (0.4) 22 (3.33 (8.4) 16 (2.8 (0. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.89) 0./in.1) 0.34 (8.11 (0.3) 0.40 (1.9) 8.9) 4.3) 0.13) 3 4 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves. www.9) 11 (1.qxp:WireRope-Cat.44) 2.9) 2 CR1-200 0./in.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. Deflection 45º Compression/Roll Curve Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.31) 2.9) 2.16 (0.5 (0. (kN/m) 1 2 3 4 Shear/Roll 1 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.6) 0. (kN/m) 1 CR1-100 0.7) 5.44) 3 CR1-300 0.3) 0. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.26) 4 CR1-400 0. (N) in.

38 (9. (mm) 0.75 (19) 0. (mm) Mounting Options Ø. (mm) Size CR2-100 CR2-200 CR2-300 CR2-400 0.400 .13 (3.130 (Ø3.38 .64 (16) 0. E.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.14 (4.2007 CR 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 153 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR2 Series Compact Wire Rope Isolators Technical Data .3) Width (Ref) “W” in. • Wire Rope Material: Stranded 300 series stainless steel • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) • U.6) (1.enidine.) Passivated For C’sink and Threaded Options Mounting Options: See Chart Isolator Size: See Sizing Table C’sink C’sink A B Thread C Thru C’sink Thru Thread C’sink Thru D E S Thread Thread Thru • Maximum recommended torque for tapped aluminum bar is 10 in.25mm) .78 (20) 0.94 (24) 1.) Anodized [ P ] .44 ( 1(11.qxp:WireRope-Cat. S Thread in.2 Nm) * Standard features.com .WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.38 . (Kg) 0.64 .62 ø.7) (9.7) 0.89 (23) 1.16 (4.62 (1.2 ) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± . (1.7) Height “H” in.010 (± .5) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Model Number Ordering Code CR2 .D M P Mount Bar Options: Add “M” for Metric *[ ] .) Chem Conv. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times. (Ref) “W” . Call for quotation.3) 0.38 (9.S.52) .3) (16.-lbs.1) .7) (9. . B.217 153 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.06 (27) Unit Weight Lbs. Patent 6. C.44 .06 (± 1.7) “W” Ref.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv. D.0) 0.07 (27) ± .30) A.15 (4.6) (Ref) Ref. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) #4-40 UNC (M3 X 0.16(4.16 (Typ) TYP “H” “H” ø.1) (4.290.83 (21) 0.64 (16.5) Thru Hole in.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv. Coated [ Y ] .: 1-800-852-8508 www.2) 1.

/in.53) 3 (0.3) 3 (0. (kN/m) 1 CR2-100 2.8) 23 (4./in.2) Kv (vibration) Lbs.50 (2.8) 10 (1.1 (4.qxp:WireRope-Cat.53) 3 4 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves.3) 0. (N) in.3) 0.9) 0.8) 65 (11) 35 (6.51 (13.29 (7. (mm) Curve Model 1 CR2-100 1.2) 6 (1.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue./in.68 (17.7) 30 (5. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.75 (19. (N) in. (kN/m) 4 Shear/Roll 1 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. www. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.0) 0.62 (15.6) 0.0) 6 (1.23 (5.51) Kv (vibration) Lbs.9) 0.8) 0.33 (8.enidine.0) 17 (3.43 (10.7) 20 (3.5) 18 (3.3 (5./in.45 (2.57 (14.1 (9./in.1) 2 CR2-200 2.1) 11 (1.6 (12) 0.0) 0. Deflection 45º Compression/Roll 1 2 3 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.65 (2.3) 11 (1. (mm) Curve Model 1 CR2-100 1.2) 0.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 154 .1 (4.3 (5.90 (4.75 (3.com Tel.0) 3 CR2-300 1.32 (8.1) 16 (2.9) 4 CR2-400 1./in.46 (11.9) 3 CR2-300 0.7) 0.4) 50 (8.0) 2 CR2-200 0.5) 7 (1.5 (6.1) 6 (1. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.1) 35 (6.39 (9.0) 4 CR2-400 0.9) 30 (5.1) 4 CR2-400 0.3) 11 (1.8) 2 CR2-200 1. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.4) 17 (3.9) 3 (0.9) 10 (1.9) 0.8) 3 CR2-300 0.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 154 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR2 Series CR Technical Data Compression Curve 1 2 3 Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. (kN/m) 4 Compact Wire Rope Isolators Static Load vs. (N) in.

4) (Ref) Ref.38 (9.38 (9.7) (9.qxp:WireRope-Cat. (Kg) 0.8) .WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.06 (27) 1. Patent 6.24 (6.217 155 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.4) Thru Hole in. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.D M P Mount Bar Options: Add “M” for Metric *[ ] . Coated [ Y ] .7) (9. B.95 (24) 1.26 (7.7) “W” (Ref) Ref.75 (19) 0.S.7) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± . Call for quotation.: 1-800-852-8508 www.130 (Ø3.50 . “H” “H” ø0. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) #4-40 UNC (M3 X 0.06 (± 1.22 (6. E.5 Nm) * Standard features.) Anodized [ P ] .400 . .94 ø.5) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Model Number Ordering Code CR3 .302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.28 (33) ± .19(4.) Chem Conv. (mm) Size CR3-100 CR3-200 CR3-300 CR3-400 0.76 . C. • Wire Rope Material: Stranded 300 series stainless steel • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) • U.30) A.88 (22) 0.8) 0.90 (23) 1.2007 CR 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 155 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR3 Series Compact Wire Rope Isolators Technical Data .06 (27) 1.20 (30) Unit Weight Lbs.20 (5.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.2) 0.094 (2.7) Height “H” in.19 (4. S Thread in.3) (19.7) 0.enidine.8) (Typ) Typ. (1. (mm) 0.38 .50 (12.25mm) .3) Width (Ref) “W” in.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv. .) Passivated For C’sink and Threaded Options Mounting Options: See Chart Isolator Size: See Sizing Table C’sink C’sink A B Thread C Thru C’sink Thru Thread C’sink Thru D E S Thread Thread Thru • Maximum recommended torque for tapped aluminum bar is 13 in.4) (2. (mm) Mounting Options Ø.7) (12. D.52) .38 .com .010 (± .-lbs.76 (19.290.

3) 2 CR3-200 2./in.8) 4 CR3-400 1.7 (12) 0.1) 6 (1. (mm) Curve 4 Shear/Roll Model 1 CR3-100 2. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.76 (19.56 (14.47 (11.68 (17./in.0 (4. (kN/m) 3 4 Compact Wire Rope Isolators Static Load vs./in.8) 18 (3.4) 0.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 156 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR3 Series CR Technical Data Compression 1 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. (N) in.5) 1 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.1) 3 4 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves.5) 5 (0.37 (9. (N) in.7) 0.8) 4 CR3-400 1.4) 20 (3.5 (29) 0.9 (8.2) 0.4 (6.33 (8. (kN/m) Curve Model 1 CR3-100 6.4) 0.2) 50 (8.3) 33 (5.4) 80 (14) 30 (5.52 (13. Deflection 45º Compression/Roll Model 1 CR3-100 2.5) 20 (3.5) 4 CR3-400 2./in.61 (15.0 (18) 0.5) 0.81 (20.9) 20 (3.28 (7. (mm) Curve 3 CR3-300 1. (kN/m) 1 2 3 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.4) 35 (6. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs./in.com Tel.2) 48 (8.0 (22) 0. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.3 (10) 0.1) 3 CR3-300 4.enidine.0 (4.9) Kv (vibration) Lbs.5 (6.9) 20 (3.8) 11 (1.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.2) 3 CR3-300 1. (N) in.1) 2 CR3-200 1.3) 33 (5.5 (11) 0.91) Kv (vibration) Lbs./in.8) 10 (1. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.4) 70 (12) 35 (6.1) 35 (6.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 156 . www.7 (12) 0.qxp:WireRope-Cat.1) 135 (24) 68 (12) 2 CR3-200 5.8) 10 (1.90 (22.5) 10 (1.6) 6 (1.41 (10.

1) (5.20 Height “H” in. (mm) Mounting Options Ø.230 (Ø7. B.34 1.25mm) 1.34 (34. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times. D.06 (± 1. (Ref) “W” .WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.579 157 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.34 (59) 2.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.5 (43) 1.00 (25.S.12 (54) 2.96 (75) ± .) Chem Conv.87 (47) 2.5 Nm) * Standard features. C.20(5. E.37 ø.enidine.4) .67 (68) Unit Weight Lbs.125 ø.4 (40) 1.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv. (7.010 (± .4) (9.) Passivated Add “M” for Metric All Mounting Options Mounting Options: See Chart Isolator Size: See Sizing Table C’sink Imperial (Metric) #10-32 UNF (M6 X 1.00) A. S Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .37 (9. Coated [ Y ] . (mm) Thru C’sink Thru A B C C’sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru D E S Thread C’sink Thru • Maximum recommended torque for tapped aluminum bar is 40 in.4) “W” Ref.10 (53) 2. “H” “H” .) Anodized [ P ] .52) Width (Ref) “W” in.D M P Thread in.: 1-800-852-8508 www.244. (Kg) 1.00 1.66 (42) 2. (mm) Size CR4-100 CR4-200 CR4-300 CR4-400 1.4 (40) 1. Patent 6.1) . Call for quotation.400 .37 (60) 2.2) (Ref) Ref.0) (34.7 (48) Thru Hole in. • Wire Rope Material: Stranded 300 series stainless steel • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) • U.2) (3. (mm) 1.2007 CR 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 157 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR4 Series Compact Wire Rope Isolators Technical Data 1.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.qxp:WireRope-Cat.0) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Model Number Ordering Code CR4 .0) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .125 (3.4) (25.-lbs.com .

(N) in.2 (5.5 (24) 0. (mm) 1 CR4-100 2.76 (19.2 (5.2) 4 (0.5) 0.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 158 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR4 Series CR Technical Data Compression 1 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.04 (26. (mm) 1 CR4-100 1.46 (37.8) 2 CR4-200 4.3) 1.77 (19.70) 4 CR4-400 0.3) 11 (1.35) 2 (0.6 (7.4) 2 CR4-200 1. www.enidine. (kN/m) Curve Model 1 CR4-100 5.8) 3 4 Compact Wire Rope Isolators Static Load vs.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (N) in.70) 4 CR4-400 0.7) 1.94 (49./in.4) 9 (1./in.16 (29.8) 25 (4.06 (52. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.41(35.6) 4 CR4-400 1.5) 3 CR4-300 3.6) 2.1) 6 (1.9) 2 CR4-200 1.qxp:WireRope-Cat. (kN/m) 3 4 Shear/Roll Curve 1 2 Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.9) 11 (1./in.0 (13) 1.35) 3 4 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves.80 (3. (kN/m) 16 (2./in.68 (17.7) 1. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.5 (6.3) 37 (6.5 (6. Deflection 45º Compression/Roll Curve 1 2 Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.3) 4 (0.0) 14 (2.17 (29.0) 2 (0. (N) in.70) 4 (0.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 158 .5 (11) 0./in.9 (8. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.85 (47.31 (33.3) 12 (2.0 (18) 1.5) 18 (3.75 (3.1) 3 CR4-300 1.3) 6 (1.70) Kv (vibration) Lbs.7) 35 (6.4) 6 (1./in.2) 4 (0.1) 6 (1.1) 3 CR4-300 1.com Tel.3) 1.6) 70 (12) 33 (5.1) 2 (0.35) Kv (vibration) Lbs.1) 13 (2.3) 1.1) 1.

400 .) Passivated C’sink Imperial (Metric) #10-32 UNF (M6 X 1.S.230 (Ø7. Call for quotation.1) .25mm) 1.010 (± .WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.89 (48) 2.60 (41) 2.244.00) Thread in. (mm) Thru C’sink Thru A B C C’sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru D E S Thread C’sink Thru All Mounting Options Mounting Options: See Chart Isolator Size: See Sizing Table • Maximum recommended torque for tapped aluminum bar is 40 in. Coated [ Y ] .20 (5.5 Nm) * Standard features.0 (57) Thru Hole in.1) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .579 159 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.52) Width (Ref) “W” in.38 (35.32 (59) 2.) Anodized [ P ] .0) (4.0) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Model Number Ordering Code CR5 . D.99 (76) ± .302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.156 ø.2007 CR 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 159 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR5 Series Compact Wire Rope Isolators Technical Data 1.9) . (mm) Size CR5-100 CR5-200 CR5-300 CR5-400 1.06 (± 1. (mm) 1. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.: 1-800-852-8508 www.36 (60) 2.13 (54) 2.9) (9.38 1.156 (4. “H” “H” .4) (25.00 1.1) (35. Patent 6.0) (Ref) Ref.-lbs.1) Height “H” in. E. • Wire Rope Material: Stranded 300 series stainless steel • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) • U.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.39 (9.D M P Ø. (Kg) 1.) Chem Conv.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.4) “W” Ref. C.20 (5. (Ref) “W” . (7.8 (51) 2.6 (45) 1.64 (67) Unit Weight Lbs.qxp:WireRope-Cat.com .enidine. (mm) Mounting Options A.39 ø. B.7 (48) 1. S Mount Bar Options: Add “M” for Metric *[ ] .00 (25.09 (53) 2.

7) 12 (2.1) 12 (2. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs./in.5 (11) 1.1) 20 (3.7) 1./in.4) 4 CR5-400 1.5) 8 (1.42 (36.0 (27) 1. (mm) Curve 3 4 Shear/Roll Model 1 CR5-100 4. Deflection 45º Compression/Roll Model 1 CR5-100 5.8) 11 (1.6) 8 (1.5 (11) 1.enidine.9) 18 (3.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 160 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR5 Series CR Technical Data Compression 1 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.0 (13) 1.5 (6.5 (16) 1.qxp:WireRope-Cat.com Tel. (kN/m) Curve Model 1 CR5-100 18 (80) 0.72 (18.5 (20) 0.3) 70 (12) 35 (6.4) 4 CR5-400 1./in. (kN/m) 1 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.4) 2 CR5-200 3.5) 4 (0.2) 4 CR5-400 3.37 (34.1) 3 CR5-300 2. (N) in.0 (13) 1.94 (49.5 (38) 1.7) 2.12 (28. (mm) Curve 3 4 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves.9) 4 (0. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs. (kN/m) 3 4 Compact Wire Rope Isolators Static Load vs.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. (N) in.3) 25 (4. (N) in.70) 1 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs./in.70) 4 (0.5 (24) 0.65 (16.5) 25 (4.01 (25.4) Kv (vibration) Lbs.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 160 . (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.3) 13 (2.70) Kv (vibration) Lbs.4) 8 (1.8) 45 (7.1) 2 CR5-200 3.6) 125 (22) 65 (11) 2 CR5-200 8.77 (19.28 (32.3) 3 CR5-300 2.5 (6.13 (28./in.4) 3 CR5-300 6.12 (53. www.4) 30 (5. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs./in.7) 60 (11) 25 (4.4) 25 (4.4) 8 (1.91 (48.

8) (4.20 (5.-lbs.com .188 (4.8) (35.25mm) 1. (Kg) 2. E.40 (10.2) .) Anodized [ P ] . (mm) Size CR6-100 CR6-200 CR6-300 CR6-400 1.15 (55) 2.06 (± 1.) Passivated Add “M” for Metric All Mounting Options Mounting Options: See Chart Isolator Size: See Sizing Table C’sink Imperial (Metric) #10-32 UNF (M6 X 1.4) (25. “H” “H” .40 ø. B.230 (Ø7. (7.11 (54) 2.010 (± .302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.31 (59) 2.4) “W” Ref.2 (62) 2.244.41 1. (mm) 2. Patent 6. S Ø.enidine.1) .20 Height “H” in.D M P Thread in.3 (65) 2.0 (57) 2. Call for quotation. (mm) Mounting Options A.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.41 (35.6 (74) Thru Hole in. C.579 161 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.2) (10.50 (64) 2.5 Nm) * Standard features.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.qxp:WireRope-Cat.86 (73) Unit Weight Lbs.51 (64) 3.188 ø. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.52) Width (Ref) “W” in.8) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± . • Wire Rope Material: Stranded 300 series stainless steel • Operating Temperature Range: -150ºF to 500ºF ( -100ºC to 260ºC ) • U. Coated [ Y ] .00 1.00) Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .S.) Chem Conv.8) (Ref) Ref.6061-T6 AL ALY (or Equiv.83 (47) 2.2007 CR 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 161 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR6 Series Compact Wire Rope Isolators Technical Data 1.1) (5.09 (79) ± . (Ref) “W” .: 1-800-852-8508 www.400 . (mm) Thru C’sink Thru A B C C’sink C’sink Thread Thread Thread Thru D E S Thread C’sink Thru • Maximum recommended torque for tapped aluminum bar is 40 in.00 (25.0) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Model Number Ordering Code CR6 . D.

3) 20 (3.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 162 Compact Wire Rope Isolators CR6 Series CR Technical Data Compression 3 Kv (vibration) Lbs.5 (16) 1./in.3) 3 CR6-300 5.6) 85 (15) 30 (5.0 (13) 2.0) 9 (1.89 (48.5 (33) 1./in.0 (22) 1.5) 55 (9.3) 15 (2.com Tel.9) 2 CR6-200 7.5) 7 (1. (kN/m) Model 1 CR6-100 32 (142) 0. (mm) Curve 4 Compact Wire Rope Isolators Static Load vs.81 (20.6) 4 CR6-400 3.1) 45 (7.6) 9 (1. (kN/m) 1 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.6) 3 4 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.1 (53.0 (36) 2.1) 180 (32) 90 (16) 2 CR6-200 21 (93) 1.4) 3 CR6-300 5.6) 3 CR6-300 15 (67) 1.0 (40) 0.9) 16 (2.5) 115 (20) 55 (9.0 (22) 1.6) 30 (5. (mm) Curve Model 1 CR6-100 9./in.6) Kv (vibration) Lbs.9) 45 (7. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (N) in.4) 25 (4.0 (40) 0.2) Kv (vibration) Lbs.4) 25 (4.08 (27.2 (30. (kN/m) 3 4 Shear/Roll 1 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.0 (31) 1.enidine.16 (29./in. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (mm) Curve Model 1 CR6-100 9.5 (38.6) 15 (2.9) 90 (16) 45 (7.87 (22.03 (51.qxp:WireRope-Cat.6) 45 (7.9) 2 CR6-200 7.8) 4 CR6-400 3. (N) in.9) 15 (2.3) 4 CR6-400 8.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 162 ./in.48 (37. (N) in.35 (34.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. Deflection 45º Compression/Roll 1 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.6) 45 (7./in. www.9 (22.

: 1-800-852-8508 www.qxp:WireRope-Cat.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. The HERM isolator has proven particularly strong in low natural frequency “soft deck” applications of 12-16 Hz. The stainless steel cable of the mount provides for a rugged construction. 163 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel. reducing output G’s to below 15G’s.enidine. The mount is readily scalable and performance easily tuned by varying the wire diameter.com . Since the mounting size of the HERM isolator is virtually identical to that of standard wire rope isolators used in many shipboard applications. Its sealed nature of construction also provides for easy NBC washdown.2007 9:45 AM Page 163 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR6-HR40 Series Overview HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR 4/13/11 HR-40 HR-28 HR-16 HR-20 HR-12 HR-6 The HERM isolator incorporates the use of a traditional Enidine helical wire rope isolator encased in a proprietary elastomeric compound. number of loops and elastomeric properties. while the elastomer provides additional damping and stiffness. equipment upgrades are both simple and seamless with drop-in replacement capability. loop size. This unique design results in a fail safe mount with a higher stiffness and energy absorption capacity.

qxp:WireRope-Cat.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 164 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR6-HR40 Series HR Mounting Holes Overmolded Elastomer Wire Rope Cable Mounting Bars HERM Features: • Lowest profile design for a 14 Hz deck solution • A variety of material combinations available • Mounting identical to traditional Wire Rope Isolators • Readily “tunable” to meet a wide range of natural frequencies HERM • Greater load carrying capability HERM Benefits: • Easy retrofit on fielded equipment • Fewer mounts required to support a given load • Smaller “footprint” than other mounts • Compatible with NBC wash down requirements • Improved noise attenuation compared to standard Wire Rope Isolators www.com Tel.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 164 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Overview .enidine.

Zinc Plated (HR16. Class 1A Hardware: Alloy Steel per ASTM F835. These values can be used with the provided equations listed on Page 54 to predict system performance.: 1-800-852-8508 www. countersunk. Consult Enidine if a preferred mounting configuration is not listed.qxp:WireRope-Cat. COMPRESSION 45˚COMPRESSION/ROLL FIXED SHEAR FIXED ROLL Damping: Typically 15-25%. Stabilizers are typically recommended when the height equals 2-times the width or depth dimension. Type II. and threaded bars depending upon the HERM model selected. Passivated Hardware: 302/304 Stainless Steel (when stainless steel bars are specified) Special: Consult Enidine Isolator Options: Mounting: Enidine offers various mounting combinations of thru-hole. will have a different spring rate than larger shock deflections. HR20. Chemical Conversion Coated per MIL-C-5541. depending on size and input level. please consult Enidine. 165 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.2007 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 165 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR Series Overview Materials and Finishes: Standard: Elastomer: Proprietary Enidine Compound Wire Rope: 302/304 Stainless Steel Mount Bars: 6061-T6 Aluminum. Anodized per MIL-A-8625.enidine. COMPRESSION 45˚COMPRESSION/ROLL FIXED SHEAR FIXED ROLL Stabilizers: Stabilizers are used to control deflections of tall supported masses. Performance: Stiffness (Kv or Ks): HERM’s exhibit non-linear stiffness behavior.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.com . and average shock stiffness values (Ks) within the catalog. The diagram below includes load axis definitions and deflection considerations. usually associated with vibration isolation. Class 1 302/304 Stainless Steel per ASTM A276. Mounting Orientation: The diagrams below illustrate typical mounting orientations. Isolator Axes: HERM are multi-axis isolators. Small deflections. For specific damping considerations. HR28 and HR40) Optional: Mount Bars: 6061-T6 Aluminum. Enidine publishes typical vibration stiffness values (Kv).

www. Maximum Isolator Vibration Stiffness: (Kv) Kv = W (2π ƒn)2 ( = rpm ) 60 ƒi = ________Hz 3. Min. System Response Natural Frequency for 80% isolation: ƒn = 3.qxp:WireRope-Cat. Ks(Isolator)g W If isolator’s max deflection is exceeded.* W = ________ N* Load Axis Load Axis ____________________ ___________________ Kv = ________ lbs.) Calculated “W” must be less than the isolator’s max static load and b.) Calculated “W” must be less than the isolator’s max static load and b.INPUTS IMPERIAL/METRIC IMPERIAL METRIC PART I: SYSTEM DATA: 1. Load Axis: Compression Shear or Roll 45º Compression/Roll n = ________ W = WnT W = ________ lbs.81 m/sec2 4. Maximum Isolator Shock Stiffness: 5./in.0 g g = 386 in/sec2 or 9. Select an isolator by comparing calculated values with technical data for the desired load axis provided in tables for each isolator.2 or 9. Static Load per Isolator (W): 4. Dactual = ________m * Assumes a central CG PART II: VIBRATION SIZING: 1. 2.) Isolator’s vibration stiffness must be less than the calculated maximum Kv PART III: SHOCK SIZING: 1.81 = ________ N 2.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 166 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR Series HR APPLICATION WORKSHEET . Ks = V 7. V = ________ m/sec. Input Excitation Frequency (ƒi) = ________ Hz 2./sec. Check actual deflection using “Ks” from technical data to ensure that the isolator’s max deflection is Dactual = not exceeded. Dmin = ________m Ks = ________lbs. Total Supported Load ( WT): WT = ________ Kg x 9. Number of Isolators (n): 3. Kv = ________ N/m Dmin = ________in. or m) 2 3./sec.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 166 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Application Worksheet .) Calculated Dmin must be less than the isolator’s max deflection Note: Metric deflections are calculated in meters (m) and technical data is in millimeters (mm). Ks = ________N/m Dactual = ________in. Isolator Response Deflection: V Dmin = g(A ) T W(V/Dmin)2 g 4.2 h = Drop Height (in. select another isolator and repeat steps 5 and 6.) Isolator’s shock stiffness must be less than calculated maximum “Ks” 6. WT = ________ lbs. V = 2gh g = 386 in.81 m/sec. Select an isolator by comparing calculated values with technical data for the desired load axis provided in tables for each isolator. a./in. and c. a.enidine.com Tel. Maximum Allowable Transmitted Acceleration: Shock Input Velocity: Free Fall Impact: AT = ________G’s V = ________ in.

B L M P Mount Bar Options: Add “M” for Metric *[ ] .20 ±.40 (10. Coated [ Y ] . E.Helical. Free Running [ L ] .200 .010 (± .7 ±2.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.8 ±2. (mm) Thread in.88 ±.5) 1.qxp:WireRope-Cat.5) 1. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.2 ±1.10 (85.75 ±.4 (0.9) #1/4-20 UNC (M6 X 1. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) B. F Ø.6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv. Dry Film Lubricated Mounting Options: See Chart Isolator Model: See Sizing Table C’sink Thread B D C’sink Thread Thread C’sink E F C’sink Thread • Meets environmental requirements of MIL-M-17185A * Standard features.500 (63.10 (81.00 ±.20 (30.2) 0.2) 3.0) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Model Number Ordering Code HR6 .375 ±.com .05 (22.) Chem Conv. D.2) Mounting Options Thru Hole in. (Kg) 0.5) 2X .272 (Ø6.) Anodized [ P ] .2007 9:45 AM Page 167 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR6 Series Technical Data HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR 4/13/11 2.) Passivated All Mounting Options Threaded Hole Options: [ H ] .4 (0.10 (50.6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv. 167 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel. Call for quotation. Locking.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.5) (Ref) 2.5 ±2.4 (0.: 1-800-852-8508 www.5) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .3 ±2.25mm) Size HR6-600 HR6-400 HR6-200 Unit Weight lbs.Helical.2) 0.enidine.10 (44.5) 2X Lower Mounting Holes 2X .3) 1X Upper Mounting Hole 3.

qxp:WireRope-Cat. (kN/m) 200 3 25 100 0 0 0.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 168 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR6 Series HR 0 5 10 15 20 25 Compression 30 100 400 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.4 0.5) 210 (37) 150 (26) 2 HR6-400 20 (89) 1.com Tel.2 1./in.8 1. (N) in.4) 215 (38) 140 (25) 18 (80) 1.5) 115 (20) 83 (15) 2 HR6-400 13 (58) 1.5) 60 (11) 70 (12) 800 150 600 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs./in.6 0./in.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 168 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Technical Data Static Load vs.8 1.2 0.5) 73 (13) 63 (11) 3 HR6-200 9 (40) 1.0 0.4 Shear 15 20 25 30 35 200 Model 1 HR6-600 34 (151) 1.20 (30.2 30 Roll 35 100 400 75 300 1 50 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.0 0.12 (28.20 (30.4 0 5 10 0.4 10 0.6 15 0./in. (N) in.0 1.2 1.0 25 1.12 (28./in. www. Deflection .2 5 0.20 (30.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. (mm) Curve 100 1 400 2 50 200 3 0 0.12 (28. (kN/m) Curve Model 1 HR6-600 24 (107) 2 HR6-400 3 HR6-200 80 300 1 60 2 200 3 40 100 20 0 0 0. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.4) 165 (29) 110 (19) 14 (62) 1. (mm) ˙ Curve Model 1 HR6-600 18 (80) 1.enidine.4) 130 (23) 85 (15) Kv (vibration) Lbs.2 0.0 1.20 (30.4 0 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves.0 0 0.5) 120 (21) 100 (18) 3 HR6-200 13 (58) 1.20 (30. (kN/m) 1.6 0. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.5) 40 (7) 48 (9) Kv (vibration) Lbs. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (N) in.20 (30./in.8 20 1.

10 (66.) Anodized [ P ] . Coated [ Y ] .Helical.7 1.272 ±.79 ±.) Passivated All Mounting Options C’sink Thread B D C’sink Thread Thread E C’sink • Meets environmental requirements of MIL-M-17185A Threaded Hole Options: [ H ] .5 ±2.16 ± . Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.25mm) Size HR8-600 HR8-400 HR8-200 Unit Weight lbs.360 (85.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.5) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± . (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) Ø.9 ±0. (Kg) 0.05 (20.6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 169 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR8 Series HR HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Technical Data 2X 3.8 (0.5) 2X .0 ±2.4) 0.10 (63.: 1-800-852-8508 www.50 ±.5) 2.90 ± . (mm) Thread in.005 (6.7 ±2.6) (Ref) 2.Helical. Call for quotation.1 ±2.8 (0.13) #1/4-20 UNC (M6 X 1.40 (35.5) 1.8 (0.10 (105.55 (14.0) 82º (90º) Mounting Options B.010 (± .4) Thru Hole in. Locking.) Chem Conv.B L M P Mount Bar Options: Add “M” for Metric *[ ] .4) 0.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv. Dry Film Lubricated Mounting Options: See Chart Isolator Model: See Sizing Table * Standard features.3) 4X Mounting Holes 4X .60 ± .com . 169 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.enidine.1 ±1.8 (51) Mounting Options Model Number Ordering Code HR8 -200 .qxp:WireRope-Cat.10 (99. Free Running [ L ] .3) 3. (48) D.0) 2X 4. E 1.

(kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (mm) Curve Model 1 HR8-600 40 (178) 1.40 (35.6) 49 (9) 62 (11) 2 3 Shear 1 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.6) 162 (28) 171 (30) 1.6) 78 (14) 98 (17) 2 3 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 170 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Technical Data . (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs./in. Deflection Compression 1 2 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.30 (33.6) 227 (40) 246 (43) 1. www.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 170 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR8 Series HR Static Load vs.40 (35./in./in. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs. (kN/m) 1.1) 350 (61) 220 (39) 30 (133) 1. (kN/m) 1.30 (33.40 (35. (N) in. (N) in.40 (35./in.30 (33. (mm) Curve Model 1 HR8-600 68 (302) 2 HR8-400 48 (214) 3 HR8-200 24 (107) Kv (vibration) Lbs.enidine. (N) in./in. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.40 (35. (kN/m) Curve Model 1 HR8-600 60 (267) 2 HR8-400 3 HR8-200 3 Roll 1 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.com Tel.6) 91 (16) 108 (19) 3 HR8-200 15 (67) 1.1) 233 (41) 147 (26) Kv (vibration) Lbs./in.1) 480 (84) 301 (53) 43 (191) 1.qxp:WireRope-Cat.6) 130 (23) 155 (28) 2 HR8-400 27 (120) 1.40 (35.

(mm) Mounting Options B.13) (M8 X 1. Free Running [ L ] .8) Thru Hole in.38 ± .25mm) Size HR12-600 HR12-400 HR12-200 Unit Weight lbs.3 ±2.10 (111.9) (Ref) 3.Helical.6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv. (mm) C’sink Imperial (Metric) Ø.2 ±2.com .18 ±.8) 1.2 ±2. Coated [ Y ] .6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.10 (76. Call for quotation.328 ±.005 #5/16-18 UNC (Ø9.3) 4.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 171 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR12 Series HR HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Technical Data 2X 4.qxp:WireRope-Cat.00 ± .675 (17.8 (0.5) 3.5) 2X .00 ±.: 1-800-852-8508 www.0 ±1.10 (127.) Chem Conv. (Kg) 1.) Passivated All Mounting Options C’sink Thread B D C’sink Thread Thread E C’sink • Meets environmental requirements of MIL-M-17185A Threaded Hole Options: [ H ] .05 (30.8 (51) Thread in.010 (± .5) 1. Dry Film Lubricated Mounting Options: See Chart Isolator Model: See Sizing Table * Standard features.2) 2X 5.7 1.8 (0.5) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± . E 1.8) 1.B L M P Mount Bar Options: Add “M” for Metric *[ ] .0 ±0.8 (0.25) 82º (90º) Mounting Options Model Number Ordering Code HR12 -200 .) Anodized [ P ] . 171 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.000 (101.6) 4X Mounting Holes 4X 1.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.10 (76.0 ±2. Locking.00 ± . (48) D.enidine.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.Helical.65 (41.

(kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.0 0.1) 195 (34) 170 (30) 2500 500 2000 400 1 300 1500 2 1000 200 500 3 100 0 0 0. (N) in.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 172 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Technical Data .2 0./in.50 (38. (kN/m) 1.4 0.2 0.1) 580 (102) 340 (60) Kv (vibration) Lbs.6 0.2007 4/13/11 9:45 AM Page 172 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR12 Series HR Static Load vs. (kN/m) Curve Model 1 2500 1 500 2000 400 2 1.2 0.2 1.50 (38.4 0.4 1.1) 1500 300 3 1000 200 500 100 0 0 0.8 1. (mm) Curve 2 1000 200 3 500 100 0 0 0. (N) in.0 1./in.1) 200 (35) 195 (34) 2500 500 2000 400 1500 1 300 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.4 1.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.0 1.qxp:WireRope-Cat./in.6 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 700 Shear 3000 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. Deflection 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Compression 40 700 3000 600 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.0 0.enidine.50 (38./in.50 (38./in.4 1./in.1) 410 (72) 360 (63) 1.1) 450 (79) 430 (75) 2 HR12-400 90 (400) 1.50 (38. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.2 1.165 (204) 690 (121) 2 HR12-400 115 (512) 1.8 1.6 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves.50 (38.50 (38. www.2 1.50 (38. (kN/m) HR12-600 155 (689) 1. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.0 0. (N) in.0 1.1) 555 (97) 480 (84) 1.com Tel.1) 865 (151) 510 (89) 3 HR12-200 80 (356) 1.6 0.8 1.6 0. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (mm) Curve Model 1 HR12-600 145 (645) 2 HR12-400 105 (467) 3 HR12-200 50 (222) 600 Kv (vibration) Lbs.4 0.50 (38.1) 335 (59) 325 (57) 3 HR12-200 55 (245) 1.6 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Roll 700 3000 600 Model 1 HR12-600 120 (534) 1.

0 (2. Call for quotation.5 (3.2007 4/13/11 9:46 AM Page 173 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR16. (mm) +.) Anodized [ P ] .50 ±.750 (44.10 (203.) Passivated Mounting Option: See Chart Isolator Model: See Sizing Table B C’sink • Meets environmental requirements of MIL-M-17185A * Standard features.6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.1 ±2.125 (155.0 Series HR HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Technical Data 2X 6. 8. (Kg) 8.1) 2X 1.8 (4.0) 7. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.13 (Ø8.0) (Ref) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .66 (93.6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.6) (Ref) 5.7) Mounting Option B Thru Hole in.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.5) 3.enidine.: 1-800-852-8508 www.3 – 0.5) 6. 173 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.7 ±2.375 (111.015 + 0.6) 2X 4.77 (19.com .WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.010 (± .2 ±2. Coated [ Y ] .5) 2X .) Chem Conv.005 Ø.38 ) Model Number Ordering Code C’sink Imperial 82º Mounting Option HR16 -206 .5) 8X Mounting Holes 8.10 (139.328 –.4) 6.10 (165.qxp:WireRope-Cat.25mm) Size HR16-606 HR16-406 HR16-206 Unit Weight lbs.00 ±.50 ±.B P Mount Bar Options: C’sink *[ ] .

5 80 4./in.9) 520 (91) 245 (43) Kv (vibration) Lbs. (kN/m) HR16-606 365 (1 624) 3.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.5 80 90 4.qxp:WireRope-Cat.9) 910 (159) 425 (74) 3 HR16-206 125 (556) 3.0 40 2./in.9) 105 (18) 120 (21) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.0 Series HR 0 20 40 60 80 Compression 100 1500 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.065 (187) 1.9) 275 (48) 255 (45) 16 14 3000 k 12 10 2000 1 8 6 2 1000 4 2 3 0 0 0.50 (88.50 (88. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.5 2.50 (88./in.9) 565 (99) 690 (121) 3 HR16-206 165 (734) 3.0 60 3.5 2.0 3. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.5 3.50 (88.9) 1.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 174 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Technical Data Static Load vs.50 (88.115 (195) 2 HR16-406 345 (1 535) 3.0 60 70 3.5 4.0 20 1.5 3.5 3.50 (88.9) 1.0 0. Deflection . (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.enidine.9) 220 (39) 250 (44) 3 HR16-206 65 (289) 3. (N) in.0 1.50 (88.5 0 1.5 10 1.50 (88. (mm) Curve 4 1 3 600 2 2 300 1 3 0 0 0./in.50 (88.0 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves.490 (261) 700 (123) 2 HR16-406 225 (1 001) 3.0 0 0.0 40 50 2.5 30 2.0 20 1.com Tel.2007 4/13/11 9:46 AM Page 174 HERM (High Energy Rope Mounts) HR16.9) 415 (73) 475 (83) 2 HR16-406 135 (601) 3./in. 8. (kN/m) 1500 6 1200 k 5 900 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.0 Roll 100 1800 8 7 Model 1 HR16-606 255 (1 134) 3. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.0 2.5 1.0 Shear 100 4000 Curve Model 1 HR16-606 650 (2 891) 3. (N) in. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs./in.0 0. (kN/m) 6 Curve Model 5 1 1200 1 900 k 4 3 2 600 2 3 300 1 0 0 0. (N) in. www.

Coated [ Y ] .6) 2X 4.10 (165.66 (93.0 (4.005 Ø.5) 3. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.0) (Ref) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .) Anodized [ P ] .4) Mounting Option B Model Number Ordering Code Thru Hole in.10 (241.6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.2007 4/13/11 9:46 AM Page 175 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR16.enidine.5 (4.B P Mount Bar Options: *[ ] .8) 9. (mm) +.750 (44.5) 6. Call for quotation.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.) Chem Conv.50 ±.25mm) Size HR16-600 HR16-400 HR16-200 Unit Weight lbs.3 –0.328 –.com .77 (19.10 (139.13 (Ø8.50 ±.5 (3.375 (111.7 ±2.5 Series HR HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Technical Data 2X 6.1 ±2.3 ±2.) Passivated Mounting Option: See Chart Isolator Model: See Sizing Table C’sink B C’sink • Meets environmental requirements of MIL-M-17185A * Standard features.5) 2X .1) 7.: 1-800-852-8508 www.125 (155.38 ) C’sink Imperial 82º Mounting Option HR16 -200 . 175 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.1) 2X 1. (Kg) 10.qxp:WireRope-Cat.5) 8X Mounting Holes 9. 9.6) (Ref) 5.015 +0.50 ±.010 (± .

0 20 1.5 2.9) 115 (20) 135 (24) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.0 3.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 176 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Technical Data Static Load vs. (kN/m) HR16-600 545 (2 424) 3.220 (389) 1.9) 1./in. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.qxp:WireRope-Cat. (mm) Curve Model 1 HR16-600 375 (1 668) 3.9) 305 (53) 295 (52) 5000 20 k 4000 15 1 3000 10 2000 2 5 1000 3 0 0 0. Deflection .9) 1.5 4. (N) in.0 60 3. (kN/m) 2000 8 k 1500 1 6 1000 4 2 500 2 3 0 0 0.5 0 1.9) 790 (138) 870 (152) 3 HR16-200 185 (823) 3.50 (88.0 60 3.0 Roll 100 2500 10 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.0 0.5 Series HR 0 20 40 60 80 Compression 100 2500 10 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.5 2. 9.5 0 1. (N) in.0 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves.5 2. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.035 (181) 2 HR16-400 310 (1 379) 3.0 40 2./in. (N) in.0 20 1.9) 2./in.575 (276) 1.5 80 4.5 80 4.0 0.9) 570 (100) 270 (47) Kv (vibration) Lbs.9) 615 (108) 2 HR16-400 185 (823) 3.655 (290) 2 HR16-400 480 (2 135) 3.0 1.0 0.5 3. www./in.5 1. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.50 (88.50 (88.0 40 2.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.50 (88.com Tel.50 (88.5 3.0 Shear 100 6000 25 Curve Model 1 HR16-600 960 (4 270) 3./in.50 (88.50 (88.260 (221) 590 (103) 3 HR16-200 140 (623) 3./in. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.9) 305 (53) 350 (61) 3 HR16-200 70 (311) 3.enidine.50 (88.0 2.2007 4/13/11 9:46 AM Page 176 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR16. (kN/m) 700 (123) Curve Model 1 2000 8 k 1 1500 6 2 1000 4 500 2 3 0 0 0.50 (88.5 3.

WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.qxp:WireRope-Cat.2007

4/13/11

9:46 AM

Page 177

HERM (High Energy Rope Mount)
HR20 Series

HR
HERM (High Energy Rope Mount)

Technical Data
2X 7.525 (191,1)
2X 5.375 (136,5)
2X 2.150 (54,6)

8X Mounting Holes

11.00 ±.20 (279,4 ±5,1)

9.25 ±.20 (235,0 ±5,1)

1.06 (26,9) (Ref)

4.14
(105,2)
(Ref)

6.50 ±.10
(165,1 ±2,5)

Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .010 (± .25mm)

Size
HR20-600
HR20-400
HR20-200

Unit Weight
lbs.
(Kg)
21 (9,5)
18 (8,2)
14 (6,4)

Mounting
Option
B

Model Number Ordering Code

Thru Hole
in.
(mm)
+.005
Ø.406 –.015
+0,13
(Ø10,3–0,38 )

C’sink
Imperial

82º

Mounting Option

HR20 -200 - B P
Mount Bar Options:

C’sink

*[ ] - 6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.)
Chem Conv. Coated
[ Y ] - 6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.)
Anodized
[ P ] - 302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.)
Passivated

Mounting Option:

See Chart

Isolator Model:

See Sizing Table

B

C’sink

• Meets environmental requirements of MIL-M-17185A

* Standard features. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times. Call for quotation.

177

Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

www.enidine.com

WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.qxp:WireRope-Cat.2007

4/13/11

9:46 AM

Page 178

HERM (High Energy Rope Mount)
HR20 Series

HR

0

20

40

60

80

Compression

100

3500
14
3000
12
2500
10

k

1
2000

Curve

Model

Max
Max
Static Load Deflection
Lbs. (N)
in. (mm)

Kv
(vibration)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

Ks
(shock)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

1

HR20-600

700 (3 114) 4.00 (101,6)

2,370 (415)

1,245 (218)

2

HR20-400

435 (1 935) 4.00 (101,6)

1,480 (259)

777 (136)

3

HR20-200

565 (99)

295 (52)

165 (734)

4.00 (101,6)

8
1500

2

6

1000

4

3

500

2

0

0
0.0

0.5

0

1.0

20

1.5

2.0

2.5

40

3.0

3.5

60

80

4.0

4.5

Roll

100

3000

12

Curve

Model

Max
Max
Static Load Deflection
Lbs. (N)
in. (mm)

Kv
(vibration)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

Ks
(shock)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

10

1

HR20-600

360 (1 601) 4.00 (101,6)

590 (103)

675 (118)

2

HR20-400

230 (1 023) 4.00 (101,6)

380 (67)

435 (76)

3

HR20-200

145 (25)

165 (29)

2500

8
1500

k

2000

90 (400)

4.00 (101,6)

1
6

1000

2

4

500

2

3
0

0.0

0.5

0

1.0

20

1.5

2.0

40

2.5

3.0

60

3.5

80

4.0

4.5

0

Shear

100

6000
25

Curve

Model

Max
Max
Static Load Deflection
Lbs. (N)
in. (mm)

Kv
(vibration)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

Ks
(shock)
Lbs./in. (kN/m)

1

HR20-600

925 (4 115) 4.00 (101,6)

1,515 (265)

1,440 (252)

2

HR20-400

645 (2 869) 4.00 (101,6)

1,060 (186)

970 (170)

3

HR20-200

230 (1 023) 4.00 (101,6)

380 (67)

355 (62)

5000
20

k

4000
15
3000

1
10
2000

2
5

1000

3
0

0
0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves.
www.enidine.com

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation

178

HERM (High Energy Rope Mount)

Technical Data
Static
Load vs. Deflection

WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.qxp:WireRope-Cat.2007

4/13/11

9:46 AM

Page 179

HERM (High Energy Rope Mount)
HR28 Series

HR
HERM (High Energy Rope Mount)

Technical Data
2X 10.500 (266,7)
2X 7.500 (190,5)
2X 3.000 (76,2)

8X Mounting Holes

14.75 ±.25 (374,7 ±6,4)

9.45 ±.25 (240,0 ± 6,4)
2X 1.58 (40,1) (Ref)

3.75
(95,3)
(Ref)

7.25 ±.25
(184,2 ±6,4)

Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .010 (± .25mm)

Size
HR28-600
HR28-400
HR28-200

Unit Weight
lbs.
(Kg)
50 (23)
40 (18)
30 (14)

Mounting
Option
B

Thru Hole
in.
(mm)
+.005
Ø.531 –.015
+0,13
(Ø13,5 –0,38)

Model Number Ordering Code

C’sink
Imperial

82º

Mounting Option

HR28 - 200 - B P
Mount Bar Options:

*[ ] - 6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.)
Chem Conv. Coated
[ Y ] - 6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.)
Anodized
[ P ] - 302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.)
Passivated

Mounting Option:

See Chart

Isolator Model:

See Sizing Table

C’sink

B
C’sink

* Standard features. Any non-standard items may require longer lead times. Call for quotation.

179

Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation

Tel.: 1-800-852-8508

www.enidine.com

75 (95.0 Shear 100 24000 100 Curve Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.94) 3.75 (95.26) 3.5 0 1.3) 4.925 (512) 3 HR28-200 3.5 2.5 60 80 4.3) 400 (70) 690 (121) 10000 40 30 6000 k 8000 1 20 4000 2 10 2000 3 0 0 0. (kN) in.0 0./in.75 (95.590 (278) 40 8000 2 30 6000 20 4000 3 2000 10 0 0 0.2007 4/13/11 9:46 AM Page 180 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR28 Series HR 0 20 40 60 80 Compression 100 18000 80 16000 70 14000 12000 1 50 k 60 10000 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.875 (854) 6.75 (95.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 180 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Technical Data Static Load vs.3) 2./in.0 20 1.75 (95. (kN) in.75 (95.095 (192) 1.75 (95.3) 14.79) 3. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.3) 3 HR28-200 870 (3.5 0 1.865 (2 603) 7.5 80 4.790 (7.0 40 2.56) 3.5 2.920 (1 562) 4.5 3./in.000 (17.0 3.135 (549) 2 HR28-400 670 (2.5 1. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.0 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves.3) 1.270 (573) 1. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs./in.3) 1.75 (95.0 1.0 0.0 60 3.qxp:WireRope-Cat.880 (329) 3 HR28-200 245 (1.375 (10. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.09) 3.0 2.3) 3.96) 3.5 4.980 (13. www.enidine.5 3. (kN/m) Curve Model 1 HR28-600 4.0 Roll 100 12000 50 Curve Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.110 (4.75 (95.5 3.0 3. (kN/m) 1 HR28-600 2 HR28-400 2.98) 3.87) 8.0 40 2.790 (664) 1. (kN/m) 1 HR28-600 1.335 (759) 3./in. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.com Tel.315 (1 106) 1.070 (187) 1.5 2.395 (244) 20000 80 60 1 655 (2. Deflection .3) k 16000 12000 40 2 8000 20 4000 3 0 0 0.820 (319) 3.0 0.230 (1 266) 2 HR28-400 2./in. (kN) in.0 20 1.91) 3.

20 (546.005 Ø.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.00 ±.8) 2X 10.6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.6061-T6 Aluminum (or Equiv.00 (127.010 (± .20 (304.250 (108.13 (Ø19.625 (269. (Kg) 100 (45) 83 (38) 67 (30) Mounting Option B Model Number Ordering Code Thru Hole in.781 –.) Anodized [ P ] .9) 2X 4.00 (50.qxp:WireRope-Cat.com . Any non-standard items may require longer lead times.2007 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR 4/13/11 9:46 AM Page 181 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR40 Series Technical Data 2X 14.8 –0.38) C’sink Imperial 82º Mounting Option HR40 -200 .50 ±.1 ±5.5) Note: Dimensions are in inches (mm) Tolerances are ± .0) (Ref) 9. Call for quotation.8 ±5.6 ±2. (mm) +.875 (377.0) 8X Mounting Holes 21. 181 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.: 1-800-852-8508 www.10 (228.) Passivated Mounting Option: See Chart Isolator Model: See Sizing Table B C’sink • Meets environmental requirements of MIL-M-17185A * Standard features.1) 12.8) (Ref) 5.) Chem Conv.25mm) Size HR40-600 HR40-400 HR40-200 Unit Weight lbs.015 +0.302/304 Stainless Steel (or Equiv.B P Mount Bar Options: C’sink *[ ] .00 ±. Coated [ Y ] .1) 2X 2.enidine.

2007 4/13/11 9:46 AM Page 182 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) HR40 Series HR 0 20 40 60 80 100 Compression 120 25000 Ks (shock) Lbs.085 (4. (kN) in.0 60 80 4.0 1. www.775 (311) 2./in.74) 5. Deflection . (kN/m) 1 HR40-600 2./in.0 20 2./in./in.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 182 HERM (High Energy Rope Mount) Technical Data Static Load vs.0 4.080 (189) k 25000 Curve 80 15000 60 2 10000 40 5000 20 3 0 0 0.0 40 3.00 (127) 685 (120) 1.0 5.enidine. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.75 (120.90) 4.0 100 120 6.190 (9. (mm) Kv (vibration) Lbs.0 60 80 4./in.055 (535) 1.7) 15.340 (760) 3 HR40-200 1.330 (758) 2 HR40-400 1.0 6.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.950 (2 793) 8.56) 4.0 2.75 (120.945 (341) 3.87) 5.qxp:WireRope-Cat.0 3. (kN) in.535 (269) Curve Model Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs./in.0 0 1.7) 8.90) 5.00 (127) 630 (110) 850 (149) Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.29) 5.010 (1 403) 2 HR40-400 2.0 20 2.com Tel.0 Roll 140 25000 100 20000 80 k 15000 1 60 10000 40 2 5000 20 3 0 0 0. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs. (kN/m) 60 k 1 Kv (vibration) Lbs.75 (120.00 (127) 3. (kN/m) Model 80 1 HR40-600 5.0 100 120 5.275 (574) 4. (kN) in. (mm) 100 10000 40 2 5000 20 3 0 0 0. (kN/m) Ks (shock) Lbs.640 (1 513) 4.0 Note: Do not extrapolate plotted curves.440 (427) 3 HR40-200 385 (1.71) 5.80) 4.0 40 3.00 (127) 1.000 (8.350 (23.145 (551) 3 HR40-200 420 (1.0 Shear 140 40000 160 35000 140 30000 120 100 1 20000 Model 1 HR40-600 2.190 (5.900 (12.83) 5.7) 3.0 5.025 (4.780 (1 012) 2 HR40-400 1.00 (127) 3. (kN/m) Curve 20000 15000 Max Max Static Load Deflection Lbs.585 (628) 5.0 0 1.00 (127) 1.

B31.enidine. Mil-Q. The design has eliminated the problems often associated with hydraulic or mechanical restraints which are complex and prone to failure.2007 4/13/11 9:46 AM Page 183 Custom Engineered Products WEAR™ Pipe Restraints WEAR™ Pipe Restraints Overview Options Available Various end connections are available to meet existing hardware such as Bergen Paterson. Tel. Basic Engineers. As a result.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue. These new generation energy absorbing restraints feature simple construction. There are no oils.qxp:WireRope-Cat. it conforms to government and military quality control requirements. PSA.No Vibration WEAR™ Vibration Inputs 183 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Captured every quarter loop. call your local representative or Enidine directly. Grinnel and others.7 psi to 100 psi 0 atm to 7 atm Isolated Pipe . For sizing or specific application information. which is the basic element of the technology has been successfully used by the military for more than 25 years. The Wire Rope Isolator. The WEAR™ can be provided with a wide range of piping accessories and can be supplied to ISO 9001. • • • • • • Pipe Restraint Hydraulic Transients Power Generating Plants Chemical Plants Seismic Restraints Steady State Vibration • • • • • Nuclear Plants Refineries Structural Vibration Wind Loading Pulp and Paper Mills • • • • • Proven Technology Simple Construction Corrosion Resistant High Cycle Fatigue Life No Maintenance WEAR™ Benefits • • • • • Repeatable Environmentally Stable Low Structural Loading Dissipate Energy Wide Operating Temperature Range Environmental Conditions Normal Temperature: Faulted Temperature: Humidity: Radiation: Pressure: -40ºF to 200ºF/-40ºC to 100ºC -40ºF to 350ºF/-40ºC to 175ºC 100% RH 1 x 109 RAD -14. Mil-I. In-place visual inspection is all that is required to assure operability.1 or ASME Section III subsection NF. seals or complex moving parts required to perform their function.com . two-pitch design prevents twisting. wire rope coil will not collapse. Typical Applications WEAR™ (Wire Energy Absorbing Rope) pipe restraints are uniquely packaged wire rope isolators designed to protect structures from steady state vibration and isolate them from seismic and dynamic loads. The restraint is thus exempt from surveillance testing.: 1-800-852-8508 www.

When exercised.com Tel. test and recommend a custom solution to suit your specific needs: • 3D Modeling • System Analysis (Modal. Linear/Non-Linear.: 1-800-852-8508 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation 184 .WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.enidine. Vibration Frequency. • Communications Equipment • Medical Equipment • Sensitive Mobile Electronics Material Development: If your application parameters fall outside of the standard product line. you can be sure that Enidine has the engineering capabilities and resources to design.2007 4/13/11 9:46 AM Page 184 Custom Engineered Products Wire Mesh Isolator Overview Wire Mesh Isolator Wire Mesh Isolator Features: Wire Mesh Isolators • Wide operating temperature range • Long service life • Environmental compatibility • Maintenance-free operation • Custom sizes and shapes available Wire Mesh Isolator Typical Applications: • Auxiliary Power Units • Engines Wire mesh material can be manufactured in a multitude of shapes and sizes to accommodate your specific application. Shock and Vibration) Wire Mesh Isolator • In-house test facility for prototypes and production models: Static Load/Deflection. Dynamic Analysis and Simulation. Friction is created when knitted or woven stainless steel wire strands are displaced relative to one another. Life Cycle. Dynamic Load.qxp:WireRope-Cat. Random Input and High Frequency Noise • AS-9100 Certified • ISO 9001 Certified www. the wire mesh damping elements convert input energy to heat. Knitted metals have inherent resiliency and provide high-damping characteristics and non-linear spring rates. Finite Element.

: 1-800-852-8508 www.com .2007 4/13/11 9:46 AM Page 185 General Notes Notes Notes Notes: 185 Solutions in Energy Absorption and Vibration Isolation Tel.WR Catalog 07 No Cover-Blue.qxp:WireRope-Cat.enidine.

com www.New-SA-Cover-2009-8.com . NY 14127 USA Tel.: 1-800-852-8508 ext.enidine. 111 Fax: 1-716-662-0406 Email: industrialsales@enidine.5x11:Layout 2 1/6/09 9:41 AM Page 4 Enidine Incorporated 7 Centre Drive Orchard Park.

com IND0438R2 10M 1/09 .enidine. Box 8890 Coalville LE67 OBU United Kingdom Phone: +44 (0) 7799 338094 Fax: 716-662-1909 Email: industrialsales@enidine.enidine.com www.com Enidine Europe P. New York 14127 USA Phone: 716-662-1900 Fax: 716-662-1909 Email: industrialsales@enidine.5x11:Layout 2 1/6/09 9:41 AM Page 3 Enidine Incorporated 7 Centre Drive Orchard Park.O.com www.New-SA-Cover-2009-8.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful